JP6405009B2 - GAME SYSTEM AND GAME MEDIA HANDLING DEVICE - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a game medium handling device provided corresponding to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine or a pachislot machine, and a gaming system including the game medium handling device.

  2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is known a game medium management system that enables so-called “entrance” regardless of whether a member is a member or a non-member (Patent Document 1).

  In such a game media management system, generally, the number of members 'storage balls and the number of non-members' balls is managed by the management device, and in response to the game media being paid out by the inter-device device, The number of stored balls and the number of non-members will be updated as appropriate.

JP 2012-5655 A

  By the way, in such a game medium management system, a state in which communication between the management device and the inter-device is interrupted artificially or based on the occurrence of an abnormality (hereinafter referred to as an “offline state”). There is a case.

  However, in the game medium management system shown in Patent Document 1, since no measures are taken in the case of being in an offline state, the player's valuable value (for example, the number of stored balls or the number of held balls) is appropriately set. There was a problem that sometimes it could not be managed.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and can manage the valuable value possessed by the player appropriately even when entering an offline state while enabling entry. An object is to provide a game system and a game medium handling device.

First, the present invention provides a game medium handling device provided with a game medium payout means provided corresponding to a gaming machine and capable of executing payout control based on possession information of a plurality of rates having different values per unit game medium And a management device that manages the game medium handling device, and executes control in the offline state when an offline state occurs between the game medium handling device and the management device Off-line state control means, wherein the off-line state control means accepts a non-member storage medium in which information for identifying possession information of a non-member who is not a member of a game store is received. When the off-line state occurs when payout control is enabled based on the ball information of the second rate different from the first rate being The game medium payout means pays out game media based on the payout control based on the first rate possession information and pays out game media based on the payout control based on the second rate possession information. Is not prohibited, and a member storage medium storing information for specifying the ball information of the members of the amusement store is received, and the ball information of the second rate is included in the ball information of the second rate. When the payout control can be executed based on the off-line state, the game medium payout means allows the game medium payout means to pay out the game media based on the payout control based on the second rate holding information. Is prohibited from being executed .

Further, in the present invention, when the non-member storage medium is received, when a predetermined process is executed in the game medium handling device in the offline state, a time when the predetermined process is executed is stored, When communication between the game medium handling device and the management device is restored, the game media handling device transmits the time to the management device together with information corresponding to the non-member storage medium .

In addition, the present invention is a game medium handling device provided corresponding to a gaming machine, and is a game medium payout means capable of executing payout control based on a plurality of rates of possession information having different values per unit game medium And an offline state control means for executing control in the offline state when an offline state occurs between the gaming medium handling device and a management device that manages the gaming medium handling device, and the offline state The control means is a case in which a non-member storage medium storing information for specifying the holding information of non-members who are not members of the amusement store is received, and is different from the set first rate. In the case where the payout control can be executed based on the possession information of the rate of 2 and the offline state occurs, the game medium payout means causes the first It is not prohibited to perform a game medium payout by payout control based on rate holding information and a game medium payout by payout control based on the second rate holding information, and a member of a game store. In the case where a member storage medium storing information for identifying the ball information is received and the payout control can be executed based on the ball information of the second rate, When the offline state occurs, the game medium payout means prohibits execution of payout of game media based on payout control based on the ball information of the second rate .

Further, in the present invention, when the non-member storage medium is received, when a predetermined process is executed in the game medium handling device in the offline state, a time when the predetermined process is executed is stored, When communication between the game medium handling device and the management device is restored, the game media handling device transmits the time to the management device together with information corresponding to the non-member storage medium .

  According to the present invention, it is possible to appropriately manage the valuable value possessed by a player even when entering an offline state while enabling entry.

1 is a diagram showing a basic outline of a game system including a game medium handling device 1 and a server device 2. FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a game medium handling device 1. FIG. 3 is a functional block diagram showing a connection between a game medium handling device 1 and a server device 2. FIG. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the pachinko machine 3a. It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the pachislot machine 3b. It is an external view of the game medium handling apparatus 1a used for the pachinko machine 3a. It is a left view of the game medium handling device 1a. It is an exploded view of the game medium handling device 1a. It is a perspective view which shows the upper unit in the game media handling apparatus 1a. It is a perspective view which shows the center unit in the game media handling apparatus 1a. It is a perspective view which shows the lower unit in the game media handling apparatus 1a. It is a figure which shows the assembly process of the game media handling apparatus 1a. FIG. 3 is an exploded view showing a bill burr in the game medium handling device 1. It is an exploded view which shows a ball guide part and a ball conveyance unit in the game medium handling device 1a. It is a perspective sectional view showing a ball guide part in game media handling device 1a. It is an exploded view which shows the ball | bowl conveyance unit in the game medium handling apparatus 1a. It is an exploded view which shows the ball | bowl conveyance base in the game medium handling apparatus 1a. It is a figure which shows the operation state of a ball guide part and a ball conveyance unit in the game medium handling device 1a. It is an external view of the game medium handling apparatus 1b used for the pachislot machine 3b. 1 is a system configuration diagram of a gaming system according to the present invention. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the process at the time of store opening performed by the game media handling apparatus 1 and the server apparatus 2. FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of a closing process performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. 4 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of a clerk IC card process performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. 4 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of a clerk IC card process performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. 4 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of a clerk IC card process performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. 4 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of a clerk IC card process performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. 4 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of card insertion processing performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the board | substrate determination process performed by the game media handling apparatus 1. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the boarding destination boarding impossible determination process performed by the game media handling apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the card lock process performed by the game medium handling apparatus 1 and the server apparatus 2. FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of a process during boarding performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the process at the time of banknote insertion performed by the game medium handling apparatus 1 and the server apparatus 2. FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of gaming medium lending processing performed by the gaming medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. 4 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of processing at the time of game medium counting performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the process at the time of card return performed by the game media handling apparatus 1 and the server apparatus 2. FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the boarding origin boarding impossibility determination process performed by the game media handling apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the process at the time of the ball split performed by the game medium handling apparatus 1 and the server apparatus 2. FIG. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the possession ball division | segmentation selection process performed by the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of screw motor control processing performed by the game medium handling device 1. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the payout error process performed by the game media handling apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the process at the time of offline during membership card insertion performed by the game media handling apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the process at the time of offline during counting card insertion performed by the game media handling apparatus. It is a figure which shows the example of the light emission aspect of the status indicator lamp 13 of the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. It is a figure which shows the basic screen (1st screen) of the touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus. It is a figure which shows the basic screen (2nd screen) of touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of a display (1st screen) of the touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of a display (1st screen) of the touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of a display (1st screen) of the touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of a display (2nd screen) of the touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of a display (2nd screen) of the touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of touchscreen LCD16 after the payout instruction | indication operation in the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. It is a figure which shows the correspondence of the display content displayed on the 1st screen of the touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1, and a 2nd screen. It is a figure which shows an example of switching of the operation button displayed on a part of 1st screen of touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the touchscreen LCD16 after various setting instruction | indication operation in the game media handling apparatus. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the touchscreen LCD16 in the payout number setting process. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of touchscreen LCD16 in an agreement condition change process. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1 at the time of boarding instruction reception processing. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1 in the payout selection instruction | indication reception process. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1 in a division | segmentation former rate designation | designated reception process. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1 in a division | segmentation number-of-balls designation | designated reception process. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1 in a division | segmentation destination rate designation | designated reception process. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of a main menu screen displayed on a display unit 250 of the server device 2. FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of the hall | hole management menu screen displayed on the display part 250 of the server apparatus. It is a figure which shows the example of the form output menu screen displayed on the display part 250 of the server apparatus. It is a figure which shows the example of the sales analysis menu screen displayed on the display part 250 of the server apparatus. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of an operation setting menu screen displayed on the display unit 250 of the server apparatus 2. FIG. It is a figure which shows the example of the boarding operation setting menu screen displayed on the display part 250 of the server apparatus. It is a figure which shows the example of the separate document data output from the output part 240 of the server apparatus. It is a figure which shows the example of the model-specific form data output from the output part 240 of the server apparatus. It is a figure which shows the example of the model-specific analysis data displayed on the display part 250 of the server apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the board | substrate determination process performed by the game media handling apparatus 1 based on the modification of this embodiment. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the touchscreen LCD16 of the game media handling apparatus 1 at the time of specific boarding instruction reception processing. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the boarding origin boarding impossibility determination process performed by the game media handling apparatus 1 based on the modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the process at the time of game media rental performed by the game media handling apparatus 1 and the server apparatus 2 based on the modification of this embodiment. It is a figure which shows the outline | summary of the process in the case of managing the possession ball information as 1st count possession ball information and 2nd count possession ball information based on the modification of this embodiment. It is a figure which shows the outline | summary of the process in the case of managing the possession ball information as 1st count possession ball information and 2nd count possession ball information based on the modification of this embodiment.

  First, a basic outline of a gaming system including a gaming medium handling device 1 according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in the figure, the gaming system according to the present embodiment includes at least a game medium handling device 1, a server device 2, a gaming machine 3, and a display device 4, each of which is shown in the figure. It is connected to the.

  In the present embodiment, a card is used as an example of the “storage medium”. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the present embodiment relates to a coin, token, or the like on which an IC chip or the like is mounted. All that is applicable to the invention shall be included.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, although it demonstrated using the banknote as an example of "money", it is not restricted to this, All things applicable to the invention which concerns on this embodiment, such as a banknote, a coin, a coin, etc. Shall be included.

  Further, in the present embodiment, when “card” is simply described, a membership card that is lent to a player who has become a member of the amusement store, and a counting card (visitor card) that is temporarily lent by the amusement store. Both of them shall be included.

  Further, in the present embodiment, when simply described as “mochidama”, it includes both a stored ball that is stored in association with a membership card and a counting ball that is stored in association with a counting card. In the case of “mochidama information”, it is assumed that the ball information indicating a stored ball (hereinafter referred to as “stored ball information”) and the ball information indicating a counted ball (hereinafter referred to as “counted ball information”). ). It is assumed that the membership card can be stored in association with not only the stored ball information but also the counting ball information. Furthermore, the membership card and the counting card, if specifically indicated, can store the ball information counted by the counting device 107 described later as first counting ball information, and when the card is returned, Assume that it is possible to store information associated with the second counting ball information, which is information obtained by converting the first counting ball information.

  In addition, information indicating the amount of money inserted by the player is referred to as “money information” (or also referred to as “remaining amount information”). In particular, “money information” includes “money information”. There may be cases. Also, the membership card can associate or store the stored ball information, the counting ball information and the monetary information as different information, and the counting card associates the counting ball information and the monetary information as different information. Or can be stored. Furthermore, for the convenience of explanation, the expression “mochidama”, which usually indicates information related to the game balls held by the player, is used, but the present invention is not limited to this. Information on medals held and information on game values held by the player in an electromagnetic manner, and all other similar information shall be included.

(Game media lending function)
The game medium handling device 1 is connected to the server device 2 via a switching hub, a controller, or the like, or when a card is inserted by a player, the card added to the IC chip or the like of the card. Identification information such as an ID and a member ID (hereinafter simply referred to as “identification information”) is transmitted to the server device 2, and the server device 2 stores the player's possession information stored in association with the received identification information. Is transmitted to the game medium handling apparatus 1. Then, when there is a payout instruction from the player, the server device 2 updates the possession ball information, and the game medium handling device 1 drives a payout device 106 to be described later, and executes game medium payout control. . When a bill is inserted by the player, the remaining amount information corresponding to the amount of the bill (inserted amount) is transmitted to the server device 2. When there is a payout instruction from the player, the server device 2 updates the remaining amount information, and the game medium handling device 1 similarly executes a game medium payout control.

(Game media counting function)
Further, the game medium handling device 1 counts the number of inserted game media when the game media is input to the counting device 107 described later by the operation of the player or directly from the gaming machine 3, and the counting result Is transmitted to the server device 2 as the player's counting ball information, and the server device 2 stores the received counting ball information in association with the identification information added to the card. When no card is inserted, the counting ball information received in association with the identification information added in advance to the counting card stored in the game medium handling device 1 is stored.

  In the present embodiment, the server device 2 manages the player's possession information and the remaining amount information. However, the game medium handling device 1 may manage these pieces of information. In addition to adding identification information to the card, a storage area may be provided, and the information may be stored in the storage area to manage the information. Then, the update of these pieces of information may be performed by the server device 2 or the game medium handling device 1. Furthermore, it is good also as the server apparatus 2 or the game media handling apparatus 1 managing the possession information, and storing the remaining amount information directly in the storage area of the card.

  That is, as long as the identification information, the possession ball information, and the remaining amount information are appropriately managed and updated, all those aspects can be applied to the present invention.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, when no card is inserted, the counting ball information and the remaining amount information are associated with the identification information added in advance to the counting card stored in the game medium handling device 1. However, when there is a card return request, the game medium handling device 1 or the server device 2 newly adds identification information to the counting card stored in the game medium handling device 1. In addition, the newly added identification information may be stored in association with the counting ball information or the remaining amount information.

  That is, the “information for specifying the possession information” in the present invention is the identification information added to the card, the identification information added to the card, and the holding information stored in the server device 2 in association with the identification information. Any of ball information, identification information added to the card, and holding information stored in the game medium handling device 1 in association with this identification information, and identification information added to the card and holding information stored in the card May be used. In the present invention, “information for identifying holding ball information” may include not only the holding ball information but also information for specifying remaining amount information. In the present embodiment, “information for specifying the possession information” may be described as “information corresponding to the possession information”.

  Further, the game medium handling device 1 is also connected to a rental terminal plate 307, which will be described later, when the gaming machine 3 is provided with a rental device connection terminal plate (hereinafter referred to as “lending terminal plate”). Based on the receipt of the lending request signal, the return request signal, etc. output from the lending terminal board 307, the payout request signal is transmitted to the gaming machine 3 and the card is returned.

  In other words, “execution of game media payout control” in the present invention is not limited to the game media payout directly from the game media handling device 1, and the game machine 3 is based on a signal from the game machine 3. This means that the game medium is paid out from the game.

  Further, the game medium handling device 1 is also connected to the display device 4 via a converter or the like, or a game information signal output from an external terminal board 308 (described later) provided in the game machine 3. While receiving an error signal or the like, the player's possession information is transmitted to the display device 4.

  As described above, the server device 2 is connected not only to the game medium handling device 1 but also to the display device 4, and game result management information (for example, the past several days) managed in the server device 2. (Including the game appearance history information and fraud detection information) and information relating to the amusement store (for example, new machine information, vacant machine information, etc.) are transmitted to the display device 4.

  The server device 2 is also connected to an external management device (not shown) managed by a center operator who is a third party other than the game store, and receives card identification information, member information, and player possession information. It is transmitted every predetermined period (for example, once a day). The external management device backs up each transmitted information. When the connection with the external management device is interrupted for a predetermined number of days (for example, 15 days), the server device 2 stops updating the player's ball information.

  As described above, the gaming machine 3 may be connected to the game medium handling device 1 and may also be connected to the display device 4 so that each game or when the internal state changes. A game information signal, an error signal, and the like are output from the external terminal board 308 described later to the display device 4.

  As described above, the display device 4 is connected to the game medium handling device 1, the server device 2, and the gaming machine 3, and based on an input signal and a received signal, or various operations based on a player's operation. Display information on its display screen.

  The connection method of the game medium handling device 1, the server device 2, the gaming machine 3, and the display device 4 is not limited to the above method. For example, the server device 2 is configured such that only the game medium handling device 1 is connected, and the game medium handling device 1 and the display device 4 are connected via USB, and are configured to be able to transmit and receive each of the above-described information. It is good as well. In this case, the display content displayed on the display device may be controlled by the control unit 100 of the game medium handling device 1 to be described later. In this case, the DVI system or HDMI (registered) is further used for image output. (Trademark) system.

  As described above, when a player enters a game store, he / she first sits on a desired gaming machine 3 while viewing various information displayed on the display device 4. Next, when the player is a member of the game store, the member card is inserted into the game medium handling device 1, and after the identity is confirmed (for example, input of a registered personal identification number), the server device 2 If the ball information is stored, the ball is used, and if the ball information is not stored, or if the ball information is the number of balls that cannot be rented out by the gaming machine 3, , A rental request is made to receive the rental of the game medium, and the game medium is started by inserting the game medium into the gaming machine 3. Alternatively, if the player is not a member of the game store, a bill is inserted, a rental request is made, the game medium is lent, and the game medium is inserted into the gaming machine 3 to start the game. At this time, the ball information and remaining amount information stored in the server device 2 is updated (subtracted) by the lent amount.

  If the game medium cannot be paid out from the gaming machine 3 and the game is continued, the ball information and the remaining amount information stored in the server device 2 is stored each time a rental request is made. Then, the loaned amount is sequentially updated (subtracted). On the other hand, when the game medium 3 can be paid out from the gaming machine 3, when the paid-out game medium is inserted into the game medium handling device 1, the number of game media input is counted and the count result is obtained. Based on this, the ball information stored in the server device 2 is updated (added).

  Thereafter, when ending the game in the gaming machine 3, the player makes a card return request. Here, when the membership card is inserted in the game medium handling apparatus 1, the membership card is returned as it is after the identity confirmation (for example, input of a registered personal identification number). When the membership card is not inserted into the game medium handling apparatus 1, the count holding ball information is stored in the server apparatus 2 or when there is remaining amount information, the game card is stored in the game medium handling apparatus 1. Return (issue) the counting card. If the counting ball information is not stored in the server device 2 and there is no remaining amount of the input money, the counting card is not returned (issued).

  When the counting card is returned (issued) and it is desired to play a game in another gaming machine 3, the counting card is placed in the game medium handling device 1 provided corresponding to the other gaming machine 3. By inserting, the game can be started (replayed) in the same procedure as the membership card (excluding identity verification). In the above case, the replay based on the accumulated ball information is referred to as “reserved ball replay”, and the replay based on the counted retained ball information is referred to as “retained ball replay”.

  FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the game medium handling device 1. The game medium handling device 1 includes components described later, a CPU 101 that controls them, a control unit 100 configured from a ROM 102, and a storage unit 103 configured from a RAM 103.

  In the control unit 100, the CPU 101 reads out a control program stored in the ROM 102, and the CPU 101 executes control based on the control program, thereby controlling each component, the server device 2, the gaming machine 3, and the display device 4. Control communication with. In addition, the control unit 100 stores these control results in the storage unit 103. Specifically, this will be described later with reference to FIGS. 3 and 21 to 42.

  When a card is inserted from the card insertion slot 14, the card reader / writer 104 determines its authenticity and availability. If it is determined that the card is legitimate and usable, the type and identification information of the card are read. Then, the read information is transmitted to the server device 2 via the IF 110 by the control unit 100. On the other hand, if it is determined that the card is an unauthorized card or cannot be used, the control unit 100 notifies the touch panel LCD 16 and the like and transmits it to the server device 2 via the IF 110. The In this case, the inserted card may be returned, or a predetermined authentication operation (for example, an authentication operation of the IC card for the store clerk to the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18) or a predetermined authentication signal ( For example, the card may not be returned until an authentication signal) is transmitted from the server device 2. The card reader / writer 104 can store a predetermined number (for example, 10) of counting cards so that a counting card to be described later can be assigned.

  When a bill is inserted from the bill insertion slot 15, the bill validator 105 performs an authenticity determination. When it determines with it being a regular banknote, the classification (denomination information) of the said banknote is read. Then, the read information is transmitted as remaining amount information to the server device 2 by the control unit 100 via the IF 110. On the other hand, when it is determined that the banknote is non-regular (or unreadable), the control unit 100 notifies the touch panel LCD 16 and the like and transmits it to the server device 2 via the IF 110. In this case, the inserted bill may be returned, or a predetermined authentication operation (for example, an authentication operation of the IC card for the clerk to the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18) or a predetermined authentication signal ( For example, it is good also as not returning a banknote until there exists transmission of the authentication signal from the server apparatus 2. FIG. Specifically, this will be described later with reference to FIG.

  The touch panel LCD 16 has a function of serving as both a display unit that displays various types of information to the player and a reception unit that receives various types of operations from the player. For example, when a card is inserted, an operation button of “Check Ball Information” is displayed on the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16 so that the player can check current ball information. By touching the displayed location, the current ball information by rate is displayed on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16. It is desirable that the operation button for “checking holding information” is always displayed. By comprising in this way, the player can always confirm the current possession information according to rate. Of course, when a card is inserted, the current ball information by rate may be always displayed in a predetermined area of the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16. Various information displayed on the other touch panel LCD 16 and various operations received will be described later.

  The camera unit 17 shoots the front of the gaming machine 3 and detects whether or not the player in the shooting range is in a seated state (sitting result information). The camera unit 17 detects facial data of a player who is seated. The seating result information and the facial data are transmitted to the server device 2 by the control unit 100 via the IF 110.

  By detecting the seating result information by the camera unit 17, for example, when there is a forgetting to take a card with the remaining ball information or the remaining amount information remaining, a touch panel LCD 16 or a status display lamp 13 to be described later is displayed. It can also be used to notify a store clerk or player of a game store. Thereby, forgetting to take a card can be suppressed.

  In addition, by detecting facial data by the camera unit 17, for example, when the table is moved, it can be determined whether or not they are the same player. If they are different players, It is also possible to notify the store clerk or player of the game store to that effect using the touch panel LCD 16 or a status indicator lamp 13 described later. As a result, the possibility of fraudulent acts can be suppressed.

  Here, the camera unit 17 receives an infrared LED substrate 17A (not shown) that irradiates infrared light, and reflected light obtained by reflecting the infrared light at the subject (player), thereby providing a subject. A CMOS camera 17B (not shown) that captures an image and a filter 17C (not shown) are included. The infrared LED substrate 17 </ b> A emits infrared light based on the control of the control unit 100 by the infrared LED. The CMOS camera 17B sends the facial data to the control unit 100. The filter 17C is a filter that transmits infrared light and does not transmit light of other wavelengths. The filter 17C transmits only reflected light of infrared light irradiated to the subject from the infrared LED substrate 17A and passes it to the CMOS camera 17B. It is designed to receive light. Thereby, the influence of the effect light of the game store where the gaming machine 3 is installed can be suppressed, and the image of the subject (player) can be clearly captured.

  Note that the facial data described above may be used in a boarding determination process which will be described later with reference to FIG. Specifically, even when it is determined that boarding is possible, if the facial data does not match, the control unit 100 may control the boarding so that boarding is not performed. Thereby, for example, it is possible to prevent fraud of a fraudster who is going to play a game using another person's card at the stage of boarding.

  The non-contact IC card reader / writer 18 reads the identification information stored in the IC card or the ball information stored in the IC card itself when the player holds the corresponding IC card. Then, the read information is transmitted to the server device 2 via the IF 110 by the control unit 100. That is, the game medium can be lent out in addition to the card insertion and bill insertion described above. Alternatively, at the end of the game, when the player holds the corresponding IC card, the identification information stored in the IC card and the current possession information are associated with each other and stored in the server device 2, or the IC card itself This makes it possible to return the possession balls.

  Further, the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18 holds the IC card for the store clerk corresponding to the store clerk at the amusement store, selects a desired operation content (for example, inputs a menu number to the numeric keypad displayed on the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16). ), It is possible to cancel various error states in the control unit 100 and to perform other operations. Specifically, this will be described later with reference to FIGS.

  The non-contact IC card reader / writer 18 may be capable of transmitting / receiving data to / from a mobile phone, a smartphone or other information communication device (hereinafter referred to as “mobile terminal device”) owned by the player. . For example, when the player holds the portable terminal device owned by the player in front of the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18, the control unit 100 transmits the URL of the homepage of the gaming store or the mail member registration page to the portable terminal. Also good. Further, the mobile terminal device itself may function as a membership card using hardware or software installed in the mobile terminal device. Furthermore, when the electronic payment function is implemented in the mobile terminal device, the remaining amount information may be updated (added) by the function in the same manner as when a bill is inserted.

  When there is a payout instruction from the player (for example, a lending request operation to the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16), the payout device 106 controls the drive circuit 106a to drive the game device in a quantity based on the payout instruction. Pay out. The control unit 100 transmits the paid-in money information and the remaining amount information to the server device 2.

  Further, when the game medium handling device 1 is connected to a later-described rental terminal board 307 of the gaming machine 3, the payout device 106 issues a payout instruction from the player (for example, a rental request operation on the gaming machine 3 side). ), A payout request signal is transmitted to the gaming machine 3 under the control of the control unit 100.

  When the game medium paid out from the gaming machine 3 is inserted by the player, the counting unit 107 controls the drive circuit 107a to drive the control unit 100 and counts the number of game media input. The control unit 100 transmits the counting ball information based on the counting result to the server device 2.

  The speaker 108 responds to changes in the operating state of each component in the game medium handling device 1 (for example, according to display on the touch panel LCD 16 or an operation on the receiving unit, or lighting of a state indicator lamp 13 described later) Depending on the mode, the controller 100 controls the drive circuit 108a to output sound. However, the sound is output regardless of changes in the operating state of each component in the game medium handling device 1 (for example, depending on the timing results of the RTC built in the game medium handling device 1 or attached externally). It is good as well.

  The sensor group 109 is a plurality of sensors provided in the payout device 106, provided in the counting device 107, or provided in a predetermined portion of the front surface portion 11 and the housing 12 described later. It is a sensor provided for detecting the payout result and the counting result, or provided for detecting fraud. The sensor group 109 includes an inlet sensor 42 and an outlet sensor 43, which will be described later, and game medium payout control is executed based on the detection results of these sensors.

  The state indicator lamp 13 is a lamp for informing the outside of the current state of the game medium handling device 1. A full color LED is built in, and the control unit 100 drives and controls the drive circuit 109a based on the current state, and emits the full color LED in the lighting color and lighting mode (light emission mode) according to the current state. Let Note that an example of the light emission mode will be described later with reference to FIG.

  The screw motor 34 has a predetermined payout condition established (for example, the control unit 100 controls the payout device 106 to start executing payout control. As an example, there is a payout instruction from the player. In response, the control unit 100 drives and controls the drive circuit 120a to rotate and drive a screw 36, which will be described later, when paying out a required number of game media. That is, it can be said that the screw motor 34 constitutes a part of the dispensing device 106.

  Although not shown, a ball shutter 41, which will be described later, can switch between a replenishment port 27 and a ball transport base 31, which will be described later, between a communication state and a closed state. The driving control of the spherical shutter 41 is executed by controlling the driving of the driving circuit (for example, the driving circuit 121a). That is, it can be said that the ball shutter 41 constitutes a part of the payout device 106.

  FIG. 3 is a functional block diagram showing the connection between the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. The game medium handling device 1 includes a control unit 100 and a storage unit 103, and the server device 2 includes a possession management device 200, a member management device 210, a game information management device 220, an input unit 230, an output unit 240, and a display unit. 250. Furthermore, the coin management device 200 is configured by a control unit 201 and a storage unit 202, the member management device 210 is configured by a control unit 211 and a storage unit 212, and the game information management device 220 is configured by a control unit 221 and a storage unit. 222.

  In the present embodiment, the server device 2 is composed of a ball management device 200, a member management device 210, a game information management device 220, an input unit 230, an output unit 240, and a display unit 250. Each of the possession management device 200, the member management device 210, and the game information management device 220 is configured as an independent server device (for example, the possession management device 200 is configured as the server device 2a, and the member management device 210 is configured as the server device 2b). And the game information management device 220 may be configured as the server device 2c), and the ball management device 200 and the member management device 210 are configured as the same server device, and the game information management device 220 is configured as another server device. It is good also as comprising. About these, it can be set as the combination of various structures.

  In this case, the input unit 230, the output unit 240, and the display unit 250 may be functions performed by the holding ball management device 200, or may be functions performed by the game information management device 220. Alternatively, a device (for example, the game information utilization device 2d) having the functions of the input unit 230, the output unit 240, and the display unit 250 may be separately configured.

  In this case, the server device 2 is configured as a higher-level integrated management device (for example, the integrated management device 2), and the server device 2a (the owning ball management device 200), the server device 2b (the member management device 210), and the server device 2c. The (game information management device 220) and the game information utilization device 2d may be configured to exhibit their functions under the control of the integrated management device 2. Furthermore, the function of the game information utilization device 2d may be a function of the integrated management device 2.

  Further, when the game information utilization apparatus 2d is separately configured, it may be configured by installing a dedicated application on a general-purpose personal computer. In this case, a mouse, a keyboard, a touch panel, etc. become the input part 230, a printer etc. become the output part 240, and a monitor etc. become the display part 250.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, although the function of the possession management apparatus 200 and the member management apparatus 210 is different, it is good also as having the completely same function. In particular, among the functions of the possession management device 200, the functions relating to the possession (for example, the function relating to the possession division control unit 201d in the control unit 201 to be described later, the function relating to the card information storage unit 202a in the storage unit 202, and the rate classification) It is good also as a structure which the member management apparatus 210 bears about the function which concerns on the possession information storage part 202c).

  The control unit 100 in the game medium handling device 1 includes an information acquisition unit 100a, an information transmission unit 100b, an information update unit 100c, a holding ball division control unit 100d, a boarding control unit 100e, a boarding inability determination unit 100f, and a display control unit 100g. The condition setting unit 100h is configured.

  The storage unit 103 in the game medium handling apparatus 1 includes a card information storage unit 103a, a setting information storage unit 103b, a rate-based possession ball information storage unit 103c, a remaining amount information storage unit 103d, and a setting condition storage unit 103e.

  The control unit 201 in the internal ball management apparatus 200 includes an information acquisition unit 201a, an information transmission unit 201b, an information update unit 201c, a internal ball division control unit 201d, and an information setting unit 201e.

  The storage unit 202 in the possession management device 200 includes a card information storage unit 202a, a setting information storage unit 202b, a rate-specific possession information storage unit 202c, and a remaining amount information storage unit 202d.

  The control unit 211 in the member management apparatus 210 includes an information acquisition unit 211a, an information transmission unit 211b, and an information update unit 211c.

  The storage unit 212 in the member management apparatus 210 includes a member information storage unit 212a.

  The control unit 221 in the game information management device 220 includes an information acquisition unit 221a, an information transmission unit 221b, and an information update unit 221c.

  The storage unit 222 in the game information management device 220 includes a game information storage unit 222a.

  The information acquisition units 100a, 201a, 211a, and 221a acquire various types of information transmitted from the information transmission units 100b, 201b, 211b, and 221b in other devices.

  The information transmission units 100b, 201b, 211b, and 221b send information transmission requests to other devices and transmit various types of information requested from other devices to the information acquisition units 100a, 201a, 211a, and 221a.

  The information update units 100c, 201c, 211c, and 221c are used to operate the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16 that is controlled by the information acquisition units 100a, 201a, 211a, and 221a or controlled by the display control unit 100g described later. Based on the information acquired accordingly, the information in each storage unit is updated.

  The possession ball split control units 100d and 201d have the possession in the clerk IC card process described later in the description of FIG. 25, the handle splitting process described later in the description of FIG. 37, and the possession split selection process described in the description of FIG. Performs control related to ball division.

  The entry control unit 100e and the entry impossibility determination unit 100f include an entry determination process, an entry destination entry impossibility determination process, which will be described later with reference to FIGS. 27 to 29, FIG. 35, FIG. 36, FIG. Control related to boarding is performed in the boarding source boarding / impossibility determination process.

  Note that the boarding control unit and the boarding impossibility determination unit may be provided on the control unit 201 side of the server device 2 (for example, “boarding control unit 201f” and “no boarding judgment unit 201g”). In this case, the control result of the entry control unit 201f and the determination result of the entry failure determination unit 201g may be transmitted from the information transmission unit 201b to the information acquisition unit 100a.

  The display control unit 100g performs display according to the state on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16, and controls the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16 to receive an operation according to the state. Further, the display control unit 100 g controls the light emission mode of the state indicator lamp 13. Further, the display control unit 100g controls the sound output from the speaker 108 in accordance with the display content on the touch panel LCD 16 or the light emission mode of the status indicator lamp 13 or independently thereof.

  The information setting unit 201e sets various necessary information such as setting information in which the identification information added to the card is associated with the ball information, and rate information allowed in the game medium handling device 1.

  The information setting unit may be provided on the control unit 100 side of the game medium handling device 1 (for example, “information setting unit 100i”). In this case, the setting set by the information setting unit 100i Various necessary information such as information and rate information may be transmitted from the information transmission unit 100b to the information acquisition unit 201a. In this case, the setting screen is displayed on the touch panel LCD 16 by holding the above-mentioned store clerk IC card over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18, and setting information, rate information, and other necessary information (for example, a later-described machine number, etc.) ) May be settable. That is, for example, with regard to rate information, the rate information set by the information setting unit 201e is transmitted to the information acquisition unit 100a, and the rate information is stored in the setting information storage unit 103d by the information update unit 100c. Constitutes rate setting means in the server device 2 and constitutes rate setting means in the game medium handling device 1. The game medium handling device is configured such that the rate information set by the information setting unit 100i is transmitted to the information acquisition unit 201a, and the rate information is stored in the setting information storage unit 202b by the information update unit 201c. 1 and rate setting means in the server apparatus 2 are configured.

  The card information storage units 103a and 202a store identification information that is inserted into the game medium handling device 1 or added to a stored card.

  Regardless of whether or not the card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1, the member information storage unit 212a is configured to add identification information and various member information (for example, name, address, date of birth) added to the member's member card. Memorize the date, password, etc.

  The setting information storage units 103b and 202b store setting information, rate information, and the like set by the information setting unit 201e described above.

  The rate-specific possession information storage units 103c and 202c store the possession information for the different rates when the game store enables games at different rates. For example, in a pachinko machine 3a, which will be described later, different rates such as a 1-yen rate where the value per game ball is 1 yen and a 4-yen rate where the value per game ball is 4 yen (hereinafter, for convenience of explanation) If you can play at a "lending rate"), you can get information on the ball at a low rate (1 yen rate compared to a 4 yen rate) and a high rate (4 yen compared to a 1 yen rate). Yen rate) is stored separately from the ball information. Further, the rate-specific possession ball information storage units 103c and 202c store the accumulated ball information and the count retained ball information separately. That is, the rate-specific possession ball information storage units 103c and 202c can set the number of types of loan rates (for example, pachinko machine 3a) that can be set to the number of types of possession information (for example, two types of stored ball information and count ball information). The number of holding balls information (for example, 8 types) multiplied by the 1-yen rate and 4-yen rate of 4 and the 5-yen rate and 20-yen rate of the pachislot machine 3b) is distinguishable and memorized.

  The remaining amount information storage units 103d and 202d store remaining amount information indicating the remaining amount of the input amount. Note that the remaining amount information storage units 103d and 202d may store the amount of inserted money (in this embodiment, a banknote) as it is as the remaining amount information, and may store the amount of money (for example, 1,000 yen). “10” frequency) may be converted and stored, or may be converted and stored in the number of game media corresponding to the rate set by the rate setting means.

  The control unit 100, the control unit 201, the control unit 211, and the control unit 221 are connected to each other by a wired LAN connection via a coaxial cable via respective communication interfaces (for example, the IF 110 in the game medium handling device 1). . For example, when various types of information are transmitted from the control unit 100 to the control unit 201, information is transmitted from the information transmission unit 100b to the information acquisition unit 201a, and when various types of information are transmitted from the control unit 201 to the control unit 100, Information is transmitted from the information transmission unit 201b to the information acquisition unit 100a. The same configuration is adopted between the control unit 100 and the control unit 211, between the control unit 100 and the control unit 221, between the control unit 201 and the control unit 211, between the control unit 201 and the control unit 221, and between the control unit 211 and the control unit 221. .

  In the present embodiment, in the case of wired LAN connection, an optical cable may be employed instead of the coaxial cable, or a wireless LAN connection may be employed. When adopting a wireless LAN connection, a routing device may be separately provided in the server device 2, or the possession management device 200 may have a routing function. And it is good also as providing an access point for every predetermined number (for example, island unit) which manages the gaming machine 3.

  Regardless of wired LAN connection or wireless LAN connection, communication between these devices is preferably encrypted to prevent fraud. Specifically, for example, seed information for encryption is stored in the ROM 102 in the control unit 100 or in the RWM of the IF 110 that is a communication interface, and a predetermined encryption method (for example, including the seed information) , AES), and transmits information to the control unit 201, the control unit 211, and the control unit 221. The control unit 201, the control unit 211, the control unit 221, or the communication interface related thereto that has received the information is decrypted by the same encryption method, and the seed information included in the decrypted information is registered in advance. It is also possible to determine whether or not the received information is valid only when it is determined that they match. Of course, the same configuration is also applied between the control unit 100 and the control unit 211, between the control unit 100 and the control unit 221, between the control unit 201 and the control unit 211, between the control unit 201 and the control unit 221, and between the control unit 211 and the control unit 221. It is good also as adopting.

(Moving ball entry function)
The game system according to the present embodiment is equipped with a holding-in function. The in-game ball entry function refers to a gaming machine 3 corresponding to the game medium handling device 1 in which a rate (for example, a low rate) is set when the game store is capable of playing at different rates. This means that the game medium acquired in step (b) can be used in another game machine 3 corresponding to another game medium handling apparatus 1 in which another rate (for example, a high rate) is set. In the present embodiment, this is realized by the control of the entry control unit 100e.

  For example, in a pachinko machine 3a (hereinafter referred to as “1 pachi”) corresponding to the game medium handling apparatus 1 set at the 1-yen rate, 1,003 game balls are acquired, and the acquired game balls are counted. When the card is returned, the possession information for 1,003 balls associated with the identification information added to the card is stored in the rate-specific possession information storage units 103c and 202c corresponding to the 1-yen rate. It will be memorized.

  Here, when using the card to play a game in the pachinko machine 3a (hereinafter referred to as “4 pachis”) corresponding to the game medium handling device 1 set at the 4-yen rate, When the card is inserted into a card insertion slot 14a, which will be described later, and a boarding instruction is made, out of the ball information for 1,003 balls at the 1 yen rate, the ball information for 1,000 balls is at the 4 yen rate. It is converted into possession information for 250 balls (1,000 balls ÷ 4), and game media is paid out to enable a game. In this case, however, the ball information for three balls at the one-yen rate cannot be paid out at the four-yen rate, so that the rate-specific ball information storage units 103c and 202c corresponding to the one-yen rate remain as they are. It will be memorized.

  In the present embodiment, the lending rate is described by taking the 1-yen rate and the 4-yen rate as examples, but other lending rates (for example, 2-yen rate, 3-yen rate) can be set. Needless to say.

  Further, in the present embodiment, when the card is inserted, the possessed ball information that can be entered may be collectively converted into the destination rate, and when a loan is requested, a predetermined number of payouts ( For example, every 125 balls) may be converted as a destination rate. Furthermore, these may be selectable by the player, or may be set in advance by the game store.

  Here, in the case where it is configured to allow the player to enter every predetermined number of payouts (for example, 125 balls) at the destination rate at the time of the lending request, the player is asked each time there is a lending request. It is desirable to obtain an agreement as to whether or not to board. Specifically, the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16a displays “Do you want to board for this rental?” And the accepting unit of the touch panel LCD 16a has selection buttons of “I agree” and “I do not agree”. It is good also as obtaining consent by displaying and making a player touch the location where "I agree" was displayed. Of course, once consent is obtained (for example, when the above consent is obtained at the first boarding), the consent may be made unnecessary within a predetermined expiration date (for example, one day). .

  Further, the player may be able to select to obtain consent every time a loan request is made, or to make the consent unnecessary within a predetermined expiration date once the consent is obtained. This is because by obtaining the player's consent every time a loan request is made, the player can select whether to enter or not for each payout instruction. This is because there is a possibility that the user feels bothered. For example, if it is configured to obtain consent each time a loan request is made, even if a player wants to get all his own possession information, A withdrawal instruction operation must be performed and a boarding agreement operation must be performed. Therefore, it is possible to bother the player by configuring the player so that the player can obtain consent every time a loan request is made, and that once the consent is obtained, the player can select that consent is not required within a predetermined expiration date. It is possible to realize a boarding function that is more in line with the player's intentions without making the player feel that.

  Specifically, the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16a displays “Do you require an agreement for future lending only for today?” And the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16a says “Agreement required” or “Agreement not required”. A selection button may be displayed, and the player may be allowed to select that consent is not required by touching the player where a “consent is not required” is displayed.

  Note that an example of control related to consent at the time of boarding will be described later in the description of relevant portions in FIGS. 28, 33, 54, 56, and 67.

  In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 3a has been described as an example. Needless to say, the pachinko machine 3b can also be boarded.

  For example, as a lending rate, when a game can be played at different rates, such as a 5-yen rate with a value of 5 yen per medal and a 20-yen rate with a value of 20 yen per medal, 5 yen is possible. In the pachi-slot machine 3b (hereinafter referred to as “5 slot”) corresponding to the game medium handling device 1 set to the rate, 1,003 medals are obtained, the obtained medals are counted, and the card is returned. In such a case, 1,003 pieces of coin information associated with the identification information added to the card is stored in the rate-specific coin information storage units 103c and 202c corresponding to the 5-yen rate. .

  Here, when a card is used to play a game in the pachi-slot machine 3b (hereinafter referred to as “20 slot”) corresponding to the game medium handling apparatus 1 set at the 20-yen rate, the card is set to 20 slot. Is inserted into a card insertion slot 14b, which will be described later, and a boarding instruction is given, out of 1,003 pieces of ball information at a 5-yen rate, 1,000 pieces of ball information at a 20-yen rate The game information is converted into 250 pieces (1,000 pieces / 4) of possession information, and the game medium is paid out to enable the game. In this case, however, the coin information for three cards at the 5-yen rate cannot be paid out at the 20-yen rate, so that the rate-specific possession information storage units 103c and 202c corresponding to the 5-yen rate remain as they are. It will be memorized.

  Moreover, in this embodiment, you may comprise so that boarding between the pachinko machine 3a and the pachislot machine 3b is enabled. For example, the ball information storage units 103c and 202c by rate store the ball information for 1 yen rate (game ball), 4 yen rate (game ball), 5 yen rate (medal), and 20 yen rate (medal). Configure as follows. And in one pachi, you get 1,005 game balls, count the number of game balls you have earned, and when you return the card, if you want to play a game with 5 slots using that card , Converted into 201 pieces of possession information, and a game can be performed. In addition, when playing a game with 20 slots, the ball information for 1,000 balls is converted into ball information for 50 cards, and a game can be played. In this case, the ball information for 5 balls that cannot be entered with 20 slots is stored in the rate-specific ball information storage units 103c and 202c corresponding to the 1-yen rate (game ball) as it is.

  In the present embodiment, the game store may be able to set the boarding mode. For example, it is possible to enter between the game media handling devices 1a provided corresponding to the pachinko machine 3a, but it is not possible to enter between the game media handling devices 1b provided corresponding to the pachislot machine 3b. It may be possible to set such that it is possible to enter with a membership card, but it may be possible to set so that entry with a counting card is impossible. Furthermore, it is possible to enter from 1 pachi (5 slots) to 4 pachis (20 slots), but it is not possible to enter from 4 pachis (20 slots) to 1 pachi (5 slots). It may be possible to enter from 4 pachis (20 slots) to 1 pachi (5 slots), but it is not possible to enter from 1 pachis (5 slots) to 4 pachis (20 slots) It may be possible to set to. In short, it can be set so that it can be boarded only in one direction between game medium handling devices with different lending rates, or it can be set so that boarding is possible in both directions. Also good.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, a fee for boarding is not considered, but a predetermined fee (for example, a 10% fee) may be collected when boarding.

(Moving ball split function)
The game system according to the present embodiment is equipped with a function for splitting the ball. The splitting function of the possession ball is to divide all or part of the possession ball information when the possession ball information stored in the rate-dependent possession ball information storage units 103c and 202c is not 0 during the game. The function that makes it possible to share the ball. As for the divided ball information, a counting card (divided card) in which the divided ball information and identification information are associated with each other is newly issued, or the ball division described later using an IC card for a store clerk Movement is possible by service operation. Compared to sharing game balls and medals themselves, it is easier to manage possession information and sales information, and prevent illegal acts such as game balls and medals that are not lent out at the game store. . In the present embodiment, this is realized by the control of the holding ball division control units 100d and 201d.

  For example, when 10,000 game balls are acquired in one pachi and the number of acquired game balls is counted, the possession information for 10,000 balls is stored according to rate for each yen. It will be stored in the sections 103c and 202c. Thereafter, a card to which identification information associated with the possession information is added is returned, and the card is used (or based on a possession split service operation to be described later) to enter a 4-pachi game. In this case, 8,000 balls of the ball information of 10,000 balls are entered (ie, converted into 2,000 balls of ball information in 4 pachis). ) Suppose that a game is performed and 30,000 game balls are acquired in 4 pachis, and the acquired game balls are counted. In this case, the rate-specific possession information storage units 103c and 202c corresponding to the 1-yen rate store 2,000-ball possession information, and the rate-specific possession information storage unit 103c corresponding to the 4-yen rate, In 202c, information on the holding balls for 30,000 balls is stored.

  Here, in the gaming system of the present embodiment, as will be described later in the description of FIG. 38, the player (or a store clerk of the game shop) can select each of the division source rate, the number of divided balls, and the division destination rate. It is configured.

  In other words, in the case of the above example, from which ball information corresponding to which rate the ball split is performed (dividing source rate), how many pieces of ball information among the ball information at the split source rate are to be divided (Divided number of balls), the information about the ball that has been divided into the ball is stored as the ball information corresponding to which rate in the divided card (or the game medium handling device 1 of the movement destination) (division destination rate) , Can be selected by a player (or a store clerk).

  By configuring in this way, when it is possible to enter and replay, it is possible to further improve the convenience related to the division of the ball.

  Specifically, by making it possible for the player to select the split source rate, it is possible to meet the player who performs the ball split (for example, the player who creates the split card) and the player's request. In response to this, a store clerk who performs a ball split service operation, which will be described later, easily creates a split card that stores the ball information corresponding to the low priority rate for that player at the stage of splitting the ball. (Alternatively, it is possible to move the possession information to another game medium handling device 1).

  For example, if a player who is playing a game in 4 pachis has 4 yen rate possession information and 1 yen rate possession information, the player has 4 yen rate possession information. It is usual to think that the 1-yen coin holding information has a lower priority. In this case, since it is possible to create a divided card obtained by dividing only the 1-yen rate holding information (or to make it possible to move the holding information to another game medium handling device 1), In particular, it is possible to improve the convenience when performing the ball splitting for the player on the side of creating the split card (or moving the ball holding information to another game medium handling device 1).

  In addition to the above, the number of split balls can be selected by a store clerk of a game store that performs a ball split service operation to be described later according to the player and the player's request. Because it is possible to divide the ball information including the ball information that can not be entered in the game machine 3 that is in the game machine 3 Or generation | occurrence | production of the ball information which cannot be settled can be prevented, and the convenience at the time of carrying out ball splitting can be improved.

  In addition to the above, the division destination rate can be selected by a store clerk of a game shop that performs a later-described operation of splitting the ball according to a player or the player's request. , The ball information on the rate desired by the player on the side where the ball split is performed (for example, the player receiving the split card) is stored in the split card (or the ball information is stored in another game medium) In other words, when playing a game with a split card (or moving the ball information), it may be possible to save the necessary operation. is there.

  For example, if a player who creates a split card plays a game with 4 pachis, and a player who receives a split card wants to play a game with 1 pachi, a 4 yen rate When a split card that has been split with the ball information is given as the ball information, the player who has received the split card cannot play the game unless he / she enters the ball in one pachi. The player on the side of creation can create a split card that has been split into pieces as possession information of 1 yen rate in advance, so that a player who has been given a split card can enter the possession ball in one pachi Therefore, it is possible to improve the convenience when the ball is divided, particularly for the player who receives the split card.

  FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the pachinko machine 3a. The pachinko machine 3a includes a main control unit 301a that controls the main device group 303a, a sub control unit 302a that controls the sub device group 304a, and a payout control unit 305 that controls the payout device group 306, and the main control unit 301a. Is connected to the sub-control unit 302a by one-way communication, and the main control unit 301a and the payout control unit 305 are connected to be capable of two-way communication. In addition, a lending terminal board 307 is connected to the payout control unit 305 so as to be capable of bidirectional communication, and an external terminal board 308a is connected by one-way communication.

  The main device group 303a includes, for example, a start port switch, a count switch, a winning port switch, a normal electric accessory solenoid, a winning port solenoid, and the like, and the main control unit 301a controls these devices, The progress of the game in the pachinko machine 3a is controlled. In addition, the main control unit 301a transmits a command corresponding to a change in the gaming state or the like to the sub-control unit 302a and the payout control unit 305.

  The sub device group 304a includes, for example, a liquid crystal module, an effect button sensor, an accessory control circuit, an electrical decoration control circuit, a speaker control circuit, and the like. The sub control unit 302a transmits a command transmitted from the main control unit 301a. Based on the above, the devices in the pachinko machine 3a are controlled by controlling these devices.

  The payout device group 306 includes, for example, a payout control circuit, a payout ball detection switch, a launch control circuit, a touch switch, and the like, and the payout control unit 305 is based on these commands transmitted from the main control unit 301a. By controlling these devices or automatically controlling these devices, the launch and payout of the game ball in the pachinko machine 3a is controlled.

  In addition, the payout control unit 305 is connected to the game medium handling device 1 via the lending terminal board 307, and outputs a lending request signal and a return request signal based on the player's operation.

  Also, the payout control unit 305 is connected to the display device 4 via the external terminal board 308a, and outputs a game information signal, an error signal, etc. for each game or when the internal state changes. Output.

  FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the pachislot machine 3b. The pachislot machine 3b includes a main control unit 301b that controls the main device group 303b and a sub control unit 302b that controls the sub device group 304b, and is connected to the sub control unit 302b from the main control unit 301b by one-way communication. ing. An external terminal board 308b is connected to the main control unit 301b by one-way communication.

  The main device group 303b includes, for example, a reel control circuit, a medal sensor, a start lever sensor, a stop button sensor, a hopper control circuit, and the like, and the main control unit 301b controls the pachislot machine by controlling these devices. Control the progress of the game in 3b. Further, the main control unit 301a transmits a command corresponding to a change in the gaming state or the like to the sub control unit 302b.

  The sub device group 304b includes, for example, a liquid crystal module, an effect button sensor, an accessory control circuit, an illumination control circuit, a speaker control circuit, and the like. The sub control unit 302b transmits a command transmitted from the main control unit 301b. Based on the above, the devices in the pachislot machine 3b are controlled by controlling these devices.

  The main control unit 301b is connected to the display device 4 via the external terminal board 308b, and outputs a game information signal, an error signal, etc. for each game or when the internal state changes. .

  As described above, also in the pachislot machine 3b, the main control unit 301b is connected to the game medium handling device 1 via the lending terminal board 307, and the lending request signal and the return request are based on the operation of the player. You may comprise so that a signal may be output.

(Structure of game medium handling apparatus 1a)
Next, the structure of the game medium handling device 1a according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 is an external view of the game medium handling device 1a used in the pachinko machine 3a, and FIG. 7 is a left side view of the game medium handling device 1a. In FIG. 6 and FIG. 7, the pachinko machine 3a is omitted. As shown in FIG. 6, the game medium handling device 1a is composed of a front surface portion 11a and a housing 12a. The front surface portion 11a has a status indicator lamp 13a, a card insertion port 14a, and a bill insertion port through which bills can be inserted. 15a, a touch panel LCD 16a, a camera unit 17a, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 18a, a speaker cover 19a, a ball guide unit 20 for guiding the paid-out game ball to the upper plate of the pachinko machine 3a, and the like.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 7, the game medium handling device 1a has a supply port for receiving a game ball supplied from outside into the game medium handling device 1a in an exposed position on the back side when viewed from the front surface portion 11a side. 27 is provided, and a ball transport unit 30 configured to be able to communicate with the supply port 27 is provided in the housing 12a. A card reader / writer 104 is provided below the ball transport unit 30 and behind the card insertion slot 14a. Although not shown, a controller for controlling the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18a, a speaker 108, and other necessary devices are placed between the ball transport unit 30 and the card reader / writer 104. It is supposed to be provided.

  Although not shown, a counting device 107 is replaceably provided below the game medium handling device 1a (below the lower horizontal frame 51c described later), and game balls are guided to the counting device 107. A guiding device is provided. The guide device is a detachable dish-like member and is connected to the counting slot of the counting device 107. The game ball dropped from the lower plate of the pachinko machine 3a is used as the counting slot of the counting device 107. invite. Also, the guide device receives a payout of a fraction of game balls that cannot be paid out in the pachinko machine 3a together with or instead of the ball guide unit 20 (for example, less than 25 balls when the payout unit is 25 balls). The game ball handling device 1a is connected to a fraction payout opening provided in the game medium handling device 1a, and the game balls of the fraction paid out from the fraction payout exit are guided to a payout tray provided in the guide device. The player can move the fraction of the game balls paid out to the payout tray to the upper plate of the pachinko machine 3a and use it for the game.

  In the game medium handling device 1a in the present embodiment, when a lending request signal is received from the lending terminal board 307 of the pachinko machine 3a or when a payout instruction is received from the player for the game medium handling device 1a, the lending request signal is received. Alternatively, the number of game balls according to the payout instruction (for example, 125 balls) is controlled to be paid out to the upper plate of the pachinko machine 3a, and the fractional game balls are sent from the ball guide unit 20 and / or the fraction payout port described above. A mode for performing the payout control, a control for paying out the number of game balls according to the lending request signal or the payout instruction from the ball guide unit 20, and a control for paying out the odd number of game balls from the above-mentioned fraction payout outlet The payout control of any aspect of the aspect in which the payout of the number of game balls and the fraction of game balls according to the form, the lending request signal or the payout instruction is performed from the ball guide unit 20 can be executed.

  Further, in the game medium handling device 1a in the present embodiment, the supply port 27 is provided at an exposed position on the back side as viewed from the front surface portion 11a side, but the present invention is not limited to this. It can be appropriately changed according to the position of the supply passage for supplying game balls. For example, when the supply passage is configured in the housing 12a, the supply port 27 may be provided in the housing 12a, and the supply passage is disposed on the side surface of the housing 12a. In some cases, the supply port 27 may be provided on the side surface of the housing 12a. The position or shape of the ball transport unit 30 is the same. That is, the ball transport unit 30 may be in any position or shape that can transport the game ball replenished from the replenishment port 27 to the payout port 43 side described later, and can be appropriately changed according to the position of the replenishment port 27. It shall be.

  Further, in the game medium handling device 1a in the present embodiment, the ball guide portion 20 is provided on the front surface portion 11a, but is not limited to this, and corresponds to the position where the game medium handling device 1a is installed. The pachinko machine 3a to be operated can be appropriately changed according to the position of the upper plate. For example, in the case where the game medium handling device 1a is installed so as to protrude to the front side including a part of the side surface, as long as the game ball can be guided to the upper plate of the corresponding pachinko machine 3a, It is good also as providing the guide part 20 in the side surface (for example, right side surface) of the housing | casing 12a.

  Moreover, since it is desirable to be able to select whether to use the ball guide unit 20 according to the specifications of the pachinko machine 3a or according to the operation of the game shop, the ball guide unit 20 can be detached from the game medium handling device 1a. It is configured. Here, when the ball guide unit 20 is removed, a storage unit (not shown) for storing a game ball paid out from a payout outlet 43 described later may be attached to the game medium handling device 1a. That is, the ball guide unit 20 and the storage unit may be selectively attached.

  Then, the structure and assembly process of each unit in the game medium handling device 1a of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 8 is an exploded view of the game medium handling device 1a. 9 is a perspective view showing the upper unit 52 in the game medium handling apparatus 1a, FIG. 10 is a perspective view showing the central unit 53 in the game medium handling apparatus 1a, and FIG. 11 is a game medium. It is a perspective view which shows the lower unit 54 in the handling apparatus 1a. Moreover, FIG. 12 is a figure which shows the assembly process of the game medium handling apparatus 1a.

  As shown in FIG. 8, the game medium handling apparatus 1 a of the present invention includes a frame 51, and an upper unit 52, a central unit 53, and a lower unit 54 that are attached to the frame 51.

  The frame 51 is a plurality of horizontal frames extending in the horizontal direction with respect to the installation surface of the game medium handling device 1 a, and an upper horizontal frame 51 a extending above the frame 51 and a substantially center of the frame 51. A central horizontal frame 51b extending to the lower side, a lower horizontal frame 51c extending to the lower part of the frame 51, and one end side of these horizontal frames are respectively attached in a direction perpendicular to the installation surface of the game medium handling device 1a. It is comprised from the extended vertical frame 51d. A support portion 51e is provided above the vertical frame 51d to fit and support a bellows (not shown) for guiding a game ball supplied from the outside to the supply port 27.

  The bellows is formed in a spring shape so that it can be elastically deformed, and in order to be able to guide the game ball inside the bellows, the cross section is larger than the diameter of the game ball and more than twice the diameter of the game ball Is also formed in a small circle. The bellows supported by the support portion 51e is arranged toward the installation surface of the game medium handling device 1a so as to contact the right side surface of the game medium handling device 1a (more specifically, the right side plate of the vertical frame 51d). In addition, immediately before the supply port 27, the game medium handling apparatus 1 a provided with the supply port 27 is elastically deformed toward the back side and attached to the supply port 27. Here, the game ball that has flowed in from the island facility (not shown) above the game medium handling device 1a collides with the inner wall of the bellows and is guided to the supply port 27 while decelerating. Therefore, a constant vibration is transmitted to the game medium handling device 1a every time the game ball is guided by the bellows. In addition, the shape and arrangement | positioning of a bellows are not restricted to this. For example, as long as it is possible to guide the game ball to the supply port 27, the shape may be determined in advance, and the diameter of the cross section may be changed as appropriate. Further, a support portion 51e is provided on the back side of the game medium handling device 1a, and the supply port 27 is arranged so that the bellows is in contact with the back surface of the game medium handling device 1a (more specifically, the back plate of the vertical frame 51d). It is good also as arrange | positioning.

  The upper horizontal frame 51a is formed in a U-shaped cross section downward, and an upper surface portion 52a of the upper unit 52, which will be described later, and a notch guide portion 521 provided from the upper surface portion 52a toward both side surfaces are provided on the lower surface. And slidable along both side surfaces. Further, the upper surface of the upper horizontal frame 51a constitutes the top surface of the game medium handling device 1a.

  The central horizontal frame 51b is formed in a U-shaped section in the downward direction, and allows an upper surface portion 54a of the lower unit 54 described later to slide along the lower surface and both side surfaces. Further, the upper surface of the central horizontal frame 51b is provided with a guide rail (reference numeral omitted) similar to the guide rail 531 provided on the upper surface portion 53a of the central unit 53 to be described later. When the game medium handling apparatus 1a is assembled, the vertical direction of the central unit 53 is positioned by guiding guide ribs 532 having L-shaped cross sections that protrude from both ends of the lower surface portion 53b of the lower surface portion 53b and extend in the longitudinal direction. Is done. That is, a guide rail (not shown) that is a guide member is provided on the upper surface of the central horizontal frame 51b.

  The lower horizontal frame 51c is formed in an upward U-shaped cross-section, and is erected on both ends in the short direction of a lower surface portion 54b of the lower unit 54 described later, and a rail 542 extending in the longitudinal direction is provided on the upper surface thereof. And slidable along both side surfaces. The lower surface of the lower horizontal frame 51c constitutes the bottom surface of the game medium handling device 1a. Note that a guide rail similar to the above-described guide rail 531 may be provided on the upper surface of the lower horizontal frame 51c, and a guide rib similar to the above-described guide rib 532 may be provided on the lower surface portion 54b of the lower unit.

  The vertical frame 51d includes a back plate constituting the back surface of the game medium handling device 1a provided with a plurality of openings (not shown), and the above-described upper horizontal frame 51a, central horizontal frame 51b, and lower horizontal frame 51c. While being attached, it is comprised from the side plate which enables to slide at least one part of each side surface of the upper unit 52, the center unit 53, and the lower unit 54 which are mentioned later.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the upper unit 52 is provided with a state indicator lamp 13a and a bill insertion slot 15a on the front side 11a of the game medium handling device 1a, and a bill burr 105 is provided therein. Unit. Further, a key hole 52 d for operating an upper lock mechanism (not shown) for locking the upper unit 52 with respect to the central unit 53 is provided on the front side 11 a of the game medium handling device 1 a. The upper lock mechanism is locked when the upper unit 52 is attached to the central unit 53, and restricts removal of the upper unit 52. In addition, when the upper unit 52 is attached to the central unit 53, a predetermined key is inserted into the key hole 52d and rotated in a predetermined direction (for example, right direction), the lock is released and the upper unit 52 can be removed. And That is, the upper unit 52 is configured to be detachable from the central unit 53. The upper locking mechanism may be for locking the upper unit 52 with respect to the frame 51, or for locking the upper unit 52 with respect to other equipment (for example, island equipment). May be. That is, the upper unit 52 may be configured to be detachable from the frame 51, or may be configured to be detachable from other equipment (for example, island equipment).

  Further, an upper surface portion 52a is provided above the upper unit 52 so as to be slidable along the lower surface of the upper horizontal frame 51a, and is slidable along the side surface of the upper horizontal frame 51a. In addition, a notch guide portion 521 that is stepped by at least the thickness of the upper horizontal frame 51a with respect to both side surface portions is provided from the upper surface portion 52a toward both side surface portions. That is, the upper surface of the upper unit 52 is guided by the upper horizontal frame 51a.

  Further, a guide rib 522 having an L-shaped cross section for being guided by a guide rail 531 provided on an upper surface portion 53a of the central unit 53 described later is provided on the lower surface portion 52b below the upper unit 52. It protrudes from both ends in the short direction of 52b and extends over the longitudinal direction. That is, a guide rib 522 that is a guided member is provided on the lower surface of the upper unit 52 except for a notch fitting portion 52c described later.

  Further, on the back side below the upper unit 52, a notch fitting portion 52c for fitting with a protruding portion 53c of the central unit 53 described later is provided. In addition, a surface of the notch fitting portion 52c facing the back side of the upper unit 52 is connected to a first connector 533 that is planted on the surface facing the front side of the protruding portion 53c of the central unit 53 described later. A second connector 523 is implanted.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 10, the central unit 53 is provided with a touch panel LCD 16a and a camera unit 17a on the front side 11a of the game medium handling device 1a, and a control unit 100 is provided therein. Is a unit.

  A guide rail 531 for guiding a guide rib 522 provided on the lower surface portion 52b of the upper unit 52 is provided on the upper surface portion 53a above the central unit 53, and a lower surface portion 53b below the central unit 53 includes Guide ribs 532 having an L-shaped cross section to be guided by guide rails (not shown) provided on the upper surface of the central horizontal frame 51b protrude from both ends in the short direction of the lower surface portion 53b of the central unit 53 and extend over the longitudinal direction. It is installed. That is, a guide rail 531 which is a guide member is provided on the upper surface of the central unit 53 except for a protruding portion 53c described later. A guide rib 532 that is a guided member is provided on the lower surface of the central unit 53.

  Further, on the back side above the central unit 53, a protruding portion 53c that is fitted into the notch fitting portion 52c of the upper unit 52 is provided. A first connector 533 connected to the second connector 523 planted on the rear facing surface of the notch fitting portion 52c of the upper unit 52 is planted on the front facing surface of the projecting portion 53c. It is installed.

  Further, on the back side of the central unit 53, a screw hole 534 for fixing the central unit 53 to the vertical frame 51d, a connector, a jack, and the like for communicably connecting to the pachinko machine 3a, and a power source are connected. Communication with the server device 2, such as a gaming machine connection portion 535 provided with a power supply connector, a display device connection portion 536 provided with a connector, a jack, etc. for communication with the display device 4 And a server device connection part 537 provided with connectors and jacks for connection, and these connection parts 535, 536, and 537 are provided at the attachment position of the central unit 53 in the vertical frame 51d. It is exposed from an opening (not shown). That is, on the back surface of the central unit 53, the vertical frame 51d is exposed from an opening provided at a predetermined position (for example, the position where the central unit 53 is guided and attached by the upper surface of the central horizontal frame 51b). Connection units (for example, a gaming machine connection unit 535, a display device connection unit 536, and a server device connection unit 537) that can be connected to other devices (for example, the server device 2, the gaming machine 3, and the display device 4). ) Is provided.

  Note that the position where the screw hole 534 is provided is not limited to this. For example, it is good also as providing in the position exposed only when the upper unit 52 is removed. Specifically, the screw hole 534 is provided on the surface facing the upper surface side of the projecting portion 53c, and the fixing rib that covers only the surface facing the upper surface side of the projecting portion 53c is provided on the vertical frame 51d. The central unit 53 may be fixed to the vertical frame 51d by screwing screws from the upper surface of the rib (that is, the upper surface side of the game medium handling device 1a). Further, for example, it may be provided at a position that is exposed only when the lower unit 54 is removed. Specifically, a screw hole 534 is provided in the lower surface portion 53b of the central unit 53, and a screw is screwed in from the lower surface of the central horizontal frame 51b (that is, the lower surface side of the game medium handling device 1a). It is good also as adhering to the center horizontal frame 51b. Moreover, it is good also as employ | adopting a some position or all the positions among the positions in which these screw holes 534 are provided. With this configuration, it is possible to more reliably regulate the removal of the central unit 53.

  In addition, a connector, a jack, or the like for connecting to the lower unit 54 is provided in any of the gaming machine connection portion 535, the display device connection portion 536, or the server device connection portion 537, and similarly, the back surface of the lower unit 54 By providing a connector, a jack or the like for connecting to the central unit 53 on the side, the central unit 53 and the lower unit 54 may be connected by a connection line, and the inside of the vertical frame 51d (that is, the back surface of the back plate). Alternatively, a connection line may be provided on the inner side surface of the side plate, and a connector, a jack, or the like may be provided so that connection can be appropriately made. Moreover, it is good also as a structure similar to the connection of the upper unit 52 and the center unit 53. FIG.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 11, the lower unit 54 is provided with a card insertion slot 14a, a non-contact IC card reader / writer 18a, and a ball guide portion 20 on the front side 11a of the game medium handling device 1a. Inside the unit, a ball transport unit 30 and a card reader / writer 104 are provided. The front side 11a of the game medium handling device 1a is provided with a key hole 54c for operating a lower lock mechanism (not shown) for locking the lower unit 54 to the lower horizontal frame 51c. The lower lock mechanism is locked when the lower unit 54 is attached to the lower horizontal frame 51c, and restricts removal of the lower unit 54. Further, when the lower unit 54 is attached to the lower horizontal frame 51c, a predetermined key is inserted into the key hole 54c and rotated in a predetermined direction (for example, the right direction), the lock is released, and the lower unit 54 is removed. Make it possible. That is, the lower unit 54 is configured to be attachable to and detachable from the frame 51 (lateral frame 51c). The lower locking mechanism may be for locking the lower unit 54 with respect to the central unit 53, or for locking the lower unit 54 with respect to other equipment (for example, island equipment). There may be. That is, the lower unit 54 may be configured to be detachable from the central unit 53, or may be configured to be detachable from other facilities (for example, island facilities).

  In addition, an upper surface portion 54a is provided above the lower unit 54, and a part of a first rotating portion upper cover 23, which will be described later, is formed on the front surface side of the lower unit 54 so that the game medium handling device 1a is assembled. A stop portion 541 for positioning the front-rear direction of the lower unit 54 by stopping the end portion on the front side of the central lateral frame 51b is provided.

  In addition, rails 542 that are slidable along the upper and side surfaces of the lower horizontal frame 51c are erected on the lower surface portion 54b below the lower unit 54 at both lateral ends of the lower surface portion 54b of the lower unit 54. And extends over the longitudinal direction.

  Here, the assembly process of the game medium handling device 1a will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 12 shows that the assembly process of the game medium handling device 1a proceeds from left to right.

  First, the central unit 53 is moved from the front side toward the back side so that the guide rib 532 provided on the lower surface portion 53b of the central unit 53 is guided by the guide rail provided on the upper surface of the central horizontal frame 51b. (Arrow 1 in FIG. 12). The back side of the central unit 53 is in contact with the back side of the back plate of the vertical frame 51d (ie, the front side of the game medium handling device 1a), and the surface of the back plate of the vertical frame 51d (ie, the game media handling device 1a). When a screw is screwed into the screw hole 534 provided on the back side of the central unit 53 from the back side (arrow 2 in FIG. 12), the movement of the central unit 53 in the front-rear direction and the vertical direction is restricted. Thus, the central unit 53 is fixedly attached to the frame 51, and the central unit 53 is positioned.

  Next, the lower unit 54 is moved from the front side to the back side so that the rail 542 provided on the lower surface portion 54b of the lower unit 54 slides along the upper surface and the side surface of the lower horizontal frame 51c ( Arrow 3 in FIG. Then, the stop portion 541 provided above the lower unit 54 stops the end portion on the front side of the central horizontal frame 51b, and further, when the lower lock mechanism described above is activated, Directional movement is restricted. As a result, the lower unit 54 is attached to the frame 51.

  Next, the upper unit 52 is moved from the front side to the back side so that the guide rib 522 provided on the lower surface portion 52b of the upper unit 52 is guided by the guide rail 531 provided on the upper surface portion 53a of the central unit 53. To move (arrow 4 in FIG. 12). At this time, the upper surface portion 52a and the notch guide portion 521 of the upper unit 52 slide along the upper surface and side surfaces of the lower horizontal frame 51c. That is, the upper unit 52 moves to the back side of the game medium handling apparatus 1a in a state where movement in the vertical direction is restricted. Then, the notch fitting portion 52c of the upper unit 52 and the protruding portion 53c of the central unit 53 are fitted, and the second connector 523 provided in the notch fitting portion 52c of the upper unit 52 and the protrusion of the central unit 53 are fitted. When the first connector 533 provided in the installation portion 53c is fitted, the upper unit 52 and the central unit 53 are connected. At this time, the upper locking mechanism described above is activated, and the movement of the upper unit 52 in the front-rear direction is restricted. As a result, the upper unit 52 is attached to the central unit 53.

  In this embodiment, the guide rib 522 is provided on the lower surface portion 52 b of the upper unit 52, the guide rail 531 is provided on the upper surface portion 53 a of the central unit 53, and the guide rib 522 is guided by the guide rail 531. However, it is not limited to this. For example, a guide rail similar to the guide rail 531 is provided on the lower surface portion 52b of the upper unit 52, a guide rib similar to the guide rib 522 is provided on the upper surface portion 53a of the central unit 53, and the lower surface portion 52b of the upper unit 52 is provided. You may comprise so that the guide rib provided in the upper surface part 53a of the center unit 53 may be guided with a guide rail. The relationship between the guide rib 532 provided on the lower surface portion 53b of the central unit and the guide rail provided on the upper surface of the central horizontal frame 51b is the same. That is, a guide rib that is a guided member is provided on the upper surface of the central unit 53 except for the protruding portion 53c, and a guide rail that is a guide member is provided on the lower surface of the upper unit 52 except for the notch fitting portion 52c. It is good as well. Alternatively, guide ribs that are guided members may be provided on the upper surface of the central horizontal frame 51b, and guide rails that are guide members may be provided on the lower surface of the central unit 53.

  With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the upper unit 52 from being erroneously attached to the central unit 53, or the central unit 53 from being erroneously attached to the central horizontal frame 51b. be able to.

  In the present embodiment, the bill burr 105 is adopted as a predetermined device provided in the upper unit 52 and controlled by the control unit 100 provided in the central unit 53. However, the present invention is not limited to this. Absent. For example, a card reader / writer 104 provided in the lower unit 54 may be employed. That is, the device provided in the upper unit 52, the device provided in the central unit 53, and the device provided in the lower unit 54 can be selected as appropriate.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 is configured such that the central unit 53 and the upper unit 52 are fitted and connected to each other only by attaching the upper unit 52 to the central unit 53. Yes. Therefore, the connection between the units can be facilitated and the maintainability can be improved.

  Further, since it is not necessary to secure a space for providing the connector on the back surface of the upper unit 52, the game medium handling device can be reduced in size.

  In addition, since the connection line between the upper unit 52 and the central unit 53 is not affected (interfered) by, for example, vibration of a game ball flowing down the inside of the bellows supported by the support portion 51e, it is unexpected. It is possible to prevent a problem from occurring.

  Further, since the protruding portion 53c provided on the back side above the central unit 53 and the notch fitting portion 52c provided on the back side below the upper unit 52 are fitted, unless the upper unit 52 is removed, Since the central unit 52 cannot be removed, it is possible to prevent the central unit 52 provided with the control unit 100 from being easily removed.

  Further, when the upper unit 52 is attached to the central unit 53, the upper surface of the upper unit 52 is guided by the upper horizontal frame 51a, so that only the central unit 53 and the upper unit 52 are to be fitted and connected. Thus, the mounting direction of the upper unit 52 can be correctly recognized.

  Next, the structure of the bill burr 105 in the game medium handling device 1 of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 13 is an exploded view showing the bill burr 105 in the game medium handling apparatus 1.

  The bill burr 105 includes a casing 105 a formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the casing 105 a is attached to a locking portion (not shown) inside the upper unit 52. The front surface 105b of the casing 105a is formed with a bill insertion slot 15a through which bills are inserted and discharged, and the bill insertion slot 15a is opened in a slit shape through which one bill can pass. 105c and a shutter mechanism 105f are provided, and when the shutter mechanism 105f is driven, the bill insertion slot 15a is changed from the closed state to the opened state, and the bills stacked and accommodated are discharged together as they are. Is possible. The shutter mechanism 105f is normally in a closed state, and the bill P is inserted into the insertion area 105c along the arrow direction in a state where the short side of the bill is in the vertical direction (standing state), and the bill burr 105 inside Is housed in.

  In the casing 105a, when the banknote recognition part 105d which identifies the effectiveness of the banknote inserted, and the shutter mechanism 105f are a closed state, it is made to accommodate the inserted banknote in a banknote accommodating part (not shown). And a banknote transport mechanism 105e for transporting banknotes so that the stored banknotes are discharged from the banknote insertion slot 15a when the shutter mechanism 105f is in an open state. The banknote recognition part 105d is installed in the vicinity position of the insertion area | region 105c in the insertion direction, and the banknote conveyance mechanism 105e is installed over the area | region along the insertion direction from the banknote identification part 105d. Moreover, the banknote accommodating part is arrange | positioned so that it may be arranged in parallel with the banknote conveyance mechanism 105e, and it is comprised so that a banknote can be laminated | stacked and accommodated in the direction orthogonal to the insertion direction of a banknote, with a standing state. Yes. In addition, the banknote accommodating part is provided with the banknote detection sensor (not shown) which detects the accommodation state (namely, the presence or absence of a banknote) of a banknote, and a banknote is accommodated in a banknote accommodating part by this banknote detection sensor. It is configured to be able to detect whether or not. The control unit 100 causes the storage unit 103 to store the detection result of the banknote detection sensor, and the type and number of banknotes recognized as valid by the banknote recognition unit 105d and stored in the banknote storage unit.

  Subsequently, the structures of the ball guide unit 20 and the ball transport unit 30 in the game medium handling device 1a of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 14 is an exploded view showing the ball guide unit 20 and the ball transport unit 30 in the game medium handling device 1a, and FIG. 15 is a perspective sectional view showing the ball guide unit 20. FIG. 16 is an exploded view showing the ball transport unit 30 in the game medium handling device 1a, and FIG. 17 is an exploded view showing the ball transport base 31.

  As shown in FIGS. 14 and 15, the ball guide unit 20 includes a nozzle 21, a first rotating unit 22, a first rotating unit upper cover 23, a first rotating unit lower cover 24, a second rotating unit 25, and the like. The ball receiver 26 is configured. In FIG. 14, illustration of the first rotating portion lower cover 24 is omitted for convenience of explanation.

  As shown in FIGS. 14 and 16, the ball transport unit 30 includes a ball transport base 31, a ball transport base cover 32, a mounting plate 33, a screw motor 34, a screw gear 35, a screw 36, a screw base 37, and a screw shaft. 38, a screw shaft base 39, a screw cover 40, an inlet sensor 42, and an outlet sensor 43.

  Here, the inlet sensor 42 and the outlet sensor 43 are hollow path sensors through which a game ball can pass, whether there is a game ball on the sensor and whether the game ball has passed on the sensor. Can be detected. Further, the inlet sensor 42 is provided as a part of the flow path of the game ball on the upstream side (that is, the supply port 27 side) of the ball transport base 31, and thus forms a part of the ball transport base 31. . The outlet sensor 43 is provided at a position where the game ball lifted by the screw 36 moves to the nozzle 21, and thus constitutes a payout outlet 43 from which the game ball is paid out. Further, the inlet sensor 42 may be referred to as an upstream path sensor 42, and the outlet sensor 43 may be referred to as a downstream path sensor 43. In this embodiment, path sensors are employed as the inlet sensor 42 and the outlet sensor 43, but the present invention is not limited to this, and other non-contact sensors or contact sensors are employed. Also good.

  The nozzle 21 includes a nozzle base 21a and a dish guide portion 21b extending downward on one end side of the nozzle base 21a. The other end side of the nozzle base 21a is connected to the second time. It is pivotally supported by the moving part 25 and is formed to be rotatable by a predetermined angle (for example, 90 degrees) upward. Further, in the basic posture shown in FIG. 9, the nozzle base 21a is inclined downward from the second rotating portion 25 side toward the dish guide portion 21b side, and the game ball that has entered the ball receiving portion 26 is It is formed so as to be guided to the dish guide portion 21b side by its own weight. In addition, when the nozzle 21 is rotated upward by the second rotation unit 25, the game ball is prevented from being guided to the upper plate of the pachinko 3a by the bottom surface of the nozzle base 21a. .

  The first rotating portion 22 has a ball receiving portion 26 for guiding the game ball paid out from the payout outlet 43 to the nozzle 21 inside thereof, and is formed in a cylindrical shape having a substantially U-shaped cross section. The first rotating part upper cover 23 and the first rotating part lower cover 24 are sandwiched. Further, a part of the side surface of the first rotating portion 22 slides along the back side of the side wall provided upright on the first rotating portion upper cover 23 and the first rotating portion lower cover 24, thereby the nozzle. 21 and the 2nd rotation part 25 are formed so that rotation is possible in a horizontal direction. That is, when the ball guide unit 20 is viewed from the up and down direction, the nozzle 21 is configured to be movable in an arc shape by a predetermined angle (for example, 240 degrees) in the left and right direction.

  The first rotating part upper cover 23 and the first rotating part lower cover 24 are engaged with the front surface part 11a so as not to be easily removed in order to prevent illegal acts and mischief to the outlet sensor 43 and the screw 36. Has been. However, either or both of the first rotating part upper cover 23 and the first rotating part lower cover 24 may be integrally formed with the member related to the front surface part 11a. Further, the first rotating portion upper cover 23 covers the upper surface of the screw shaft base 39 positioned in the depth direction when viewed from the front side 11a, and covers the retaining piece provided on the upper portion of the screw cover 40 by the side wall thereof. It is formed as follows.

  As shown in FIG. 17, the ball transport base 31 is formed in a bowl shape by a transport bottom surface 44 and a transport side wall 45 made up of a left transport side wall 45a and a right transport side wall 45b standing on both sides of the transport bottom surface 44. The straight portion 31a and the meandering portion 31b, the feed bottom surface 46 which is the end portion of the transfer bottom surface 44 on the discharge outlet 43 side, and the right transfer side wall 45b side and the discharge outlet 43 side of the lift bottom surface 46 are erected. And a lifting portion 31c formed by the lifting side wall 47. In addition, the screw 36 is arrange | positioned at the left conveyance side wall 45a side in the raising bottom face 46. FIG. Further, between the conveying bottom surface 44 and the lifting bottom surface 46, it extends from the end portion of the conveying bottom surface 44 on the lifting bottom surface 46 side to the end portion of the lifting bottom surface 46 on the conveying bottom surface 44 side. A stepped portion 48 is provided in which a stepped surface is formed so that 46 is positioned below the conveyance bottom surface 44.

  As shown in FIG. 17, the stepped portion 48 in the present embodiment is formed with a stepped surface so as to be substantially perpendicular to the transported bottom surface 44 from the lifting bottom surface 46, but is not limited to this. Alternatively, the step surface may be formed so as to have an acute angle (for example, 1 to 89 degrees) from the lifting bottom surface 46 toward the conveyance bottom surface 44. That is, the bottom surface of the ball transport base 31 is constituted by the transport bottom surface 44 (first bottom surface portion), the stepped portion 48 (second bottom surface portion), and the lifting bottom surface 46 (third bottom surface portion). If necessary, it can be changed as appropriate. But when the level | step difference surface of the level | step-difference part 48 is formed so that it may become a predetermined acute angle (for example, 1 to 45 degree | times) toward the conveyance bottom face 44 from the raising bottom face 46, the raising bottom face 46 (3rd The game medium may be directly guided to the screw 36 from the step surface of the step portion 48 (second bottom surface portion) without providing the bottom surface portion. Further, the stepped portion 48 (second bottom surface portion) may not be configured as a part of the bottom surface of the ball transport base 31. In this case, the stepped surface may be formed so that the stepped portion 48 has an obtuse angle from the lifting bottom surface 46 toward the conveying bottom surface 44, or a gap is formed without forming the stepped surface. It is also good to do.

  In addition, the ball transport base 31 has a straight portion 31 a and a meandering portion 31 b covered with a ball transport base cover 32, and a predetermined distance from the supply port 27 side to the payout outlet 43 side via the ball transport base cover 32. It is attached to the attachment plate 33 so as to have a downward inclination of an angle (for example, 17 degrees). And the attachment board 33 is fixed to the game medium handling apparatus 1a by being fixed to the inner surface of the housing | casing 12a.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the linear portion 31a, the meandering portion 31b, and the lifting portion 31c are configured to incline downward at a first inclination angle (for example, 17 degrees), and The step surface is configured to incline downward at a second inclination angle (for example, 17 degrees + 1 to 89 degrees) having a larger inclination angle than the first inclination angle. That is, when the conveyance bottom surface 44 (first bottom surface portion) on the upstream side of the ball conveyance base 31 and the step portion 48 (second bottom surface portion) on the midstream side are provided so as to have at least a downward slope, the step portion 48 ( Since the tilt angle (second tilt angle) of the second bottom surface portion is configured to be larger than the tilt angle (first tilt angle) of the transport bottom surface 44 (first bottom surface portion), the game medium is It is possible to enter the downstream bottom surface 46 (third bottom surface portion) at an appropriate speed, and it is possible to smoothly execute the game medium by the screw 36.

  In the present embodiment, the straight part 31a, the meandering part 31b, and the lifting part 31c are all configured to be inclined downward at a first inclination angle (for example, 17 degrees), but the present invention is not limited thereto. Instead, each of the straight part 31a, the meandering part 31b and the lifting part 31c may be inclined downwardly at different inclination angles, and the linear part 31a and the meandering part 31b may be inclined downwardly at the first inclination angle. Only the lifting part 31c may be inclined downward at different inclination angles. In this case, the lifting unit 31c may not be inclined.

  The straight portion 31a and the meandering portion 31b are configured such that the bottom surface 44 has a width of about 1.5 times the diameter of the game ball by the left transport side wall 45a and the right transport side wall 45b. Due to the transport base cover 32 and the transport bottom surface 44, the straight portion 31a and the meandering portion 31b are configured to have a height of about 1.5 times the diameter of the game ball. Note that the width of the transfer bottom surface 44 and the height in the straight line portion 31a and the meandering portion 31b are not limited to this, and at least exceed the diameter of the game ball and less than twice the diameter of the game ball. The height can be changed as appropriate. Further, for example, at least one of the width and the height may be different between the linear portion 31a and the meandering portion 31b. Specifically, the meandering part 31b may be configured to be wider than the straight part 31a.

  The screw motor 34 is attached to the attachment plate 33 so that the motor shaft is disposed below the ball conveyance base 31 and protrudes toward the screw 36 side. A motor-side gear (not shown) that meshes with a screw gear 35 disposed below the screw 36 so as to rotate synchronously with the screw 36 is fitted to the tip of the motor shaft. By rotating the motor 34 forward, the screw 36 is driven in the first rotation direction (for example, clockwise direction), and the game ball that has entered the lifting bottom surface 46 is lifted to the payout opening 43. Further, for example, when a game ball is caught in the screw 36, the screw 36 is driven in the second rotation direction (for example, counterclockwise direction) by rotating the screw motor 34 in the reverse direction. The game ball thus bitten is pushed back toward the meandering portion 31b.

  The screw 36 is formed in a spiral shape having a plurality of convex portions arranged at equal intervals, and is supported by a screw shaft 38 pivoted between a screw base 37 and a screw shaft base 39 as a central axis. Yes. Further, the screw 36 is arranged so that its convex portion enters the lifting portion 31 c, and the game ball that has entered the lifting bottom surface 46 is sandwiched between the convex portions as the screw 36 rotates. At the same time, by abutting against the inner side surface of the lifting side wall 47, it gradually moves upward and is transported to the payout opening 43.

  The screw base 37 is attached to the attachment plate 33, and the screw shaft base 39 is formed to have a substantially L-shaped cross section and is attached to the outer side surface of the lifting side wall 47. The screw cover 40 is formed in a box shape that opens on the screw motor 34 side and the screw 36 side, and its upper surface is fixed to the screw shaft base 39 and its bottom surface is fixed to the screw base 37. Further, a retaining piece for preventing the screw shaft 38 from being detached from the screw shaft base 39 is provided on the upper portion of the screw cover 40.

  In the present embodiment, the screw 36 is used as the lifting means for lifting the game ball transported by the ball transport base 31 to the payout opening 43, but is not limited thereto. For example, it is good also as employ | adopting the conveyor by which the mounting part in which the game ball which approached into the raising bottom face 46 is mounted, the electromagnet provided with two or more, or another lifting means.

  Subsequently, the operation states of the ball guide unit 20 and the ball transport unit 30 in the game medium handling device 1a of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In FIG. 18, the arrow line indicates the moving path of the game ball.

  First, when the ball shutter 41 is in the communication state, the game ball replenished from the supply port 27 (see FIG. 8) rolls into the ball transport base 31 while the ball shutter 41 is in the closed state. In some cases, the ball shutter 41 prevents entry into the ball transport base 31. Here, the switching control of whether the ball shutter 41 is in the communication state or in the closed state is executed based on the detection result of the inlet sensor (upstream path sensor) 42. For example, when the entrance sensor (upstream path sensor) 42 detects that there is no game ball on the entrance sensor (upstream path sensor) 42, the ball shutter 41 is switched from the closed state to the communication state. When the sensor (upstream path sensor) 42 detects that there is a game ball on the entrance sensor (upstream path sensor) 42, the ball shutter 41 is always switched from the communication state to the closed state, so that the ball is always transported. The number of game balls to be secured in the base 31 will be secured. The switching control of the ball shutter 41 is not limited to this. For example, instead of the detection result of the inlet sensor (upstream path sensor) 42 or together with the detection result of the outlet sensor (downstream path sensor) 43. It is good also as being performed based on.

  Specifically, when payout control of a predetermined number (for example, 125 balls) of game balls is executed, the exit sensor (downstream path sensor) 43 has paid out the predetermined number of game balls. The ball shutter 41 may be switched to the communication state until it is detected. When the entrance sensor (upstream path sensor) 42 detects that a game ball has passed, the number of game balls that have passed is counted, and the exit sensor (downstream path sensor) 43 passes the game ball. When it is detected that the number of game balls that have passed is counted, the difference is compared with the number of game balls to be secured in the ball transport base 31, and the switching control of the ball shutter 41 is performed. It may be executed.

  Next, the game ball that has entered the ball transport base 31 passes through the inlet sensor (upstream path sensor) 42, rolls along the straight portion 31a and the meandering portion 31b (see FIG. 17), and reaches the lifting portion 31c. . Here, the game ball accelerated by rolling the straight portion 31a is brought into contact with the side wall 45 of the meandering portion 31b having a meandering shape in the cross-sectional direction by a plurality of bent portions, so that the lifting portion 31c while decelerating. Will head to. Further, the game ball once decelerated by the meandering portion 31b is accelerated again by the step portion 48 provided between the meandering portion 31b and the lifting portion 31c and reaches the lifting portion 31c.

  Thus, in the present embodiment, the meandering portion 31b is formed in a part of the ball transport base 31, so that it is necessary when the game ball replenished from the replenishment port 27 is transported by its own weight. The stepped portion 48 provided between the meandering portion 31b and the lifting portion 31c prevents the game ball from entering the lifting portion 31c while preventing the speeding up and entering the lifting portion 31c. In this case, it is possible to enter at an appropriate speed.

  In the present embodiment, the meandering portion 31b has a plurality of bent portions. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and it depends on the inclination angle, the transport distance, etc. of the spherical transport base 31 including the meandering portion 31b. It can be changed as appropriate. For example, when the tilt angle of the ball transport base 31 is small and the bottom surface distance is short, it may be possible to have only one bent portion, or the tilt angle of the ball transport base 31 is large but the bottom surface distance is short. In some cases, one or a plurality of bent portions having a high bending rate may be provided. Further, the shape of the bent portion is not limited, and for example, an arc-shaped bent portion may be formed.

  Next, the game ball that has reached the transporting portion 31 c is transported to the payout opening 43 by the screw 36 and the transporting side wall 47. Also, the game ball lifted to the payout opening 43 is guided to the nozzle 21 through the ball receiving portion 26 (see FIG. 15) of the first rotating portion 22, and rolls on the nozzle base 21a (see FIG. 15). And it will guide to the upper plate of the pachinko machine 3a from the plate | board guide part 21b (refer FIG. 15).

  Further, when the game ball is bitten in the lifting unit 31c, the screw 36 is rotated in the reverse direction so that the bitten game ball is pushed back to the meandering portion 31b side. Since the 31b is configured as described above, it is possible to easily create a space for the game ball that has entered the meandering portion 31b to enter the meandering portion and the gaming ball already in the meandering portion 31b. Therefore, even if the screw 36 rotates in the reverse direction, the game ball can be detained on the ball transport base 31 without causing another trouble.

(Structure of game medium handling device 1b)
Next, the structure of the game medium handling device 1b according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 19 is an external view of a game medium handling device 1b used in the pachislot machine 3b. In FIG. 19, the pachislot machine 3b is omitted. As shown in FIG. 19, the game medium handling device 1b includes a front surface portion 11b and a housing 12b. The front surface portion 11b has a status indicator lamp 13b, a card insertion port 14b, and a bill insertion port through which bills can be inserted. 15b, touch panel LCD 16b, camera unit 17b, non-contact IC card reader / writer 18b, speaker cover 19b, front panel 62, medal payout port 63, medal counting slot 64, and the like.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 19, the game medium handling device 1b is provided with a medal payout portion 66 in a detachable manner. The medal payout portion 66 can be changed between a use state (use position) and a storage state (storage position) as shown in FIG. In the state of use, the medal paid out from the medal payout outlet 63 is set to slide down the inclined surface by its own weight, and the medal slipped down the inclined surface is the front side of the pachislot machine 3b and the medal is inserted. It is stored at a height position between the mouth and the lower plate. In addition, the inclined surface of the medal payout portion 66 is configured to be extendable and retractable so as to draw an arc, and the medal payout portion 66 is configured to be rotatable upward so that the inclined surface is contracted and the contracted medal payout By turning the portion 66 upward, a transition from the use state (use position) to the storage state (storage position) is performed.

  Note that in the game medium handling device 1b in the present embodiment, when a payout instruction from the player to the game medium handling device 1b is received or a lending request signal is received from the lending terminal board 307 of the pachinko machine 3b, the medal A predetermined number of medals (for example, 50) is paid out to the payout unit 66, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the medals are directly paid out to the pachislot machine 3b as in the game medium handling device 1a. It is good also as performing control. Further, instead of the medal payout unit 66 or selectively, a nozzle for guiding the medal paid out from the medal payout outlet 63 to the lower plate of the pachislot machine 3b is detachably provided, and the pachislot machine is indirectly set by the nozzle. It may be configured to pay out medals for 3b.

  Further, in the game medium handling apparatus 1a described with reference to FIGS. 8 to 18, the frame 51, the upper unit 52, the central unit 53, the lower unit 54, the ball guide unit 20 and the ball transport unit 30 are handled as game media. It is good also as employ | adopting in the apparatus 1b. When the ball guide unit 20 and the ball transport unit 30 are employed, the ball guide unit 20 is configured as a medal guide unit 20b that can roll with the medals standing up, and the ball transport unit 30 with the medals upright. What is necessary is just to comprise as the medal conveyance unit 30b which can be rolled and lifted.

  FIG. 20 is a system configuration diagram of a gaming system according to the present invention. A plurality of island controllers 8 and a HUB 9 are connected to the server device 2 via a LAN, and the island edge counting device 5, the settlement device 6, and the prize management device 7 are connected via the HUB 9 to the LAN.

  Further, in the server device 2, when the game medium handling device 1a, the pachinko machine 3a, and the display device 4 are set as one unit (hereinafter referred to as “pachinko game unit”), a predetermined number of pachinko game units are provided on the islands. LAN connection is established via the controller 8 and the HUB 9. Similarly, when the game medium handling device 1b, the pachislot machine 3b, and the display device 4 are set as one unit (hereinafter referred to as “pachislot game unit”), a predetermined number of pachislot game units are connected to the island controller 8 and the HUB 9. Via a LAN. A unit to which these pachinko gaming units or pachislot gaming units are connected is called an island unit.

  The server apparatus 2 is normally configured to set rate information for each island. For example, for a pachinko gaming unit represented in parallel under the island edge counting device 5 in FIG. 14, a 4-yen rate is set, and for a pachinko gaming unit represented in parallel thereunder, Set the 1 yen rate.

  The island edge counter 5 is provided at a game island edge or the like, counts game balls and medals acquired by the player, and associates the count value with card identification information together with rate information. Further, the island edge counter 5 prints and issues information indicating the count value and the lending rate on the receipt. It should be noted that the island edge counter 5 may be provided for each lending rate, or may be able to select a lending rate to be associated when counting game balls and medals. Furthermore, the island edge counter 5 may be provided with the above-described function of entering and maintaining the balls.

  When the balance information is associated with the card identification information, the settlement apparatus 6 pays out cash corresponding to the balance information when the card is inserted. In addition, it is good also as the payment apparatus 6 paying out the cash equivalent to these information based on not only remaining amount information but the amount-by-rate possession information associated with the card identification information. Further, the settlement apparatus 6 may be provided with the above-described function for entering and maintaining the balls and the function for dividing the balls.

  The prize management device 7 is a terminal device for exchanging prizes attached to a prize exchange counter in the game store, and manages exchange of the number of acquired game media and prizes using exchange game media number management information (not shown). To do. The exchange game medium number management information is information in which the number of game media required for exchange with a prize is associated with each prize. For example, in the case of a 4-yen rate, 2 balls are associated with the number of game media that need to be exchanged for the minimum unit price prize. It is associated. The number of game media that need to be exchanged for the lowest unit price prize is not limited to the above example, and can be set as appropriate.

  Here, when a player brings a card associated with possession information and inserts a card into a card insertion slot of a card processing machine (not shown), the prize according to the possession information according to rate Can receive. Further, in the prize management device 7, a player can bring a receipt and exchange prizes based on information indicating a count value and a rental rate printed on the received receipt.

  At that time, the store clerk in the prize exchange counter presses an exchange button (not shown) corresponding to the prize designated by the player. The prize management device 7 that has received the press of the exchange button executes exchange control for subtracting the number of game media corresponding to the designated prize from the count value. Thereafter, the store clerk hands over the prize designated to the player manually. Note that special prizes described later may be automatically paid out from a prize dispenser (not shown) connected to the prize management device 7. Further, when the player brings a card, the prize management device 7 may be provided with the above-described holding-in / out function and holding-ball dividing function when executing the exchange control.

  In the present embodiment, since the coin information is stored for each rate, the prize management device 7 adds the prize information and exchanges the prize when executing the exchange control. It is good also as being able to perform.

  Next, a control flow executed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2 according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In FIG. 21 to FIG. 27, FIG. 30 to FIG. 35, FIG. 37, the process shown on the left side is a process executed by the game medium handling apparatus 1, and the process shown on the right side is executed by the server apparatus 2. It is processing.

(Process at opening)
FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the store opening process performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. This process is a process that is performed when a game shop starts business (including a predetermined time point before the start).

  First, when there is a store opening instruction (a store opening request operation to the input unit 230), the server apparatus 2 performs a store opening process (step S50). Specifically, the server device 2 performs processing necessary at the start of business at the amusement store (for example, update of date, update of various data managed by a hall management menu described later, etc.). Next, the server device 2 transmits store opening instruction information to the game medium handling device 1.

  When the game medium handling device 1 receives the store opening instruction information from the server device 2, the game medium handling device 1 performs a startup process (step S1). Specifically, the game medium handling device 1 activates the main CPU 101 of the control unit 100 and controls so that various devices can be driven. In addition, the game medium handling device 1 transmits card remaining number information indicating the number of counting cards stored in the card reader / writer 104 to the server device 2.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 controls the light emission mode of the status indicator lamp 13 according to the number of count cards stored and the control status (step S2). Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not activation has been completed (step S3). If it is determined that the activation has not been completed, the process of step S3 is repeated until the activation is completed. That is, the game medium handling device 1 waits for processing until the control unit 100 can control each drive circuit and the like in the game medium handling device 1.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that the game medium handling device 1 has been activated, the game medium handling device 1 sets “opening” as the control state of the game medium handling device 1 (step S4), and the opening completion indicating that the activation has been completed. The information and the remaining card number information indicating the number of counting cards stored in the card reader / writer 104 are transmitted to the server device 2, and a status indicator lamp is displayed according to the number of counting cards stored and the control state. 13 light emission modes are controlled (step S5).

  When the server device 2 receives the store opening completion information and the remaining card number information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the server device 2 determines whether or not the number of counting cards included in the remaining card number information is 0 (step). S51). If it is determined that the number of counting cards included in the remaining card number information is zero, the process waits until the card is replenished (step S52). However, even if the counting cards are not stored, there is no effect on the gaming media lending itself, so the processing may proceed to step S53 without waiting for the processing until the card is replenished. Good.

  On the other hand, if the server device 2 determines that the number of counting cards included in the remaining card number information is not zero (that is, one or more), the server device 2 permits the rental of game media (step S53). In the description of FIG. 24, the collective opening operation and collective closing operation described later are prohibited (step S54), and permission / prohibition information indicating that the lending of game media is permitted, and the collective opening operation and collective closing operation are prohibited. This is transmitted to the game medium handling device 1 and the opening process is terminated.

  The server device 2 determines whether or not the number of counting cards included in the remaining card number information is 0 in step S51 of the store opening process shown in FIG. 21, but is not limited thereto. It is assumed that the number of sheets to be determined can be set as appropriate.

(Closed processing)
FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the closing process performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. This process is a process that is performed when a game store is closed (including a predetermined time point after the end).

  First, when there is a store closing instruction (a closing request operation to the input unit 230), the server device 2 transmits store closing instruction information to the game medium handling device 1.

  When the game medium handling device 1 receives the closing instruction information from the server device 2, it determines whether or not a card is being inserted (step S10). If it is determined that the card is not being inserted, the process proceeds to step S12. On the other hand, when it is determined that the card is being inserted, a settlement / carry-over process (step S11) is performed. Specifically, when the inserted card is a counting card, the counting card identification information and the holding ball information (and remaining amount information) are stored in association with each other (settlement), and the counting card is returned. When the inserted card is a member card, the member card identification information and the possession information (and remaining amount information) are stored in association with each other (carried over), and the member card is returned. Next, the game medium handling device 1 transmits to the server device 2 settlement / carry-over request information indicating those settlement results or carry-over results.

  Next, when the server apparatus 2 receives the settlement / carry-over request information from the game medium handling apparatus 1, the server apparatus 2 updates the holding information in association with the identification information according to the processing result of the settlement / carry-over process (step S56). The update information is transmitted to the game medium handling device 1. Moreover, the server apparatus 2 performs a closing process (step S57). Specifically, the server device 2 performs processing necessary at the end of the business of the amusement store (for example, totaling of holding information, sales information, game information, etc.).

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 sets “Closed” as the control state of the game medium handling device 1 (step S12), and stores in the store closing completion information indicating that the processing related to the closing is completed, and the card reader / writer 104. The remaining card number information indicating the number of stored counting cards is transmitted to the server device 2, and the light emission mode of the status indicator lamp 13 is controlled according to the number of stored counting cards and the control state (step) S13).

  Next, when the server device 2 receives the store closing completion information and the remaining card number information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the server device 2 prohibits the rental of game media (step S58), and collective release described later in the description of FIG. The operation and collective closing operation are permitted (step S59), and permission / prohibition information indicating that the rental of gaming media is prohibited and that the collective opening operation and collective closing operation are permitted is transmitted to the gaming media handling device 1, The opening process is terminated.

  Note that the mode of the settlement / carry-over processing in step S11 of the closing process shown in FIG. 22 is not limited to the above mode. For example, when the inserted card is a counting card, the counting ball information and the remaining amount information associated with the counting card identification information are cleared, and the counting card is collected (stored) in the card reader / writer 104. It is good to do. Also, if the inserted card is a membership card, the counting ball information and the remaining amount information associated with the membership card identification information is cleared, and the accumulated ball information is associated with the membership card identification information. It is good also as memorizing (carrying over) and returning a membership card. However, in the membership card, the counting ball information and the remaining amount information may be converted into stored ball information and carried forward as stored ball information.

  Moreover, even if it is a case where it is discriminate | determined that it is not in card insertion in step S10 of the closing process shown in FIG. Alternatively, when the remaining amount information is stored in the remaining amount information storage unit 103d, the settlement process may be performed in the same manner as the process of step S11. Specifically, clearing the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c or clearing the balance information stored in the balance information storage unit 103d, and showing the settlement results After transmitting the request information to the server device 2, the process may proceed to step S12.

(IC card processing for clerk)
FIG. 23 to FIG. 26 are flowcharts showing a processing procedure of the clerk IC card processing performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. In the game medium handling apparatus 1 of the present embodiment, a store clerk at the game store holds the IC card for store clerk over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18 (performs a predetermined authentication operation), thereby allowing the manager on the touch panel LCD 16. The menu screen is displayed. Then, various operations for the administrator are performed in response to selection of desired operation content on the menu screen (for example, inputting a menu number to the numeric keypad displayed on the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16). Can be done.

  FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of the clerk IC card processing performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2 when the individual opening operation and the individual closing operation are selected as operations for the manager. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of IC card process for shop assistants.

  Here, the individual opening operation is an operation for the administrator in the game medium handling device 1 by individually driving the shutter mechanism 105f of the bill burr 105 and the bill insertion slot 15 (for example, 15a in the game medium handling device 1). ) Is changed from the closed state to the opened state, and the stored banknotes can be taken out. The individual closing operation is an operation for the administrator in the game medium handling device 1 as the operation of the bill validator 105. An operation for individually driving the shutter mechanism 105f to change the bill insertion slot 15 (for example, 15a) in the game medium handling apparatus 1 from the open state to the closed state, thereby making it impossible to take out the stored bills. It is. Note that the individual opening operation and the individual closing operation can be performed regardless of whether the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is a store opening or a store closing.

  First, when the individual release operation is performed, the game medium handling device 1 performs the individual release control of the bill burr 105 (step S20). Specifically, the shutter mechanism 105f of the bill burr 105 is individually driven, and control is performed so that the bill insertion slot 15 of the game medium handling device 1 on which the individual opening operation is performed is opened. As a result, the banknotes stored in the banknote storage unit are transported by the banknote transport mechanism 105e so that they can be taken out from the banknote slot 15. The individual opening operation can be performed regardless of the detection result of the banknote accommodation state by the above-described banknote detection sensor. That is, in the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 is configured to be able to accept an individual opening operation regardless of the detection result of the banknote accommodation state.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 transmits to the server device 2 individual release control information indicating that the bill insertion slot 15 in the game medium handling device 1 has been opened. Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not an individual closing condition is satisfied (step S21). If it is determined that the individual closing condition is not satisfied, the process of step S21 is repeated until the individual closing condition is satisfied. That is, the game medium handling device 1 stands by for processing until the individual closing condition is satisfied. In the present embodiment, it is determined that the individual closing condition is satisfied when there is no banknote stored in the banknote storage unit of the bill burr 105. That is, when individual banknotes are stored in the banknote storage unit, an individual opening operation (or a collective opening operation described later) is performed and all banknotes are taken out, or in a state where banknotes are not stored in the banknote storage unit. An individual closing condition is established when an individual opening operation (or a collective opening operation described later) is performed. As described above, in the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 is based on the fact that the bill insertion sensor 15 detects that no bill is received after the bill insertion slot 15 is opened. An individual closing operation can be accepted.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that the individual closing condition is satisfied, the reception of the individual closing operation is permitted (step S22). For example, on the touch panel LCD 16, input of a menu number corresponding to the individual closing operation is permitted. Next, when the individual closing operation is performed, the game medium handling device 1 performs the individual closing control of the bill burr 105 (step S23). Specifically, the shutter mechanism 105f of the bill burr 105 is individually driven, and control is performed so that the bill insertion slot 15 of the game medium handling device 1 in which the individual closing operation is performed is closed. Next, the game medium handling device 1 transmits the individual closing control information indicating that the bill insertion slot 15 in the game medium handling device 1 is in the closed state to the server device 2, and the clerk IC shown in FIG. End card processing.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 can accept the individual opening operation regardless of the detection result of the banknote accommodation state by the banknote detection sensor, and the individual opening operation has been performed. On the basis, when the bill insertion slot 15 of the game medium handling device 1 is opened, an individual closing operation can be accepted based on the fact that the bill detection sensor detects that no bill is received. It is comprised so that. With this configuration, there is a possibility that an illegal act such as withdrawal of a banknote has been performed, and a malfunction may occur in the opening / closing mechanism (for example, the shutter mechanism 105f) of the banknote insertion slot 15. It can be made easy to recognize that there is.

  In the present embodiment, the individual closing control of the building burr 105 is performed based on the individual closing operation being performed, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, based on the individual opening operation being performed, the detection result of the banknote detection sensor has changed even after a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) has elapsed after the individual opening control of the bill burr 105 has been performed. If not, individual closing control may be automatically performed.

  Further, for example, when the banknote detection sensor detects that the banknote is not received before the individual opening operation is performed, the individual opening of the building burr 105 is performed based on the individual opening operation being performed. When the control is performed, the individual closing control may be automatically performed after a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) has elapsed.

  By configuring in this way, even when the individual closing operation is not performed, it is possible to prevent the bill burr 105 from being forgotten to be closed within a range that does not affect the operation, thereby improving the safety and work efficiency of bill collection. Can be made.

  Further, in the present embodiment, individual opening control information indicating that the bill insertion slot 15 of the game medium handling device 1 has been opened, and the fact that the bill insertion slot 15 of the game medium handling device 1 has been closed. However, information to be transmitted to the server device 2 is not limited to this. For example, it is good also as transmitting the banknote accommodation state information which shows the detection result of the above-mentioned banknote detection sensor to the server apparatus 2. FIG. Moreover, it is good also as transmitting at least 1 information to the display apparatus 4 among individual open control information, individual close control information, and banknote accommodation state information.

  Then, the display unit 250 of the server device 2 indicates that the bill insertion slot 15 in the game medium handling device 1 has been opened based on the individual opening control information, and the bills in the game medium handling device 1 based on the individual closing control information. It is good also as displaying the accommodation state of the banknote of the banknote accommodating part in the game media handling apparatus 1 based on the insertion port 15 becoming a closed state and banknote accommodation state information. Further, instead of or together with this, the display screen of the display device 4 is based on the individual closing control information that the bill insertion slot 15 in the game medium handling device 1 has been opened based on the individual opening control information. The bill insertion slot 15 in the game medium handling device 1 may be closed, and the bill accommodation state of the bill accommodation unit in the game medium handling device 1 may be displayed based on the bill accommodation state information.

  With this configuration, the server device 2 and / or the display device 4 may also have performed fraudulent acts such as withdrawal of banknotes, and an opening / closing mechanism (for example, a shutter mechanism) of the banknote insertion slot 15. It is possible to recognize that there is a possibility that a problem has occurred in 105f).

  FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of the clerk IC card processing performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2, and when the collective opening operation and the collective closing operation are selected as operations for the manager. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of IC card process for shop assistants.

  Here, the collective release operation is an operation for the manager in the game medium handling device 1 that collectively drives the shutter mechanism 105f of the bill burr 105 to handle a plurality of preset game media (for example, island units). It is an operation for changing the bill insertion slot 15 (for example, 15a) in the device 1 from the closed state to the open state and enabling the stored bills to be taken out. The collective closing operation is the game medium handling device 1 As an operation for the manager, the shutter mechanism 105f of the bill burr 105 is collectively driven, and the banknote insertion port 15 (for example, 15a) in the plurality of preset (for example, island units) game medium handling devices 1 is opened. This is an operation for changing the state from the closed state to the closed state to make it impossible to take out the stored banknotes. The collective opening operation and collective closing operation can be performed when the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is closed.

  First, when the batch release operation is performed, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether the batch release operation is permitted (step S26). That is, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not the control state is closed (see FIG. 22). If it is determined that the collective opening operation is permitted, then it is determined whether or not the authentication class associated with the clerk IC card is an authentication class that permits the collective opening operation ( Step S27).

  Here, in the present embodiment, it is possible to set the authority (authentication class) of the IC card for the store clerk. By setting this authentication class, for example, the general store clerk (member) and the store manager (manager) ) Can be set, operations that can be performed only by the store manager (manager), and the like. That is, in the present embodiment, for example, an authentication class that can perform these operations can be set differently for the individual opening operation and the collective opening operation. The authentication class may be set on the game medium handling device 1 side or on the server device 2 side.

  Further, for example, class 1 (member), class 2 (manager), or class 3 (manufacturer) can be set as the authentication class for the IC card for the store clerk. This can be performed when a store clerk IC card to which an authentication class of class 3) is assigned is placed over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18. That is, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not the authentication class associated with the store clerk IC card is class 2 or higher in the process of step S27. It should be noted that the individual opening operation shown in FIG. 23 is permitted regardless of the authentication class associated with the store clerk IC card.

  When the game medium handling device 1 determines in the process of step S26 that the collective opening operation is not permitted, or in the process of step S27, the authentication class associated with the IC card for the store clerk indicates that the collective release operation is performed. If it is determined that the authentication class is not permitted (class 1), an error message indicating that the batch release operation is not permitted or an error message indicating that the authentication class is not satisfied is displayed on the touch panel LCD 16. Then, the process ends (step S28). Further, error information indicating that the collective release operation has been performed is transmitted to the server apparatus 2 even though the collective release operation is not permitted (the authentication class is not satisfied).

  On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of step S27 that the authentication class associated with the clerk IC card is an authentication class for which the collective opening operation is permitted (class 2 or higher), it is set in advance. In addition, the collective opening request information for requesting the banknote insertion slot 15 (for example, 15a) in the plurality of (for example, island units) gaming medium handling devices 1 to be changed from the closed state to the opened state is transmitted to the server device 2.

  When the server device 2 receives the collective release request information from one game medium handling device 1, the server device 2 receives a plurality of preset game media handling devices 1 (for example, in units of islands) including the one game medium handling device 1. Thus, collective opening instruction information for instructing to change the bill insertion slot 15 (for example, 15a) from the closed state to the open state is transmitted.

  The game medium handling device 1 that has received the collective release instruction information from the server device 2 performs collective release control of the bill validator 105 based on the collective release instruction information (step S28). Specifically, in the game medium handling device 1 that has received the collective opening instruction information, the shutter mechanism 105f of the bill burr 105 is driven, and control is performed so that the bill insertion slot 15 is opened. As a result, in the game medium handling device 1 that has received the collective opening instruction information, the banknote transport mechanism 105e transports the banknotes stored in the banknote storage unit so that they can be taken out from the banknote insertion slot 15.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 that has performed the collective release control of the bill validator 105 transmits to the server device 2 collective release control information indicating that the bill insertion slot 15 in the game medium handling device 1 has been opened. Then, it is determined whether or not the aforementioned individual closing condition is satisfied (step S30). If it is determined that the individual closing condition is not satisfied, the process of step S30 is repeated until the individual closing condition is satisfied. That is, the game medium handling device 1 that has performed the collective opening control of the bill burrs 105 waits for processing until the individual closing condition is satisfied. On the other hand, when it is determined that the above-described individual closing condition is satisfied, individual closing condition establishment information indicating that the individual closing condition is satisfied in the game medium handling device 1 is transmitted to the server device 2.

  Next, the server device 2 determines whether or not a collective closing condition is satisfied (step S70). In the present embodiment, the collective closing condition is determined to be satisfied when the individual closing condition is satisfied in each of the game medium handling devices 1 that transmitted the collective opening instruction information. If it is determined that the collective closing condition is not satisfied, the process of step S70 is repeated until the collective closing condition is satisfied. That is, the server apparatus 2 waits for processing until the collective closing condition is satisfied. On the other hand, when it is determined that the collective closing condition is satisfied, collective closing operation acceptance permission information indicating that the accepting of the collective closing operation is permitted in the gaming medium handling device 1 is transmitted to the gaming medium handling device 1.

  Next, when the game medium handling device 1 receives the collective closing operation acceptance permission information from the server device 2, it permits the acceptance of the collective closing operation (step S31). For example, the touch panel LCD 16 permits entry of a menu number corresponding to the batch closing operation. Then, when the collective closing operation is performed, it is requested to change the banknote insertion slot 15 (for example, 15a) in a plurality of preset (for example, island units) gaming medium handling devices 1 from the open state to the closed state. Collective closing request information is transmitted to the server device 2.

  Next, when the server apparatus 2 receives collective closing request information from one game medium handling apparatus 1, a plurality of preset game medium handling apparatuses (for example, in units of islands) including the one game medium handling apparatus 1 are provided. 1, collective closing instruction information for instructing to change the bill insertion slot 15 (for example, 15 a) from the open state to the closed state is transmitted.

  The game medium handling device 1 that has received the collective closing instruction information from the server device 2 performs collective closing control of the bill validator 105 based on the collective closing instruction information (step S32). Specifically, in the game medium handling device 1 that has received the collective closing instruction information, the shutter mechanism 105f of the bill burr 105 is driven, and control is performed so that the bill insertion slot 15 is closed.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 that performed the collective closing control of the bill validator 105 transmits to the server device 2 collective closing control information indicating that the bill insertion slot 15 in the game medium handling device 1 has been closed. Then, the clerk IC card process shown in FIG.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the individual opening operation can be performed regardless of whether the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is the opening state or the closing state. The operation can be performed when the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is closed. The individual opening operation is permitted regardless of the authentication class associated with the clerk IC card, whereas the collective opening operation is performed with the authentication class associated with the clerk IC card. It is configured to be permitted when it is class 2 or higher.

  In the present embodiment, the individual opening operation and the collective opening operation are described as different authorities (authentication classes) that allow these operations to be performed, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, regarding the individual closing operation and the collective closing operation, the authority (authentication class) for performing these operations may be different. For example, the individual closing operation is permitted regardless of the authentication class associated with the clerk IC card, whereas the collective closing operation is performed with the authentication class associated with the clerk IC card. It may be configured to be permitted when the class is 2 or higher.

  With this configuration, for example, when the control state is open, any clerk in the amusement store can individually open and close the bill validator 105 for maintenance and the like, and the control state is closed In particular, since a specific store clerk (for example, a store manager) can open and close the bill burr 105 for the purpose of collecting banknotes, it is easy to collect banknotes, and a specific situation (for example, an abnormality occurs during opening of a store). It is possible to respond flexibly to the situation and the like and to ensure security.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the authority (authentication class) for issuing a store opening instruction (a store opening request operation to the input unit 230) or a store closing instruction (a store closing request operation to the input unit 230) is set in the server device 2. Class 2 or higher may be set as an authentication class that can perform these instructions. That is, when a predetermined authority (for example, class 2 as an authentication class) capable of changing the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is set for a specific store clerk (for example, store manager), the collective release operation and / or It is good also as comprising so that collective closing operation is attained.

  By configuring in this way, the authority to change the control state of the game medium handling device 1 and the authority to perform the collective release operation and / or the collective release operation can be linked, so that it corresponds to the operation of the game store. Appropriate authority can be granted.

  The setting of authority (authentication class) related to individual opening operation, individual closing operation, collective opening operation, collective closing operation, opening request operation, and closing request operation can be changed as appropriate. For example, the individual release operation and the collective release operation require a predetermined authority (for example, class 2 as an authentication class), but other operations can be performed with any authority. it can. By comprising in this way, it becomes possible to respond | correspond flexibly with respect to a sales side and a maintenance side, ensuring the security side regarding collection | recovery of a banknote.

  In the present embodiment, even if a collective release operation is performed, a plurality of preset game media (for example, island units) including the game media handling device 1 that has performed the collective release operation. In any one of the handling devices 1, the game medium handling device 1 is configured not to perform the collective opening control of the bill burr 105 when it is detected by the aforementioned bill detection sensor that no bill is received. Also good.

  In the present embodiment, even if a collective release operation is performed, a plurality of preset game media (for example, island units) including the game media handling device 1 that has performed the collective release operation. In any one of the game media handling devices 1 among the handling devices 1, when it is detected by the aforementioned bill detection sensor that no banknote is received, the game media handling device detected that the banknote is not received. 1 may be configured not to change the bill insertion slot 15 from the closed state to the open state.

  By comprising in this way, it can prevent that the bill burr | flash 105 of the game media handling apparatus 1 which does not require collection | recovery of a banknote will be in an open state by collective opening operation, and can improve work efficiency.

  FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the IC card processing for the store clerk performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2, and the store clerk in the case where the possession ball split service operation is selected as the operation for the manager It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of an IC card process.

  Here, the possession ball division service operation is an operation for the manager in the game medium handling device 1, and the player's possession information in the one game medium handling device 1 is transferred to another game medium via the server device 2. This is an operation for dividing and handling the handling device 1. Note that the operation of splitting the holding ball can also be performed when the card lock control is performed by a card lock process which will be described later with reference to FIG.

  First, the game media handling device 1 determines whether or not the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c is 0 when the ball split service operation is performed (step S36). When it is determined that the possession information stored in the rate-specific possession information storage unit 103c is 0, the clerk IC card process shown in FIG. 25 is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the retained ball information stored in the rate-specific retained ball information storage unit 103c is not 0, a retained ball division selection process (step S37) described later with reference to FIG. 38 is performed.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 then makes a ball split request to the server device 2 (step S38), and transmits the identification information and the ball split information to the server device 2. To do.

  When the server device 2 receives the identification information and the ball split information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the server device 2 holds the ball split information (step S71). In other words, information such as a division source rate, a number of division holding balls, and a division destination rate, which will be described later, is held in association with identification information of the IC card for the store clerk. Next, the server device 2 converts the possession information stored in the rate-dependent possession information storage unit 202c or 212b into the identification information of the card that is the division source, the identification number of the game medium handling device 1, and the IC Updating is performed in association with the card identification information and the like (step S72), the update information is transmitted to the game medium handling apparatus 1, and the IC card processing for the clerk shown in FIG. 25 is terminated.

  FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the clerk IC card process performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2, and when the divided coin allocation service operation is selected as the operation for the administrator. It is a flowchart which shows the process sequence of the IC card process for shop assistants.

  Here, the divided ball allocation service operation is an operation for the manager in the game medium handling device 1, and the ball information divided by the above-described ball division service operation is changed to another game via the server device 2. This is an operation for assigning to the medium handling device 1. Specifically, the contactless IC card reader / writer 18 of the other game medium handling device 1 is held with the IC card for the store clerk associated with the ball split information and the identification information, and the split ball allocation service operation is performed. This operation is performed by selecting the corresponding menu.

  First, when the divided ball allocation service operation is performed, the game medium handling device 1 sends a divided ball allocation request to the server device 2 (step S40), and transmits the divided ball allocation information to the server device 2. To do.

  When the server device 2 receives the divided ball allocation information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the server device 2 determines whether or not the held ball division information is held (step S76). If it is determined that the holding ball division information is not held, the divided holding ball allocation impossible information indicating that the divided holding ball allocation cannot be performed is transmitted to the game medium handling apparatus 1, and the salesclerk shown in FIG. The IC card process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the possession ball division information is held, the possession ball information related to the division is allocated to the game medium handling device 1 based on the retained ball division information (step S78). Next, the server device associates the possessed ball information stored in the rate-specific possessed ball information storage unit 202c or 212b with the identification information of the card serving as the division source, the identification number of the game medium handling device 1, and the like. Update is performed (step S79), the update information is transmitted to the game medium handling apparatus 1, and the IC card process for the store clerk shown in FIG. 26 is terminated.

  In this way, in this embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 divides the possession ball based on the possession ball separation service operation by the clerk of the game store even when the card lock control is performed by the card lock process. Is configured to be possible.

  In the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 includes a first mode for splitting a ball based on a ball split instruction (a ball split request operation) by a player, and a ball split by a store clerk at a game store. When the ball can be divided by the second mode of dividing the ball based on the service operation, but the card lock control is performed by the card lock process described later with reference to FIG. Is configured such that only the division of the holding balls according to the second aspect is possible.

  In the present embodiment, the player's possession information is divided and moved to the other game medium handling device 1 via the server device 2 based on the possession ball division service operation of the store clerk of the game store. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the prize management device 7 may be divided and moved. That is, the divided holding balls may be moved to the prize management device 7 so that they can be exchanged for prizes.

  By comprising in this way, the convenience of the player regarding especially the division | segmentation of a ball can be improved more, ensuring the crime prevention property by a card lock.

(Process when inserting card)
FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of card insertion processing performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2.

  First, when a card is inserted from the card insertion slot 14, the game medium handling device 1 reads the card type and identification information inserted by the card reader / writer 104 (step S101). Next, the game medium handling device 1 controls the light emission mode of the status indicator lamp 13 in accordance with the read card type and identification information (step S102). Next, the game medium handling device 1 sends an acquisition request for possession information to the server device 2 (step S103), and transmits the read card type and identification information to the server device 2.

  When the server device 2 receives the card type and the identification information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 202c and the setting stored in the setting information storage unit 202b Information is transmitted to the game medium handling apparatus 1 (step S201).

  Next, when the game medium handling device 1 receives the possession ball information and the setting information transmitted from the server device 2, the game medium handling device 1 performs a boarding determination process (step S104) described later in the description of FIG. Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not there is a boarding instruction from the player (step S105). If it is determined that there is no boarding instruction, the process proceeds to a boarding destination inability determination process (step S130) described later in the description of FIG.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that there is a boarding instruction, the boarding flag indicating that the boarding is in progress is turned on, and the boarding instruction content including at least the boarding source rate and the boarding destination rate information is stored. (Step S106), a boarding request is made to the server apparatus 2 (Step S107), and the card type, identification information and rate information are transmitted to the server apparatus 2.

  When the server device 2 receives the card type, identification information and rate information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the server device 2 identifies the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 202c based on the entry request as the identification information. Are updated in association with each other (step S202), and the update information is transmitted to the game medium handling apparatus 1. When the game medium handling device 1 receives the update information transmitted from the server device 2, the game medium handling device 1 performs a boarding destination boarding inability determination process (step S130), which will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not the number of payouts has been set by the player or the store clerk of the game store (step S131). Specifically, the current payout number set in the game medium handling apparatus 1 is displayed on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16, and the receiving unit of the touch panel LCD 16 is controlled so that the payout number setting operation can be performed. When the payout number is set by the payout number selection operation, the game medium handling device 1 determines that the payout number has been set. A display example on the touch panel LCD 16 will be described later with reference to FIGS. 54 and 55. If it is determined that the number of payouts has not been set, the card insertion process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of payouts has been set, a payout number setting process (step S132) is performed. This process is a process that allows the number of game media to be paid out per time when the player gives a payout instruction to be set. After the process, the card insertion process is terminated. The set number of payouts is transmitted to the server device 2.

(Payout number setting function)
The gaming system according to the present embodiment is equipped with a function that enables the number of payouts to be set by performing the processing of steps S131 and S132. As described above, the setting function of the number of payouts is a function that allows the player or the game store to set the number of payouts of game media per time when the player gives a payout instruction. Is realized by the control of the condition setting unit 100h of the game medium handling device 1. Note that part or all of the control for realizing the function may be realized by the control of the server device 2. The processes in steps S131 and S132 are merely examples. In the description of the function, for convenience, the game medium handling device 1b provided corresponding to the pachislot machine 3b will be described as an example.

  Here, with regard to the setting of the number of payouts, the player may be able to freely set the number, or may be set by selecting from choices preset at the game store. In addition, when it is configured to select from preset options, the number of game media (number of exchangeable game media) that needs to be exchanged for a specific prize (a so-called “special prize”). ) (For example, 50), the same number (for example, 50), an integer multiple (for example, 100), or a number that can be divided with respect to the number of the game media (for example, 25) is desirable. These options may be set by the game medium handling device 1b (for example, the information setting unit 100i) or may be set by the server device 2 (for example, the information setting unit 201e).

  The number of payouts may be set by allowing the game store to freely set the number of payouts, or by selecting from choices preset in the game medium handling device 1 or the server device 2. It may be possible. In addition, when making it select from the choice set beforehand, it is desirable to comprise similarly to the above. Further, the options may be changed in conjunction with the setting of the number of exchangeable game media and the number of game media that can be lent as described later.

  Further, in the case where the counting ball information is the first ball information and the stored ball information is the second ball information, the first when the payout instruction by the player is the payout instruction based on the first ball information. And the second payout number when the payout instruction by the player is the payout instruction based on the second coin information can be set differently depending on the setting at the game store side.

  For example, in the game medium handling device 1 according to the present embodiment, the game medium counting function is implemented as described above, and the player throws the game medium paid out from the gaming machine 3 into the counting device 107. Thus, it can be stored as its own counting ball information. At the end of the game, a card return instruction to be described later is performed to receive a return of the card in which information corresponding to the stored counting ball information is stored, and according to the information corresponding to the counting ball information It will be exchanged for prizes. In principle, the counts are only valid on the day of the game and cannot be carried over to the next day. However, if the player is a member of the game store, it will be automatically Will be stored as stored ball information.

  Here, when the player wishes to exchange only for the special prize, it is necessary to prevent the fractional ball information from being rounded. That is, taking 20 slots as an example, for example, if a special prize is associated with 50 exchangeable game media numbers at a 20 yen rate, the player has 50 pieces of possession information, Or it is necessary to make it an integral multiple of 50 sheets.

  However, when the number of payouts is fixed, the medal payout is received once with the number of payouts, and then only the desired number of medals must be input again into the counting device 107 to adjust the fraction. Annoyance will occur. For example, it is assumed that the player wishes to exchange the counting ball information for 500 medals with a special prize when there is counting ball information for 525 medals. At this time, if it is assumed that the number of payouts is fixed at 50, the player first receives 50 payouts, sets the counting ball information to 475 (525-50), and then If 25 medals are inserted into the counting device 107 and the counting ball information is not equivalent to 500 (475 + 25), it is not possible to exchange its own counting ball information with only a special prize.

  On the other hand, in the game medium handling device 1 in the present embodiment, the first payout number can be set. For example, if the first payout number is set to 25 in advance, the set payout number By simply paying out game media according to the above, it is possible to reduce the number of counting ball information to the number of game media desired by the player, so that it is possible to prevent the fraction of game media from being generated with a simple configuration. Management effort can be reduced and convenience can be improved. On the other hand, since the stored ball information is also valid after the next day, a payout number (for example, 50) different from the first payout number may be set as the second payout number.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the third payout number can be set differently when the payout instruction by the player is a payout instruction based on money information. That is, as an aspect of setting the number of payouts in this embodiment, for example, an aspect in which only the first payout number is set different from the reference payout number (for example, 50 sheets), the second payout number A mode in which only the third payout number is set differently, a mode in which only the third payout number is set, the first payout number and the second payout number (the first payout number and the third payout number, and the second The same is true for the number of payouts and the number of third payouts), and a mode in which the first payout number, the second payout number, and the third payout number are set differently is considered. .

  As a more preferable mode of setting the number of payouts, the first payout number is set to the number of payouts according to the number of exchangeable game media (for example, the same number as the number of exchangeable game media, an integer multiple, or a number that can be divided). It is desirable to set the second payout number to the payout number according to the number of rentable unit game media, and the third payout number to the payout number according to the number of rentable unit game media. Here, the “number of rentable unit game media” refers to the number of unit game media to be lent (for example, the rent request per time) in response to a rent request per time based on monetary information, which is determined in advance at a game store. On the other hand, the player has to insert an amount of money corresponding to the number of rental unit game media (for example, 1,000 yen).

  By setting in this way, in particular, a so-called non-equivalent exchange store (for example, the number of rentable unit game media is set to 50 / 1,000 yen, whereas the number of exchangeable game media is 56 This is more convenient in a game shop where the number of tickets / 1,000 yen is set. In other words, the non-equivalent exchange store is more than a so-called equivalent exchange store (for example, a game store in which 50 pieces / 1,000 yen are set for both the number of rentable unit game media and the number of exchangeable game media). This is because it becomes more difficult to adjust the count holding ball information.

  For example, in the non-equivalent exchange store in the above example, when the special prize is associated with the number of game media that can be exchanged for 56 cards at a 20 yen rate, In some cases, it is assumed that the player wants to exchange 560 medals for the counting ball information with a special prize. At this time, if it is assumed that the number of payouts is fixed at 50, the player first receives 50 payouts, sets the count holding ball information to 566 pieces (616-50 pieces), Upon receiving 50 payouts, the counting ball information is set to 516 (566-50), and then 44 medals are inserted into the counting device 107, and the counting ball information is set to 560 (516). If it is not set to (+44), it is not possible to exchange its own possession information only with special prizes.

  Here, in the non-equivalent exchange store in the above example, it may be possible to fix the number of payouts to 56, but in this case, the number of unit game media that can be rented is changed (that is, one rent out). In this case, 1,120 yen for 56 sheets is required). In addition, it is very complicated to calculate the virtual investment amount at the time of replaying the stored ball (that is, calculating the sales as 50 cards / 1,000 yen when calculating the replay amount of the stored ball). Therefore, there arises a problem that convenience is lowered for both the player side and the game store side.

  On the other hand, in the game medium handling device 1 in the present embodiment, since the number of payouts can be set, for example, if the first payout number is set to 14, 28 or 56 in advance, it is set. By simply paying out game media according to the number of payouts, it is possible to make the number-of-balls information equal to the number of game media desired by the player. Specifically, when the player counts medals (for example, 560) that is a multiple of the number of exchangeable game media and uses up the medals on the lower plate of the pachislot machine 3b, the player tries to end the game. I was thinking, but if you want to continue playing after you have used up all the medals in the lower tray, set the first payout number to 56 so that you can get 56 Even after receiving the payout, the counting ball information maintains the number of medals that is a multiple of the number of exchangeable game media (for example, 560-56 = 504 = 9,000 yen). Therefore, even in a non-equivalent exchange store, it is possible to reduce the management effort and improve convenience by making it possible to prevent a fraction of game media from being generated with a simple configuration. Along with the second number of payouts For the third payout, by setting the 50 sheets, for the game arcade, it is to contribute to the proper management and smooth sales management.

  From this point of view, the first payout number can be set by the player, but the second payout number and the third payout number can only be set by the game shop. You may comprise as follows. Further, when the third payout number is set by the game store, the second payout number may be set to the same number in conjunction with the setting. In addition, when the game store does not need to calculate the virtual investment amount at the time of replaying the stored ball, the player can set the first payout number and the second payout number. The number of payouts of 3 may be configured to allow only setting by a game store. In addition, when the number of rentable unit game media is changed by the game store, the third payout number may be automatically set in conjunction with the change. However, the game store may set all of the first payout number, the second payout number, and the third payout number. In this case, as for the first payout amount, as described above, the convenience can be ensured by setting an appropriate number of games or selecting an option.

  In addition, since the counting coin information and the pool information are both possession information and are roughly classified from monetary information, whether the player possesses possession information or monetary information. The number of payouts may be set based on whether or not

  In the present embodiment, the processes in steps S131 and S132 are performed in the card insertion process shown in FIG. 27, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, these processes may be performed in the bill insertion process described later in the description of FIG. 32, and these processes may be performed in the game medium lending process described in the description of FIG. These processes may be performed in the game medium counting process described later in the description of FIG. Alternatively, these processes may be performed without being related to any of the processes in FIGS.

  For example, in the bill insertion process, when performing the processing of step S131 and step S132 described above, it is determined whether or not a card is inserted by the player, and when it is determined that a card is inserted, It is good also as performing process of said step S131 and step S132.

  Further, for example, in the processing at the time of renting out game media, when performing the processing of step S131 and step S132 described above, it is determined whether or not the payout instruction by the player is a payout instruction based on the counting ball information, and counting is performed. When it is determined that the payout instruction is based on the holding ball information, the above-described processing of step S131 and step S132 may be performed.

  Further, for example, in the processing at the time of counting game media, when performing the processing of step S131 and step S132 described above, it is determined whether or not the number of inserted game media is a predetermined number (for example, 50) or more. If it is determined that the number is greater than or equal to the predetermined number, the processing of step S131 and step S132 may be performed.

  Further, for example, when the processes in steps S131 and S132 are performed without being related to any of the processes in FIGS. 21 to 42, the above-described clerk IC card is transferred to the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18. By holding it over, a setting screen described later in the description of FIG. 55 may be displayed on the touch panel LCD 16 so that the payout setting information can be set. At that time, the store clerk of the game store can greatly improve the convenience for the player by checking the player's counting ball information or by setting the number of payouts desired by the player.

  Further, for example, in the case where 500 yen (corresponding to 25 medals) is associated as money information that can be settled by the settlement apparatus 6, the number of game media (settlementable game media) corresponding to the money information that can be settled (Number) may be set as the third payout number. In this case, if the third payout number is set to 25 or 50, it can be settled by the checkout device 6 without any fraction at the timing of any payout instruction. It is possible to use up all the money amount.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, when the first payout number, the second payout number, and the third payout number are set, the game medium handling apparatus 1 plays a game described later in the description of FIG. In the medium lending process, the setting result is transmitted to the server device 2 as the payout setting information. However, instead of or together with this, information on the number of payouts paid out when the game medium is actually paid out. And payout result information including whether the payout is based on the first holding ball information, the second holding ball information, or the money information is transmitted to the server device 2 It is good as well.

  By configuring in this way, the actual number of payouts and the type of possession information or money information that is the basis thereof can be accurately recognized on the server device 2 side, and more appropriate operation management for the amusement store. It will also contribute to smooth sales management.

(Entry determination processing)
FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of boarding determination processing performed by the game medium handling device 1.

  First, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not there is ball information of the loan rate set in the game medium handling device 1 as the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c. Determination is made (step S1041). If it is determined that there is possession information of the loan rate, the process proceeds to step S1047.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that there is no possession information of the loan rate, whether there is possession information of a loan rate (another rate) different from the loan rate set in the game medium handling device 1 Is determined (step S1042). If it is determined that there is no information about another rate, the process proceeds to step S1047.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that there is ball information of another rate, whether or not the ball information of the other rate can be boarded at the lending rate set in the game medium handling device 1. Is discriminated (step S1043). Here, a case where a 4-yen rate is set in the game medium handling apparatus 1a and a lending of game media for every 125 balls is permitted will be described as an example.

  In this case, it is necessary to store at least one ball information (125 balls × 4) for at least one yen rate. Then, if the ball information of 500 balls or more is stored as the ball information of 1 yen rate, it is determined that entry is possible, and if only the ball information of less than 500 balls is stored, It is determined that it cannot be entered. In addition, although the case where 125 balls were set as an example of the number of units of the game medium that permits lending was taken as an example, the number of units is not limited to this. For example, 250 balls or 1 ball may be used. In particular, when the number of units is one ball, the number of balls that can be put in increases, so that there is an advantage that the boarding function is more easily exhibited.

  Also, the number of units may be selectable by the player. For example, by making it possible to select the number of units from one to three balls in one patch, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of holding ball information that makes it impossible to enter, and FIG. This makes it possible to eliminate the need for a boarding / no boarding determination process, which will be described later, and to reduce the control burden.

  When it is determined that the game medium handling device 1 cannot be boarded, the game medium handling device 1 proceeds to the process of step S1047.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that boarding is possible, boarding instruction reception processing (step S1044) is performed. Specifically, it displays on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 that it is possible to enter the ball information at a rate different from the lending rate set in the game medium handling device 1, and the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16 is displayed. It controls so that boarding selection operation becomes possible. When boarding is selected by the boarding selection operation, the game medium handling device 1 determines that there is a boarding instruction. A display example of the touch panel LCD 16 will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not there is a change in the consent condition related to boarding by the player (step S1045). Specifically, the consent condition relating to the current entry set in the game medium handling device 1 is displayed on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 and the acceptance part of the touch panel LCD 16 can be operated to change the consent condition. To control. When the consent condition is changed by the consent condition changing operation, the game medium handling device 1 determines that the consent condition has been changed. A display example on the touch panel LCD 16 will be described later with reference to FIGS. 54 and 56. If it is determined that the consent condition has not been changed, the process proceeds to step S1047.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the consent condition has been changed, the consent condition changing process (step S1046) is performed. This process is a process that enables the player to set conditions for requesting consent when the player gives a boarding instruction. After the process, the process proceeds to step S1047. The changed consent condition is transmitted to the server device 2.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 performs a payout display control process (step S1047). This process is a process of changing the display mode of the touch panel LCD 16 based on the information corresponding to the ball information associated with the card inserted by the player. Examples of display on the touch panel LCD 16 will be described later with reference to FIGS. 44 to 51, and details of changes in the display mode of the touch panel LCD 16 in this processing will be described later with reference to FIG. 52. After the process, the boarding determination process is terminated.

  In the boarding determination process according to the present embodiment, when it is determined in step S1041 that there is information on the holding rate of the loan rate, the process proceeds to step S1047. The processes in steps S1042 to S1044 may be performed. By comprising in this way, the boarding function which follows a player's intention which wants to use the number of possession according to the possession information of another rate previously can be exhibited.

  In this case, instead of the process of step S1041, the player may be allowed to accept an operation of selecting which number of balls to use at which rate. For example, when information on the number of balls for 500 balls or more is stored as information on the number of balls for 1 yen rate, and information on balls for 125 balls or more is stored as information on balls for 4 yen rate, The display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 may display the effect, and the receiving unit of the touch panel LCD 16 may be configured to control the selection operation.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the boarding determination process is performed in the card insertion process. As described above, when a game medium is requested to be rented (that is, a game medium lending process described later in the description of FIG. 33). ), It goes without saying that the entry determination process may be performed.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the payout display control process is performed in the entry determination process, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the process may be performed as the process in the card insertion process shown in FIG. 27, the process may be performed in the game medium lending process described later in the description of FIG. 33, and FIG. This processing may be performed also in the game medium counting processing described later in the description.

(Passenger boarding impossibility determination process)
FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the boarding / leaving inability determination process performed by the game medium handling device 1.

  First, the game medium handling device 1 has, as the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c, whether there is ball information that cannot be paid out at the lending rate set in the game medium handling device 1. It is determined whether or not (that is, whether there is ball information that cannot be entered) (step S1071). Here, a case where a 4-yen rate is set in the game medium handling device 1 and the lending of game media for each ball is permitted will be described as an example.

  In this case, the gaming medium handling apparatus 1 has no balls that cannot be paid out if the ball information at the 1-yen rate is the ball information for 4 balls (or the ball information that is divisible by 4) (that is, If there is no ball that cannot be entered), and the ball information at 1 yen rate is less than 4 balls (or ball information that is not divisible by 4), It is determined that there is a ball (that is, there is a ball that cannot be entered). In addition, although the case where one ball was set as an example of the number of units of the game medium that permits lending was taken as an example, it goes without saying that the number of units is not limited to this as described above. When the game medium handling device 1 determines that there is no ball information that cannot be paid out (that is, there is no ball information that cannot be entered), the game medium handling device 1 ends the boarding destination entry determination process.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that there is a ball that cannot be paid out (that is, there is ball information that cannot be entered), a state display lamp control process (step S1072) is performed. Specifically, the light emission mode of the status display lamp 13 is controlled in a mode different from the control of the light emission mode of the status display lamp 13 in step S102 of FIG. An example of the light emission mode will be described later with reference to FIG.

  In this way, the game medium handling device 1 adds the ball information associated with the inserted card to the ball information that cannot be paid out at the lending rate set in the game medium handling device 1 (that is, boarding). In the case where the information of the incapable holding ball) is included, the clerk of the game store is notified by the light emission mode of the state indicator lamp 13.

  By configuring in this way, the store clerk can recognize the possibility that the inserted counting card will be thrown away or taken home, and will call the player when returning the counting card. Or a game with a payable gaming machine can be encouraged, so that the card can be properly collected and the loss of the game store can be prevented.

  In the present embodiment, depending on the light emission mode of the state indicator lamp 13, the ball information associated with the inserted card cannot be paid out at the lending rate set in the game medium handling device 1. Although it is supposed to notify that (the ball information that cannot be entered) is included, the means for notifying is not limited to this. For example, a warning sound may be output from the speaker 108 instead of or together with the light emission mode of the status indicator lamp 13, and the fact is displayed on the touch panel LCD 16 for the purpose of notifying the player. It is good to do.

  In the present embodiment, the above notification is made regardless of whether or not the remaining amount information is stored in the remaining amount information storage unit 103d. However, is the remaining amount information stored in the remaining amount information storage unit 103d? If it is determined that the remaining amount information is not stored in the remaining amount information storage unit 103d after determining whether or not, the above notification may be performed.

  By comprising in this way, the store clerk of a game store can recognize with high precision the possibility that the inserted counting card will be thrown away or taken home.

  Further, in the present embodiment, in the card insertion process, the boarding destination entry failure determination process is performed. However, the game medium lending process described later in the description of FIG. 33 or described later in the description of FIG. In the card return process, it may be possible to perform the boarding destination inability determination process.

  For example, in the game medium lending process, when the destination entry / impossibility determination process is performed, in the determination in step S1071 above, the possession information of 1 yen rate after lending is less than 4 balls. It is possible to determine that there is a ball that cannot be paid out at the lending rate only when the ball has the ball information (that is, the ball information for 1 to 3 balls).

  By comprising in this way, the store clerk of a game store can recognize with high precision the possibility that the inserted counting card will be thrown away or taken home.

  In addition, for example, in the card return process, when performing the destination entry impossibility determination process, a predetermined authentication operation (for example, an authentication operation of an IC card for a clerk to the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18) It is good also as not returning a card | curd until there exists transmission of a predetermined | prescribed authentication signal (for example, authentication signal from the server apparatus 2).

  By comprising in this way, a card | curd can be collect | recovered reliably and the loss of a game store can be prevented.

(Card lock processing)
FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of card lock processing performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. In the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 relates to an operation relating to the return of an inserted card (for example, a card return instruction operation), a splitting of a ball (excluding a splitting of a ball by a ball splitting service operation). It is possible to control the card lock state, which is a control state in which an operation (for example, a ball split operation) is invalidated.

  First, when a card lock instruction (card lock request operation to the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16) is performed, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not a password has been input (step S160). If it is determined that the password has not been entered, the process of step S160 is repeated until the password is entered. In other words, the game medium handling device 1 stands by for processing until a password is input. On the other hand, if it is determined that a password has been entered, the entered password is stored, and card lock control is performed to control the card lock state described above (step S161). And card lock control information indicating that the card lock state is controlled is transmitted to the server device 2.

  Next, when a card lock release instruction (card lock release request operation to the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16) is performed, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not a password has been input (step S162). If it is determined that the password has not been entered, the process of step S162 is repeated until the password is entered. In other words, the game medium handling device 1 stands by for processing until a password is input. On the other hand, if it is determined that the password has been input, it is determined whether or not the input password matches the stored password (step S163). When it is determined that the input password matches the stored password, the card lock state is released (step S166), and the card lock release information indicating that the card lock state is released is sent to the server device 2. Transmit, and the card lock process ends.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that the input password does not match the stored password, the number of times that the input password does not match the stored password is a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times) is determined (step S164). If it is determined that there is no mismatch for a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times) (for example, the number of times of mismatch is 2 or less), the process proceeds to step S162.

  If the game medium handling device 1 determines that the predetermined number of times (for example, three times) does not match in the process of step S164, for example, “the passwords did not match. Please call the staff”. An error display is displayed on the touch panel LCD 16, and the process is terminated (step S165). Further, error information indicating that the input of the personal identification number has not been matched a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times) is transmitted to the server device 2. In the process of step S165, an error state is set as the control state, and an error canceling operation for canceling the error state by the store clerk of the game store (for example, the IC card for the store clerk is placed in the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18) If there is no operation for selecting the cancellation of the error that has occurred on the touch panel LCD 16 after the holding, the card lock state cannot be released.

  In the process of step S165, the facial data described above may be further detected by the camera unit 17 and transmitted to the server device 2. Also, in the process of step S161, the above-described facial data is detected by the camera unit 17 and transmitted to the server device 2. The server device 2 is illegal if these facial data do not match. It may be determined that there is a high possibility that an action is being performed, and a specific warning may be issued. When the facial data described above is detected by the camera unit 17 in the process of step S161, the detected facial data may be displayed on the touch panel LCD 16 in the process of step S165. With this configuration, the store clerk at the gaming store visually checks whether the seated person matches the player who performed the card lock control during the error canceling operation described above. Since it can be determined whether or not the release operation should be performed, crime prevention by card lock can be further improved.

(Processing during boarding)
FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the on-board processing performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2. This in-flight process is a process performed when the in-flight flag is on in the card insertion process described with reference to FIG.

  First, the game medium handling apparatus 1 holds the current entry instruction content including at least information on the entry source rate and the entry rate (step S170). Next, the game medium handling apparatus 1 permits acceptance of a boarding end instruction (step S171). That is, the game medium handling apparatus 1 displays a “boarding end” operation button described later on the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16, thereby operating a boarding end instruction ( (Acceptance of entry stop request operation) is permitted.

  Next, when a boarding end instruction is given, the game medium handling device 1 performs boarding end control processing (step S172). In the boarding end control process, for example, a process of returning a basic screen (first screen and second screen) of a touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling device 1 described later to an initial state is performed. Next, the game medium handling apparatus 1 turns off the boarding flag indicating that the boarding is in progress, and clears the boarding instruction content including at least the boarding source rate and the boarding destination rate information (step S173). ), The boarding end control information indicating that boarding is completed is transmitted to the server device 2 according to the boarding end instruction.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not the boarding is still possible (step S174). Specifically, it is determined whether or not an entry selection operation can be accepted as in the entry determination process described with reference to FIG. 28 or described later with reference to FIG. If it is determined that the boarding is still possible, acceptance of the boarding instruction is permitted (step S175). Specifically, in the same manner as in step S1044 in FIG. 28, step S1504 in FIG. 71, or step S1506 in FIG. 71, an operation button “ride” described later is made so that a boarding instruction (boarding selection operation) can be accepted. “On” is displayed again on the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16.

  When the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines in the process of step S174 that the boarding is not yet possible, and after performing the process of step S175, the game medium handling process ends.

(Bill insertion processing)
FIG. 32 is a flowchart illustrating a processing procedure of bill insertion processing performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2.

  First, when a bill is inserted from the bill insertion slot 15, the game medium handling device 1 reads denomination information of the bill inserted by the bill burr 105 (step S108). Next, the game medium handling device 1 transmits the remaining amount information corresponding to the read denomination information to the server device 2.

  When the server device 2 receives the remaining amount information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the server device 2 updates the remaining amount information stored in the remaining amount information storage unit 202d (step S203), and transmits the updated information to the game medium handling device 1. .

(Processing when renting game media)
FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of a game medium lending process performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2.

  First, when there is a payout instruction (lending request operation to the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16), the game medium handling device 1 determines whether there is a boarding (step S140). Specifically, the game medium is requested to be rented using the possession information at a rate (for example, a 5-yen rate) different from the rate (for example, the 20-yen rate) set in the game medium handling apparatus 1. It is determined whether or not. If it is determined that there is no boarding, the process proceeds to step S109. For convenience, the processing of step S109 and step S110 when it is determined that there is no boarding is referred to as “normal processing”, and the processing of step S109 and step S110 when it is determined that there is a boarding is “boarding processing”. That's it.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that there is boarding, boarding upper limit judgment processing (step S141) is performed. This process is a process of determining whether or not the rental of the game medium due to the player's entry reaches the entry upper limit condition set in advance by the server device 2. The entrance upper limit conditions that can be set by the server device 2 will be described later.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not entry is possible (step S142). Specifically, when it is determined that the boarding upper limit condition is reached as a result of the boarding upper limit judgment process (step S141), it is judged that boarding is not possible, and the game medium lending process is performed. finish.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the boarding upper limit condition has not been reached as a result of the determination of the boarding upper limit determination process (step S141), it is determined that boarding is possible, and the consent condition determination process (step S143). I do. This processing is based on whether the rental of the game medium by entering the player this time has reached the consent condition set in advance by the server device 2 or the consent condition changing process (step S1046) described above with reference to FIG. This is a process for determining whether or not the changed consent condition has been reached. The consent conditions that can be set by the server device 2 will be described later.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not consent is required (step S144). Specifically, if it is determined that the consent condition is not reached as a result of the determination in the consent condition determination process (step S143), it is determined that the consent is not required, and the process proceeds to step S109.

  On the other hand, as a result of the determination in the consent condition determination process (step S143), when it is determined that the consent condition has been reached, it is determined that consent is necessary, and after waiting for an agreement instruction from the player, step S109 is performed. Move on to processing.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 makes a lending request to the server device 2 (step S109), and transmits identification information, remaining amount information, rate information, and payout setting information to the server device 2. Here, in the rate information, information relating to the rate set in the game medium handling device 1 (for example, 20 yen rate) and the rate of the possession information targeted in the lending request (for example, 5 yen rate). Is included. Further, the payout setting information includes information related to the processing result by the payout number setting process (step S131) and information related to the processing result by the consent condition changing process (step S1046).

  When the server device 2 receives the identification information, the remaining amount information, the rate information, and the payout setting information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the retained ball information or the remaining amount information stored in the rate-specific retained ball information storage unit 202c. The remaining amount information stored in the unit 202d is updated in association with the identification information (step S204), and the updated information is transmitted to the game medium handling apparatus 1. In addition, the server device 2 pays out game media by the game medium handling device 1 based on the received rate information, and pays out without entering (for example, in the game media handling device 1 in which a 20 yen rate is set, Payout based on 20-yen holding ball information) or paying out (for example, paying based on 5-yen holding information in the game medium handling device 1 for which the 20-yen rate is set) The game information storage unit 222a stores the identification result. Further, the server device 2 causes the setting information storage unit 202b to store setting information on the number of game media to be paid out by the game medium handling device 1 and change information on the consent condition based on the received payout setting information. When the game medium handling apparatus 1 receives the update information transmitted from the server apparatus 2, the game medium handling apparatus 1 pays out the game medium (step S110).

(Processing when counting game media)
FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the game medium counting process performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2.

  First, when a game medium is input to the counting device 107, the game medium handling apparatus 1 counts the number of game media input (step S111). Next, the game medium handling device 1 transmits count information and rate information corresponding to the counting result by the counting device 107 to the server device 2.

  When the server device 2 receives the count information and rate information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the server device 2 updates the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 202c (step S205), and updates the game information. It transmits to the medium handling device 1.

(Process when card is returned)
FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of card return processing performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2.

  First, when there is a card return instruction (return request operation to the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16), the game medium handling device 1 stores the retained ball information and the remaining amount information storage unit stored in the rate-specific retained ball information storage unit 103c. It is determined whether or not the remaining amount information stored in 103d is 0 (step S112). If it is determined that both the retained ball information stored in the rate-specific owned ball information storage unit 103c and the remaining amount information stored in the remaining amount information storage unit 103d are 0, the card return processing is terminated ( That is, the card is not returned). When the card is a membership card, the card is returned even in the above case.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that both the retained ball information stored in the rate-specific possession information storage unit 103c and the remaining amount information stored in the remaining amount information storage unit 103d are not 0, the rate-specific retained ball information It is determined whether or not the possession information stored in the storage unit 103c is 0 (step S113). If it is determined that the retained ball information stored in the rate-specific retained ball information storage unit 103c is 0, the process proceeds to step S115.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that the retained ball information stored in the rate-specific possessed ball information storage unit 103c is not 0, the entry source entry impossibility determination process (step S114) described later in the description of FIG. 36 is performed.

  Next, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines whether or not a card is being inserted (step S115). If it is determined that the card is being inserted, the process proceeds to step S117.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the card is not inserted, a counting card is assigned (step S116). Specifically, among the counting cards stored in the game medium handling device 1, the counting cards used for the return this time are assigned.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 makes a return request to the server device 2 (step S117), and transmits identification information, possession information, balance information and rate information to the server device 2.

  When the server device 2 receives the identification information, the possession ball information, the remaining amount information and the rate information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the retained ball information stored in the rate-specific possession information storage unit 202c or the remaining amount information storage. The remaining amount information stored in the unit 202d is updated in association with the identification information (step S206), and the updated information is transmitted to the game medium handling apparatus 1. When the game medium handling apparatus 1 receives the update information transmitted from the server apparatus 2, the game medium handling apparatus 1 returns (issues) the card (step S118).

(Passenger boarding impossibility determination process)
FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the boarding source boarding / impossibility determination process performed by the game medium handling apparatus 1.

  First, the game medium handling device 1 performs the number-of-balls calculation process (step S1141). Specifically, a loan rate different from the loan rate set in the game medium handling device 1 is obtained using the possession ball information stored in the rate-specific possession ball information storage unit 103c of the game medium handling device 1. When trying to play a game on another gaming machine 3 corresponding to the other game medium handling device 1 that has been set, the ball information that cannot be paid out (that is, the ball information that cannot be entered) remains. Or not.

  For example, in the case where 1,003 ball information is stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c of the game medium handling device 1 in one pachi, the ball is used (that is, the boarding is performed). If you are going to play a game with 4 pachis, at least 3 pieces of possession information will remain as inaccessible possession information (that is, inaccessible possession information). In the process, it is calculated in advance.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether there is ball information that cannot be paid out at another rate based on the calculation result of the number-of-balls calculation process (that is, whether there is ball information that cannot be entered). Whether or not) is determined (step S1142). If it is determined that there is no possessed ball information that cannot be paid out at another rate (that is, there is no retained ball information that cannot be entered), the entry source entry impossibility determination process is terminated.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that there is a ball that cannot be paid out at another rate (that is, there is ball information that cannot be entered), a payout selection instruction receiving process (step S1143) is performed. Specifically, when trying to play a game on another gaming machine 3 corresponding to another gaming medium handling device 1 for which a lending rate different from the lending rate set on the gaming medium handling device 1 is set. In addition, the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 displays that the ball information that cannot be paid out (that is, the ball information that cannot be entered) remains, and the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16 has the remaining holding amount. Control is performed so that a payout selection operation for determining whether or not the game medium corresponding to the ball information is to be paid out by the game medium handling apparatus 1 is possible. When the payout selection operation selects the payout, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines that the payout selection has been made. A display example of the touch panel LCD 16 will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not there has been a payout selection in the payout selection instruction receiving process (step S1144). If it is determined that there is no payout selection, the boarding source boarding / impossibility determination process is terminated.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that there is a payout selection, payout of the number of possessed balls is performed based on the calculation result (step S1145). In the above-described example, when 1,003 balls are stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c of the game medium handling device 1 in one pachi, the game medium handling device 1 3 Payout game media.

  In this way, the gaming medium handling device 1 adds to the holding ball information stored in the gaming medium handling device 1 the holding ball information that cannot be paid out at the lending rate set in the other gaming medium handling device 1 (that is, In such a case, the information is displayed on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 so that the player is notified.

  With this configuration, when a player tries to play a game with another gaming machine 3 corresponding to another gaming medium handling device 1 with a different rate set, the player cannot pay out Since it is possible to recognize that (that is, the information about the holding balls that cannot be entered) remains, it is possible to prevent troubles between the player and the amusement store.

  In addition, the game medium handling device 1 adds the ball information stored in the game medium handling device 1 to the ball information that cannot be paid out at the lending rate set in the other game medium handling device 1 (that is, boarding). In the case where the incapable ball information) remains, the game medium corresponding to the remaining ball information is paid out by the player's payout selection operation.

  With this configuration, when a player tries to play a game on another game machine 3 corresponding to another game medium handling device 1 set with a different rate, the remaining amount is left. Since it is possible to select whether or not the game medium corresponding to the possession ball information is to be used in the gaming machine 3 corresponding to the game medium handling device 1, the player who is trying to enter another rate For example, it is possible to prevent the player from entering the vehicle while the useless coin information is stored, and to prevent troubles between the player and the game shop.

  In the present embodiment, the possession information stored in the game medium handling apparatus 1 is not included in the possession information stored in the game medium handling apparatus 1 at the lending rate set in the other game medium handling apparatus 1 (that is, the entry is impossible). ), The game medium corresponding to the remaining ball information is paid out by the player's payout selection operation, but instead, Alternatively, in the case where the possession information stored in the game medium handling apparatus 1 is less than the possession information corresponding to the number of game media that need to be exchanged for the lowest unit price prize, the above steps S1143 to 1145 are also performed. It is good also as performing this process.

  For example, in the case of the 4 yen rate as described above, when 2 balls are associated as the number of game media that need to be exchanged for the lowest unit price prize, the game medium handling set to the 4 yen rate is used. When the ball information stored in the device 1 is less than 2 balls, when the 1-yen rate is used, if 8 balls are associated as the number of game media that need to be exchanged for the lowest unit price prize, When the possession information stored in the game medium handling device 1 set at the 1-yen rate is less than 8 balls, the processing in steps S1143 to 1145 may be performed. In addition, the number of game media that needs to be exchanged with the minimum unit price prize in the processing is different from the number of game media that needs to be exchanged with the minimum unit price prize in the exchange game medium number management information managed by the above-described prize management device 7. It is good also as making it possible to set. In this case, a specific prize (for example, as described above) in which 250 balls at the 4 yen rate are associated as the number of game media that need to be exchanged and 1,000 balls at the 1 yen rate are associated as the number of game media that need to be exchanged. The special prize) may be set as the lowest unit price prize.

  By configuring in this way, a player who is going to exchange prizes may have the coin information that cannot be exchanged for the minimum unit price prize set by the prize management device 7 or set separately. The game can be ended after the wasted number of used balls has been used up by the payout selection operation, so that it is possible to prevent troubles between the player and the amusement store. Become.

  In the present embodiment, the possession information stored in the game medium handling device 1 is not included in the possession information stored in the game medium handling device 1 at the lending rate set in the other game media handling device 1 (that is, the entry is impossible). If there is a remaining ball information), the player's payout selection operation will pay out the game medium corresponding to the remaining ball information, but the player's payout selection Regardless of whether or not there is an operation, it is possible to automatically pay out game media corresponding to the remaining ball information. That is, in the boarding source entry impossibility determination process shown in FIG. 36, the process of step S1145 may be performed without performing the processes of steps S1143 and S1144.

  By configuring in this way, it is possible to prevent a player who is trying to get into another rate from entering the game while storing information on the ball that is wasted. It is possible to prevent troubles with the store.

  Further, in this case, after the process of step S1145, notification is made that the game medium corresponding to the remaining ball information has been paid out (not shown, but referred to as “step S1146”). Also good. For example, in the case of the above example (in the case where 1,003 ball holding ball information is stored in the rate-specific holding ball information storage unit 103c of the gaming medium handling device 1 in one pachi), the gaming medium handling device 1 The touch panel LCD 16 may display “3 balls that cannot be paid out when moving to 4 pachis”.

  By configuring in this way, it is possible to prevent the player from leaving the seat despite having a ball, and it is possible to prevent troubles between the player and the amusement store. Become.

  Further, in the above case, instead of the processing in step S1143, an operation for selecting a card return purpose (hereinafter referred to as “return purpose selection operation”) can be performed by the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16. Processing may be performed. Specifically, one of A “move to a gaming machine with a different rate”, B “move to a gaming machine with the same rate”, and C “end a game” is selected. And only when A is selected, it is good also as processing of Step S1145 and Step S1146 being performed.

  By configuring in this way, it is possible to prevent a player who is trying to get in to another rate from getting in with the stored information of the ball that is wasted. For players who are not going to enter the rate, the card can be returned with all the possession information stored, so it is possible to prevent troubles between the player and the amusement store. Become.

  Furthermore, in this embodiment, it is configured that the amusement store can selectively set in advance whether or not the above-described payout selection operation can be accepted and whether or not the return purpose selection operation can be accepted. Also good. If none of the operations is set to be acceptable, the game medium corresponding to the remaining ball information is automatically paid out as described above.

  By configuring in this way, the game store can manage the game information that remains, so that it can be operated according to the store itself, thus preventing troubles between the player and the game store. It becomes possible to do.

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, when the number of players' balls is counted by the counting device 107 in the game medium counting process shown in FIG. 34, the lending rate set by the gaming medium handling device 1 Whether or not there is an intention to play a game on another game machine 3 corresponding to another game medium handling device 1 for which a different loan rate is set (that is, play a game by entering a ball) 36 (hereinafter referred to as “entry intention confirmation process”), and when there is an intention to play a game by entering the possession ball, the entry source entry impossibility determination process shown in FIG. 36 may be performed. Good. That is, whether or not there is ball information that cannot be paid out at a different rate only when the player intends to play a game by entering a ball (that is, whether there is ball information that cannot be entered) ), And if there is ball information that cannot be entered, the game medium corresponding to the remaining ball information is paid out based on the player's payout selection operation or automatically. It is good as well.

  In this entry intention confirmation process, for example, when a player acquires a game medium and counts the number of balls in one pachi, the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1 moves to “4 pachis. Are you planning to play a game? "And display buttons for selecting" There are plans to move "and" No plans to move "on the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16 (that is," accepting operation to check in ") Possible). Then, when “Movement is scheduled” is selected, the entry source entry impossibility determination process shown in FIG. 36 is performed.

  In this case, the boarding intention confirmation process may be performed in the game medium counting process illustrated in FIG. 34 or may be performed in the card return process illustrated in FIG. 36 may be performed in the game medium counting process shown in FIG. 34 or may be performed in the card return process shown in FIG. That is, in this embodiment, the boarding intention confirmation process is performed in the game medium counting process shown in FIG. 34, and the boarding source boarding / impossibility determination process shown in FIG. 36 is performed in the card return process shown in FIG. A mode of performing, a mode of performing a boarding intention confirmation process in the game medium counting process shown in FIG. 34, a boarding source boarding impossibility determination process shown in FIG. 36, and a boarding intention in the process of card return shown in FIG. It is possible to employ any of the forms for performing the confirmation process and the entry source entry impossibility determination process shown in FIG.

  Further, the entry intention confirmation process may be performed before the player acquires the game medium. For example, when a 1-yen rate is set for the game medium handling device 1, a game machine corresponding to the game medium handling device 1 is started (for example, FIG. The processing at the time of card insertion shown in FIG. 3, the processing at the time of bill insertion shown in FIG. 32, or the processing at the time of lending gaming media shown in FIG. 33) may be performed on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 of the gaming media handling apparatus 1. , "If you have a possession, do you plan to move to 4 pachis and play a game?"

  In addition, the entry intention confirmation process is performed when a predetermined confirmation condition is established in the gaming machine 3 corresponding to the gaming medium handling device 1 (for example, the pachinko machine 3a has shifted to a special gaming state advantageous to the player). It may be performed based on this. In this case, it may be displayed on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1 as “When counting the number of balls, are you going to move to 4 pachis and play a game?”.

  In addition, acceptance of the entry intention confirmation operation in the entry intention confirmation process may be performed in the payout selection instruction operation acceptance process in the entry source entry impossibility determination process shown in FIG. For example, when a 1-yen rate is set for the game medium handling device 1, the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling device 1 will display “4 pachis going to play a game? "Do you want to pay out the balls that you can't pay out when you move?" And select "Pay out because it moves" and "Do not pay out because it does not move" on the touch panel LCD16 Buttons may be displayed (that is, “incoming intention confirmation operation” and “payout selection operation” can be accepted).

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 has a lending rate (for example, 1) set in the game medium handling device 1 when the player has the number of possessed balls (held ball information). A game is played in another gaming machine 3 corresponding to another gaming medium handling device 1 for which a lending rate (for example, a 4-yen rate) different from the yen rate is set (that is, a game by entering a ball) If the user wishes to enter the game by confirming that the player is willing to enter the game with the touch panel LCD 16 and is willing to play the game by entering the ball, the different lending rate ( For example, if there is ball information that cannot be withdrawn at 4 yen rate (ie, whether there is ball information that cannot be entered), It is possible to accept a player's payout selection operation. It can be. With this configuration, it is possible to manage the possession information that better matches the needs of the player.

(Processing when splitting balls)
FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the processing at the time of splitting the ball performed by the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2.

  First, when there is a ball split instruction (ball ball split request operation to the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16), the game medium handling device 1 stores the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c as 0. It is determined whether or not (step S119). When it is determined that the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c is 0, the ball splitting process is terminated.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that the retained ball information stored in the rate-specific retained ball information storage unit 103c is not 0, a retained ball division selection process (step S120) described later in the description of FIG. 38 is performed.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 assigns a counting card (step S121). Specifically, among the counting cards stored in the game medium handling device 1, the counting cards used for the current division are assigned.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 makes a ball split request to the server device 2 (step S122), and transmits the identification information and the ball split information to the server device 2.

  When the server device 2 receives the identification information and the ball split information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the server device 2 associates the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 202c or 212b with the identification information. Update (step S207) and transmit the update information to the game medium handling apparatus 1. When the game medium handling device 1 receives the update information transmitted from the server device 2, it issues a split card (step S123).

  In the process of splitting the ball in the present embodiment, only the split card is issued in step S123. However, after performing the ball split selection process described later according to the ball split instruction, It is good also as returning (issuing) the card | curd used as a division | segmentation source (divided-source card), and issuing the card | curd (divided card) used as the division | segmentation destination of a ball.

(Mochitama split selection process)
FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the possession ball division selection process performed by the game medium handling device 1.

  First, the game medium handling device 1 performs a division source rate designation receiving process (step S1201). Specifically, the number of balls held by rate is displayed on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 using the ball information stored in the ball information storage unit 103c by rate of the game medium handling apparatus 1 and the touch panel LCD 16 The receiving unit is controlled so that a split source specifying operation for specifying from which rate the number of possessed balls is to be split is possible. When the division source rate is designated by the division source designation operation, the game medium handling device 1 determines that the division source rate has been designated. A display example of the touch panel LCD 16 will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not a division source rate has been designated in the division source rate designation receiving process (step S1202). If it is determined that the split source rate is not specified, the processing is waited.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that the division source rate is designated, the designated division source rate is set in the possession ball division information (step S1203).

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 performs a divided ball number designation receiving process (step S1204). Specifically, the number of possessed balls of the split source rate specified in the split source rate designation receiving process is displayed on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16, and the accepting unit of the touch panel LCD 16 is displayed in the number of possessed balls in the split source rate. Control is performed so that a division number specifying operation for specifying whether or not the number of balls to be divided is to be divided is possible. When the divided number of balls is designated by the division number designation operation, the game medium handling device 1 determines that the divided number of balls has been designated. A display example of the touch panel LCD 16 will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not the number of split balls has been specified in the split ball count designation receiving process (step S1205). If it is determined that the number of split balls is not specified, processing is waited.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that the number of split balls is specified, the specified number of split balls is set in the ball split information (step S1206).

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 performs a division destination rate designation receiving process (step S1207). Specifically, the divided number of balls specified in the divided ball number designation receiving process is displayed on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 and the rate of the number of balls to be divided into the receiving unit of the touch panel LCD 16. Control is performed so that the specified division destination designation operation is possible. When the division destination rate is designated by the division destination designation operation, the game medium handling device 1 determines that the division destination rate has been designated. A display example of the touch panel LCD 16 will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Next, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines whether or not a division destination rate has been designated in the division destination rate designation receiving process (step S1208). If it is determined that the split destination rate is designated, the designated split destination rate is set in the ball split information (step S1209), and the ball split selection process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the split destination rate is not specified, the split source rate is set as the split destination rate in the holding ball split information (step S1210), and the holding ball split selection process is terminated.

  In the possession ball split selection process of the present embodiment, the split source rate is specified in step S1201, but the rate set in the game medium handling device 1 is basically set as the split source rate. This may be specified only when the division source rate is changed. In this case, the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16a displays “Do you want to change the split source rate?”, And the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16a displays the selection buttons “change” and “do not change”. The division source rate may be changed by causing the player to touch the place where “Yes” is displayed.

(Screw motor control processing)
FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of screw motor control processing performed by the game medium handling device 1. This screw motor control process is a periodic interrupt process executed every predetermined time (for example, 2 ms) under the control of the control unit 100.

  First, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines whether or not the payout flag is 1 (step S1301). Here, the payout flag will be described later in step S110 in the gaming medium lending process described above with reference to FIG. 33, step S1145 in the entry-in / uninjection determination process described above with reference to FIG. 36, and in the description of FIG. When the game medium is paid out in step S1246 or the like in the entry source entry impossibility determination process, the number is updated from 0 to 1. That is, it is a flag for identifying whether or not the game medium payout control is executed. If it is determined that the payout flag is 1, the process proceeds to step S1304.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the payout flag is not 1 (that is, 0), it is further determined whether or not the exit sensor 43 has detected the passage of the game medium (step S1302). If it is determined that the exit sensor 43 has detected the passage of the game medium, an error display process (step S1303) is executed, and the screw motor control process ends. Moreover, also when it determines with the exit sensor 43 not detecting the passage of a game medium, a screw motor control process is complete | finished. In the error display process, for example, as will be described later with reference to FIG. 43, the status indicator lamp 13 blinks in red and the touch panel LCD 16 displays that an abnormal payout has been performed. The lending function and the counting function of the game medium handling device 1 may be stopped together with these error displays.

  Next, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines whether or not the error flag is 1 (step S1304). Here, the error flag is updated from 0 to 1 in the process of step S1316, which will be described later, and whether or not the game medium is actually paid out when the game medium payout control is executed. It is a flag for identifying. That is, when the error flag is 0, it is possible to identify that the game medium is actually paid out when the game medium payout control is executed, and when the error flag is 1, When the medium payout control is executed, it can be identified that the game medium is not actually paid out. If it is determined that the error flag is 1, the process proceeds to step S1317.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the error flag is not 1 (that is, 0), it is further determined whether or not the number of payout requests exceeds 1 (step S1305). Here, the number of payout requests refers to the number of game media to be paid out in the payout control when paying out game media according to a payout instruction from a player or automatically, for example, payout from a player When the instruction is based on money information, the number of rentable unit game media (for example, 125 balls) is the payout request number. If it is determined that the number of payout requests exceeds 1 (that is, 2 or more), the rotation rate for driving the screw motor 34 in the normal rotation is set to 50% (step S1306), and the process proceeds to step S1313. .

  In the present embodiment, the rotation rate of the screw motor 34 is a so-called duty ratio (D) and indicates the rotation rate of the screw motor 34 in a predetermined period. For example, setting the rotation rate of the screw motor 34 to 50% means that when the rotation rate of the screw motor 34 in the predetermined period (100 ms) is 100 times, the rotation rate is 100%, and the screw motor in the predetermined period (100 ms). This means that the number of rotations 34 is set to 50 times. That is, the duty ratio (D) that defines the operation of the screw motor 34 can be obtained by “the number of rotations in a predetermined period / predetermined period”.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of payout requests does not exceed 1 (that is, 1 or less), it is further determined whether or not the number of payout requests is 0 (step S1305). If it is determined that the number of payout requests is 0, the screw motor 34 is driven in reverse rotation at a rotation rate of 50% for a certain time (for example, 150 ms), and then the drive of the screw motor 34 is stopped (step S1308). ), The payout flag is updated from 1 to 0 (step S1309), and the process proceeds to step S1313.

  Thus, in the game medium handling device 1 of the present embodiment, when it is determined that the number of payout requests is 0, that is, when the game medium payout control is terminated, the screw motor 34 is kept for a certain time (for example, 150 ms) Since the screw 36 is rotated in the second rotation direction and then stopped by being driven by reverse rotation and then stopped, the game medium being transferred by the screw 36 is transported by the ball. Since it returns to the inside of the base 31, it becomes possible to prevent that the game medium exceeding the number of payout request | requirements is pumped up with the screw 36. FIG.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that the number of payout requests is not 0 (that is, 1), the rotation rate for driving the screw motor 34 in the normal rotation is set to 20% (step S1310).

  Thus, in the game medium handling device 1 of the present embodiment, when it is determined that the number of payout requests is 1, the rotation rate of the screw motor 34 is changed from the first rotation rate of 50% to the first. The rotation rate is set to 20%, which is the second rotation rate lower than the rotation rate. In other words, during execution of payout control of a predetermined number (for example, 125 balls) of game media, before the exit sensor 43 starts detecting detection of a specific number (for example, 125 balls) of game media of a predetermined number or less. In this case, the game medium is configured to execute the control for reducing the drive rate of the drive means when a predetermined control condition is satisfied (for example, when the 124th payout control is completed). The inertial force of the screw motor 34 can be weakened in a predetermined period before the payout control of the game is finished, and the payout control of the required number (for example, 125 balls) of game media can be appropriately executed. Become.

  Note that the process of step S1310 is not limited to the processing executed when the number of payout requests is 1 (that is, when the 124th payout control is completed). It may be executed in some cases (that is, when the payout control for the 123rd ball is finished), or when the number of payout requests is 125 (that is, the payout control has started, It may be executed when the payout control is not completed. That is, when the predetermined number is “125”, a value that can be set as the specific number is “0 to 125”.

  Further, the number of payouts to be executed in step S1310 can be appropriately changed according to the performance of the screw motor 34, the gear ratio, the length of the screw 36, the number of game balls that can be held by the screw 36, and the like. Suppose that In particular, when the number of game balls that can be held by the screw 36 (that is, temporarily detained between the convex portions of the screw 36) is four, the number of payout requests is four (that is, 121). If the processing of step S1310 is executed when the item payout control ends), it will contribute to the execution of more appropriate payout control. Moreover, it is good also as performing the process of step S1312 mentioned later on the same conditions. Furthermore, the predetermined control condition may be satisfied regardless of the number of payout requests. For example, it may be established based on the fact that a specific time has elapsed since the start of payout control.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not the exit sensor 43 has detected the entry of the game medium (step S1311). That is, it is determined whether or not the game medium lifted by the screw 36 has reached the position detected by the outlet sensor 43. If it is determined that the exit sensor 43 has detected the entry of the game medium, the drive of the screw motor 34 is stopped (step S1312), and the process proceeds to step S1313. Also, when it is determined that the exit sensor 43 has not detected the entry of the game medium, the process proceeds to step S1313.

  As described above, in the game medium handling device 1 of this embodiment, when it is determined that the number of payout requests is 1, and when it is determined that the exit sensor 43 detects the entry of the game medium, the screw motor 34 is driven. Is configured to stop. That is, when execution of payout control of a predetermined number (for example, 125 balls) of game media is started, the exit sensor 43 starts detecting detection of a specific number (for example, 125 balls) of game media of a predetermined number or less. In addition, since the control for stopping the drive of the screw motor 34 is executed, the inertial force of the screw motor 34 can be weakened immediately before the game medium payout control is finished, and according to the inertial force. It becomes possible to appropriately execute payout control of a required number (for example, 125 balls) of game media.

  Note that the process in step S1312 is not limited to the process executed when the number of payout requests is 1 (that is, when the exit sensor 43 starts detecting the 125th payout). It may be executed when the number of payout requests is 2 (that is, when the exit sensor 43 starts detecting the payout of the 124th item), or when the number of payout requests is 125 (ie, The exit sensor 43 may be executed when the detection of the payout of the first ball is started).

  Further, the number of payout requests for which the process of step S1312 is executed can be changed as appropriate, similarly to the number of payout requests for which the process of step S1310 is executed, and the process of step S1310 is executed. It may be set based on the correlation with the number of payout requests to be. For example, the number of payout requests for executing the process of step S1310 and the number of payout requests for executing the process of step S1312 may be set to the same number of payout requests, or may be different from each other. When the number of payout requests is different, for example, when the number of payout requests to be executed in step S1310 is set to X (X = 125 to 2), the number of payout requests to be executed in step S1312 is set. It may be set as Y (Y = 124 to 1, X> Y). Furthermore, it is good also as setting in consideration of the rotation rate of the screw motor 34 which will be reduced by the process of step S1310. With this configuration, the inertial force generated from the screw motor 34 can be adjusted more appropriately.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not the exit sensor 43 has detected the passage of the game medium (step S1313). When it is determined that the exit sensor 43 has detected the passage of the game medium, the payout request number is decremented by 1 (step S1314), and the screw motor control process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the exit sensor 43 has not detected the passage of the game medium, it is further determined whether or not the exit sensor 43 has not detected the passage of the game medium for a certain time (for example, about 2 seconds). It is determined (step S1315). When it is determined that the exit sensor 43 has not detected the passage of the game medium for a certain time (for example, about 2 seconds), the error flag is updated from 0 to 1 (step S1316), which will be described later in the description of FIG. A payout error process (step S1317) is executed, and the screw motor control process is terminated. The screw motor control process is also terminated when the exit sensor 43 determines that the passage of the game medium is detected within a certain time (for example, about 2 seconds).

(Discharge error processing)
FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of payout error processing performed by the game medium handling device 1. This payout error process is executed in step S1317 of the screw motor control process shown in FIG.

  First, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines whether or not the nozzle clogging error flag is 1 (step S1351). Here, the nozzle clogging error flag is updated from 0 to 1 in the process of step S1360, which will be described later, and is a case where the payout flag is 1, and the outlet sensor 43 has passed the game medium for a certain period of time. (For example, about 2 seconds) If it is determined that the game medium is not detected, and if it is further determined that there is a game medium on the outlet sensor 43, it is assumed that the game medium has accumulated (clogged) on the nozzle 21 side. , A flag used to identify the fact.

  When it is determined that the nozzle clogging error flag is 1, the game medium handling device 1 further determines whether or not the exit sensor 43 has detected the passage of the game medium (step S1352). When it is determined that the exit sensor 43 has detected the passage of the game medium, the payout request number is decremented by 1 (step S1353), the error flag is updated from 1 to 0 (step S1354), and the nozzle clogging flag is incremented from 1. It is updated to 0 (step S1355), and the payout error process is terminated. The payout error process is also ended when it is determined that the exit sensor 43 has not detected the passage of the game medium.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the nozzle clogging error flag is not 1 (that is, 0), it is further determined whether or not the retry flag is 1 (step S1356). Here, the retry flag is updated from 0 to 1 in the process of step S1366, which will be described later, and when the payout flag is 1, the exit sensor 43 passes the game medium for a certain time (for example, About 2 seconds) If it is determined that no game medium is detected, and if it is further determined that there is no game medium on the outlet sensor 43, the game medium stays (clogs) or the game medium bites on the screw 36 side. Is a flag used to identify that the screw motor 34 is rotated in the reverse direction for a certain time (for example, 100 ms) and then the screw motor 34 is rotated forward again (retry).

  When it is determined that the retry flag is 1, the game medium handling apparatus 1 further determines whether or not a predetermined time (for example, about 10 seconds) has elapsed since the retry was executed (step S1357). . If it is determined that a predetermined time (for example, about 10 seconds) or more has elapsed since the retry was executed, the process proceeds to step S 1361. If it is determined that a predetermined time (for example, about 10 seconds) or more has not elapsed since the retry was executed, the payout error process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the retry flag is not 1 (that is, 0), it is further determined whether or not there is a game medium on the exit sensor 43 (step S1358). When it is determined that there is a game medium on the outlet sensor 43 (that is, the game medium stays at the position of the outlet sensor 43), it is determined that the game medium is clogged at the nozzle 21 portion, and the outlet sensor 43 The control for waiting (interrupting) the drive of the screw motor 34 until the game medium above passes is executed (step S1359), the nozzle clogging error flag is updated from 0 to 1 (step S1360), and the payout error processing is terminated. To do.

  As described above, in the game medium handling device 1 of the present embodiment, when the time during which the discharge of the game medium is not detected by the outlet sensor 43 reaches a predetermined time (for example, about 2 seconds), the game medium is further placed on the outlet sensor 43. It is determined whether or not there is. When it is determined that there is a game medium on the outlet sensor 43, the game medium is not guided on the downstream side of the outlet sensor 43 (for example, the ball guide unit 20 including the nozzle 21) (for example, the game medium). It is configured that the drive of the screw motor 34 is suspended (waiting) until the state is resolved by the player or the store clerk. Therefore, even when a state where the game medium is not guided occurs, it is possible to appropriately eliminate the state without overloading the screw motor 34.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that there is no game medium on the outlet sensor 43 (that is, no game medium stays at the position of the outlet sensor 43), the screw motor 34 is rotated at a rotation rate of 50% for a certain time (for example, 100 ms). Then, the screw motor 34 is rotated forward again (retry) (step S1361).

  As described above, in the game medium handling device 1 of the present embodiment, when the time during which the discharge of the game medium is not detected by the outlet sensor 43 reaches a predetermined time (for example, about 2 seconds), the game medium is further placed on the outlet sensor 43. It is determined whether or not there is. When it is determined that there is no gaming medium on the outlet sensor 43, the gaming medium is not conveyed or lifted upstream of the outlet sensor 43 (for example, the ball conveyance base 31 or the screw 36) (for example, When the game medium is not transported or lifted, it is determined that the game medium is biting into the screw 36) and the screw motor 34 is reversely rotated. Even so, it is possible to quickly resolve the state.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not the exit sensor 43 has detected the passage of the game medium (step S1362). If it is determined that the exit sensor 43 has detected the passage of the game medium, the payout request number is decremented by 1 (step S1363), the error flag is updated from 1 to 0 (step S1364), and the retry flag is set from 1 to 0. (Step S1365), and the payout error process is terminated. If it is determined that the exit sensor 43 has not detected the passage of the game medium, the retry flag is updated from 0 to 1 (step S1366), and the payout error process is terminated.

  In step S1360 of the payout error process, based on the fact that the nozzle clogging error flag is updated from 0 to 1, an error display process is performed as in step S1303 in the screw motor control process described above with reference to FIG. It may be executed. Specifically, for example, as will be described later in the description of FIG. 43, the status indicator lamp 13 blinks in red, and the touch panel LCD 16 displays that the game medium stays downstream from the exit sensor 43. It is good as well. Further, the status indicator lamp 13 may be blinked in a color (for example, purple) different from a normal error.

  Further, in step S1366 of the payout error process, based on the retry flag being updated from 0 to 1, an error display process is executed as in step S1303 in the screw motor control process described above with reference to FIG. It is good as well. Specifically, for example, as will be described later in the description of FIG. 43, the status indicator lamp 13 blinks in red, and the touch panel LCD 16 displays that the game medium stays upstream from the exit sensor 43. It is good as well. Further, the status indicator lamp 13 may be blinked in a color (for example, yellow) different from a normal error.

(Processing offline when a membership card is inserted)
FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of offline processing during membership card insertion performed by the game medium handling device 1. This offline processing during membership card insertion is when the membership card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1, and the communication between the game media handling device 1 and the server device 2 is interrupted for some reason (offline state). ).

  In addition, when an offline state occurs in the game medium handling device 1a, information indicating that is transmitted to the rental terminal board 307 of the pachinko machine 3a via the IF 110. When the pachinko machine 3a receives information indicating that an offline state has occurred from the game medium handling apparatus 1a, the pachinko machine 3a configures at least one of the main device group 303a, the sub device group 304a, and the payout device group 306, and the game medium handling apparatus The information display unit capable of displaying the information transmitted from 1 in a predetermined display mode notifies that an offline state has occurred. With this configuration, it is possible to notify the gaming machine (for example, the pachinko machine 3a) that the offline state has occurred in the gaming medium handling device 1.

  First, the game medium handling device 1 prohibits rental of game media (step S1401). Next, the game medium handling device 1 performs member card correspondence information storage processing (step S1402). In this membership card correspondence information storage process, when an offline state occurs, a process of storing current possession information and remaining amount information associated with the membership card identification information is performed.

  Next, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines whether or not the in-flight flag is on (step S1403). If it is determined that the boarding flag is not on (that is, it is off), the process proceeds to step S1413. On the other hand, if it is determined that the boarding flag is on, the boarding flag is turned off (step S1404), the offline check timer is turned on, and timekeeping is started (step S1404). The off-line check timer is a timer that measures the time during which the offline state continues.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not communication with the server device 2 has been recovered before a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed based on the value of the offline check timer (step S1406). ). If it is determined that the communication with the server device 2 has been recovered, the boarding flag that was turned off in the processing of step S1404 is turned on again, and the boarding instruction content including at least the boarding source rate and the boarding destination rate information Is recovered (step S1407), and the process proceeds to step S1414. On the other hand, when it is determined that the communication with the server device 2 has not been recovered, it is further determined whether or not a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed based on the value of the offline check timer (for example, 5 seconds). Step S1408). If it is determined that a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has not elapsed, the process returns to step S1406.

  When the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines in the process of step S1408 that a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed, the game medium handling apparatus 1 turns off the off-line check timer and ends the time measurement (step S1409). Next, the game medium handling device 1 clears the above-described entry instruction content (step S1410) and performs member card correspondence information storage processing (step S1411). In this member card correspondence information storage process, before the member card is returned, a process of storing current possession information and remaining amount information associated with the member card identification information is performed. Next, the game medium handling device 1 automatically returns the membership card (step S1412).

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not communication with the server device 2 has been recovered (step S1413). If it is determined that the communication with the server apparatus 2 has not been recovered, the process of step S1413 is repeated until the communication with the server apparatus 2 is recovered. In other words, the game medium handling device 1 stands by for processing until communication with the server device 2 is restored.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that communication with the server device 2 has been recovered, membership card correspondence information transmission processing (step S1414) is performed. In this membership card correspondence information transmission process, various information stored in the process of step S1402 or step S1411 is transmitted to the server apparatus 2. By this processing, for example, in the offline state, the possession information stored in the rate-specific possession information storage unit 103c of the game medium handling device 1 and the possession information stored in the rate-specific possession information storage unit 202c of the server device 2 Can be matched at the time of recovery from the offline state (at the time of recovery to the online state). Further, for example, in the offline state, the possession information stored in the remaining amount information storage unit 103d of the game medium handling device 1 and the retained ball information stored in the remaining amount possession information storage unit 202d of the server device 2 from the offline state. It is possible to make it consistent at the time of recovery (when returning to the online state).

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 permits the rental of the game medium (step S1415), and ends the offline processing while the membership card is being inserted.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 allows the game medium to be played when an offline state occurs when the membership card is inserted and the game medium is rented (paid out). While lending (dispensing) the medium is prohibited, the membership card is returned (discharged) when the offline state continues for a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds).

  With this configuration, when a membership card is inserted, it is possible to get in, and even if an offline state occurs, the valuable value possessed by the player (for example, possession information or Balance information) can be managed appropriately.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 stores the boarding control information (for example, a boarding flag) when the gaming medium is rented (paid out) by boarding, and an offline state has occurred. This entry control information is sometimes deleted. However, if the offline state is recovered (recovered to the online state) before a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed since the occurrence of the offline state, The entry control information is stored, and the game medium can be rented out (paid out) by the same entry as before the occurrence of the offline state.

  With this configuration, when the membership card is inserted, the influence on the player due to the occurrence of the offline state can be minimized, so that trouble occurs between the player and the game store. Can be suppressed.

  Even if it is determined that the boarding flag is not on (that is, off) in step S1403 of the offline processing during membership card insertion shown in FIG. ˜S1412 (except for steps S1407 and S1411 which are processes related to boarding) may be performed. In other words, regardless of whether or not you are in the boarding time, the time after the offline state occurs is timed, and if the timed result is a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds), the membership card is automatically It is good also to return to.

  In addition, in step S1403 of the offline processing during membership card insertion shown in FIG. 41, the game medium handling apparatus 1 turns off the boarding flag in step S1404 when it is determined that the boarding flag is on. However, the in-flight flag may be turned off when it is determined in step S1404 that the predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has passed without turning off the in-flight flag in step S1404. . In this case, the process of step S1407 becomes unnecessary. That is, even when an offline state occurs, the boarding flag is not immediately turned off, and the boarding flag is turned off when a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) elapses, and the predetermined time (for example, 5 If it is recovered from the offline state (recovered to the online state) before elapse of a second), the on-off flag is turned on / off by configuring so that the on-going flag remains on. The control burden regarding can be reduced. In this way, even when the in-flight flag is turned off after a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed, since the rental of game media is prohibited in step S1401, the in-flight processing is executed erroneously. It will never be done.

  In addition, the game medium handling device 1 stores the current possession information and the remaining amount information associated with the identification information of the membership card in steps S1402 and S1411 of the offline processing during insertion of the membership card shown in FIG. However, the game medium handling device 1 does not directly store the ball information or the balance information, but stores the ball information or the balance information only in the server device 2, and performs data communication with the server device 2. In the case of a system configuration that enables lending (payout) of game media based on the possession information or the remaining amount information, the server device 2 can grasp the current possession information and the remaining amount information, so these processes Is no longer necessary. Further, in the case of a system configuration in which the possession information is stored only in the server device 2 and the remaining amount information is stored in the game medium handling device 1 (or membership card), only the remaining amount information is stored in steps S1402 and 1411. It is good also as performing the process which memorize | stores.

  Also, the game medium handling device 1 cannot transmit count information to the server device 2 because an offline state occurs during counting of game media by the counting device 107 in the game media counting process shown in FIG. 34, or when counting the game media by the counting device 107 in the game media counting process shown in FIG. 34, the count information is not transmitted to the server device 2 and the count information is only stored in the rate-specific possession ball information storage unit 103c. In the case of a system configuration in which the ball information is stored and the count return ball information shown in FIG. 35 is transmitted to the server device 2 in the card return processing shown in FIG. After the member card is returned in step S1412, it is possible to permit the lending (payout) of the game medium based on the counted coin information. In other words, even when the offline state continues, after the membership card is returned, the gaming medium lending (payout) based on the counting ball information stored on the gaming medium handling apparatus 1 side is permitted. It is good also as comprising. With this configuration, even when an offline state occurs, if the member counts game media, the game media is lent (paid out) based on the counting ball information that is the count result. Therefore, the influence on the player due to the occurrence of the offline state can be further reduced.

  In this case, if the player wishes to stop the game before the count ball information becomes 0, the count associated with the count ball information according to the card return instruction operation by the player. A new card may be issued (returned). At this time, when identification information is added to the counting card in advance, the game medium handling device 1 stores the correspondence between the identification information and the counting ball information and recovers from the offline state (online). In this case, the correspondence relationship may be transmitted to the server device 2. Further, when the identification information is not added to the counting card, the game medium handling device 1 adds the identification information, and the game medium handling device 1 stores the correspondence between the identification information and the counting ball information. In addition, when the offline state is recovered (recovered to the online state), the correspondence relationship may be transmitted to the server device 2. In addition, when the holding ball information can be directly stored in the counting card, when the game medium handling device 1 stores the holding ball information in the counting card and recovers from the offline state (restores to the online state), The processing result may be transmitted to the server device 2.

  Further, in this case, when various processes performed by the game medium handling device 1 in the offline state are stored, the processing content, processing time, etc. are stored, and the above-described correspondence and processing results are transmitted to the server device 2. These information may be transmitted together. Further, when the game medium handling device 1 performs various processes in the offline state, the facial data is detected by the camera unit 17 every time the process is performed, and the correspondence and the processing results described above are transmitted to the server device 2. In this case, the detected facial data may be transmitted together.

(Process when offline while counting card is inserted)
FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure for offline processing during counting card insertion performed by the game medium handling device 1. This offline processing during counting card insertion is a case where a counting card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1, and the communication between the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2 is interrupted for some reason (offline state). ).

  First, the game medium handling device 1 performs a counting card correspondence information storage process (step S1421). In this counting card correspondence information storage process, when an offline state occurs, a process of storing current possession information and remaining amount information associated with the identification information of the counting card is performed.

  Next, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines whether or not the boarding flag is on (step S1422). If it is determined that the boarding flag is not on (that is, off), the process proceeds to step S1424. On the other hand, if it is determined that the boarding flag is on, the boarding flag is turned off, and the boarding instruction content including at least the boarding source rate and the boarding destination rate information is cleared (step S1423). .

  Next, the game media handling apparatus 1 prohibits the rental of game media by entering (step S1424). For example, when the game media handling apparatus 1 is set to a 4-yen rate, lending of game media based on 4-ball rate holding information and remaining amount information is not prohibited, but based on 1-yen holding information. Control is performed so that rental of game media is prohibited.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not communication with the server device 2 has been recovered (step S1425). If it is determined that communication with the server device 2 has not been recovered, it is further determined whether or not a game medium has been paid out (step S1426). That is, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines whether or not there is a player's payout instruction in the offline state and the game medium payout control is performed. If it is determined that the game medium has not been paid out, the process returns to step S1425. If it is determined that the game medium has been paid out, the count card correspondence information update process (step S1427) is performed, and the process in step S1425 is performed. Return to. In this counting card correspondence information update process, after paying out the game medium, a process is performed to update the possession ball information and the remaining amount information associated with the counting card identification information stored in the process of step S1421.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1425 that communication with the server device 2 has been recovered, a count card correspondence information transmission process (step S1428) is performed. In this counting card correspondence information transmission process, various types of information stored in the process of step S1421 or updated in the process of step S1427 are transmitted to the server apparatus 2. With this process, for example, even when a game medium is paid out in an offline state, the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c of the game medium handling device 1 and the rate of the server device 2 The ball information stored in the separate ball information storage unit 202c can be matched when recovered from the offline state (when restored to the online state). In addition, for example, even when the game medium is paid out in an offline state, the possession information stored in the remaining amount information storage unit 103d of the gaming medium handling device 1 and the remaining amount possession information storage unit of the server device 2 The ball information stored in 202d can be matched when recovering from the offline state (when recovering to the online state).

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 permits the rental of the game medium by entering (step S1429), and ends the offline processing during the insertion of the counting card. In the process of step S1429, the boarding flag that was turned off in step S1423 may be turned on again, and the cleared boarding instruction content may be returned. In this way, it is possible to automatically return to the state before the occurrence of the offline state.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 is in a case where an off-line state occurs when a counting card is inserted and a game medium is rented out (paid out). While lending (dispensing) of game media by entry is prohibited, it is possible to lend (payout) game media without entry.

  By configuring in this way, even when an off-line state occurs while enabling entry when a counting card is inserted, the player's valuable value (for example, holding ball information or Balance information) can be managed appropriately.

  In addition, when the counting card is inserted, it is possible to minimize the influence on the player due to the occurrence of the offline state, so that the occurrence of trouble between the player and the game store is suppressed. be able to.

  As in the case of a membership card, if the offline state is recovered (recovered to the online state) before a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) has elapsed since the occurrence of the offline state, The game medium may be rented out (paid out) by the same entry.

  In this case, the boarding flag that was turned off in step S1423 of the offline processing during counting card insertion shown in FIG. 42 may be turned on again, and the cleared boarding instruction content may be restored. In step S1423, The boarding flag is not turned off, and the boarding instruction content is not cleared. When a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds) elapses, the boarding flag is turned off and the boarding instruction content is cleared. It is good.

  In the present embodiment, when an off-line state occurs when a counting card is inserted, lending (payout) of game media by entry is prohibited. However, the present invention is not limited to this. Absent. For example, even when an offline state occurs, it is possible not to prohibit the rental (payout) of game media by entry.

  Specifically, in the offline processing during the insertion of the counting card shown in FIG. 42, if the game medium is lent (paid out) by entering without performing the processing of steps S1423 and S1424, the processing of step S1427 is performed. In the process, the ball information and the remaining amount information associated with the identification information of the counting card including the fact are updated, and various information including the fact is transmitted to the server apparatus 2 in the process of step S1428. And it is sufficient.

  As described above, while the stored ball information stored in association with the membership card is valid from the next day onward, the counting ball information stored in association with the counting card is valid only on the day in principle. By configuring in this way, priority is given to the preservation of the stored ball information associated with the membership card, and the counting ball information stored in association with the counting card is to be used. Since priority can be given, when an offline state occurs, it is possible to prevent the player from suffering a disadvantage as much as possible according to the type of the ball.

  In addition, for various processes performed by the game medium handling device 1 in the offline state, the processing content, processing time, etc. are stored, and these information may be transmitted together with various information transmitted in step S1428. Good. Further, when the game medium handling device 1 performs various processes in the offline state, the facial data is detected by the camera unit 17 every time the process is performed, and the facial data is stored together with various information transmitted in step S1428. It is good also as transmitting.

  Next, an example of the light emission mode of the status indicator lamp 13 of the game medium handling device 1 according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. In the figure, the “color” column indicates the emission color of the status indicator lamp 13, the “lit” column indicates that the status indicator lamp 13 is lit in the corresponding “color”, and the “flashing” column. Indicates that the status indicator 13 blinks in the corresponding “color”.

  When the status indicator 13 is lit in white, the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is closed, and the number of counting cards stored in the card reader / writer 104 (hereinafter referred to as “remaining cards”). It is notified that the number of sheets is 3 to 9 (that is, 3 or more and less than 10).

  When the status indicator lamp 13 is blinking white, the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is closed and the remaining number of cards is 0 to 2 or 10 (that is, less than 3). Or 10 or more), or it is notified that the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is being activated (see FIG. 21).

  When the status indicator 13 is lit in blue, the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is open, and the remaining number of cards is 3 to 9 (that is, 3 or more and less than 10). It is notified that it is. When the status indicator lamp 13 is blinking in blue, the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is open, and the remaining number of cards is 0 to 2, or 10 (that is, less than 3). Or 10 or more).

  Here, in this embodiment, when the remaining number of cards is less than three (first number), the number of stored counting cards is small, and it is highly necessary to replenish the counting cards. When the remaining number of cards is 10 (second number) or more, it is assumed that the number of stored counting cards is large and the necessity of collecting the counting cards is high, and the remaining number of cards is an appropriate number ( The state indicator lamp 13 is caused to emit light in a light emission mode different from the case of 3 to 9 pieces).

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 has the remaining number of cards less than 3 (first number) or 10 (second number) or more when the control state is open. In this case, the first color (for example, blue) according to the first mode (for example, blinking) is notified, and the remaining number of cards is 3 (first number) or less, or less than 10 (second number). In some cases, notification is performed in the first color (for example, blue) according to the second mode (for example, lighting). Further, when the control state is closed, if the remaining number of cards is less than 3 (first number) or 10 (second number) or more, the first mode (for example, blinking) is used. When notification is performed in two colors (for example, white) and the remaining number of cards is 3 (first number) or less, or less than 10 (second number), the second mode (for example, lighting) is used. The notification is performed in the second color (for example, white).

  With this configuration, information indicating the number of stored cards (for example, the number of remaining cards) and information indicating the control state (for example, opening or closing) are notified, so the store clerk at the amusement store Since an appropriate response according to the control state can be performed, the smoothness of the operation of the amusement store can be improved.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 performs notification in the second color (for example, white) according to the first mode (for example, blinking) even when the control state is in the startup process. It is configured.

  By configuring in this way, for example, when notification is performed in the second color (for example, white) according to the first mode (for example, blinking), the second mode (for example, lighting) is then performed. When the notification is to be performed in one color (for example, blue), it can be recognized that the activation process is being performed, and the second color (for example, blinking) in the first mode (for example, blinking) can be recognized. , Blue), it is possible to recognize that the card needs to be replenished or collected, so control other than during opening or closing without forcing color coding It is possible to make a notification during the startup process, which is a state.

  Further, in the present embodiment, whether the control state of the game medium handling device 1 is set to open or closed is controlled by the server device 2 (see FIGS. 21 and 22). The device 1 is configured to transmit card remaining number information indicating the number of counting cards stored in the server device 2. Therefore, the display unit 250 of the server device 2 can also display information indicating the number of stored counting cards.

  By configuring in this way, for example, even if the store clerk who switched the control state and the store clerk traveling around the amusement store are different, it is possible to notify both of the necessity of replenishment or collection of cards. Therefore, the smoothness of the operation of the amusement store can be improved.

  Note that the number of remaining cards described above can be set as appropriate. For example, 0, 1 or other number is set as the remaining number of cards (first number) that is determined to be highly necessary to replenish counting cards. Alternatively, the remaining number of cards (second number) for determining that the necessity of collecting the counting cards is high may be set to 8, 9, or other number. It is also possible to set different numbers of sheets during closing and opening. For example, while the store is closed, the first number is set to 0 and the second number is set to 10, while the store is opened, the first number is set to 3 and the second number is set to 7. By setting in this way, during the closing of the store, the minimum necessary notification is made to improve the work efficiency at the time of closing, and during the opening of the store, the notification of the amusement store is made by giving a margin to the number of remaining cards. It becomes possible to conduct business more smoothly.

  When the status indicator lamp 13 is lit in green, it is notified that the counting card is being inserted and there is remaining amount information.

  When the status indicator lamp 13 is lit in orange, it is notified that the counting card is being inserted and that there is ball information. Further, when the status indicator lamp 13 is blinking orange, it is notified that there is ball information that cannot be paid out at the lending rate as the ball information. In the state display lamp control process (step S1072) of the passenger boarding / impossibility determination process described above with reference to FIG. 29, the state display lamp 13 is controlled to blink orange.

  It is assumed that there is balance information and possession information, but in this case, both information is notified by turning on the green light and the orange light alternately. In this case, it is also possible to turn on the orange information even by raising the priority of the notification of the holding ball information higher than the notification of the remaining amount information.

  When the status indicator lamp 13 is lit in yellow, it is notified that the member card is being inserted.

  When the status indicator lamp 13 is lit in purple, it is notified that the card is locked (that is, the card is not returned (issued)).

  When the status indicator 13 is lit in red, it is informed that it is offline (that is, it is in an offline state in which the connection with the server device 2 is interrupted), and is flashing in red Is informed that an error is occurring.

  Next, display examples on the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling device 1 in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. For convenience, the display example of the touch panel LCD 16a in the game medium handling device 1a corresponding to the pachinko machine 3a may be described, or the display example of the touch panel LCD 16b in the game medium handling device 1b corresponding to the pachislot machine 3b. However, in any case, it can be applied as a display example of the touch panel LCD 16 in the game medium handling device 1 corresponding to the gaming machine 3.

  Although not shown in FIGS. 44 to 61, as described above, the operation of “checking ball information” for allowing the player to check the current ball information on the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16. The buttons may be displayed at all times, and the player may touch the location where the operation buttons are displayed to display the current ball information by rate on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16. Similarly, when a card is inserted, the current ball information by rate may be always displayed in a predetermined area of the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16.

  FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a basic screen (first screen) of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1. More specifically, it is a diagram showing a display mode of the touch panel LCD 16 when no card is inserted and no banknote is inserted. The first screen includes an area (accepting part) where various operation buttons are displayed and an area (display part) where a message is displayed as shown. The area in which various operation buttons are displayed includes a first display area 161 in which the displayed operation buttons are changed, and a second display area 162 in which the displayed operation buttons are not changed.

  In FIG. 44 and FIGS. 45 to 61 described later, when the operation button is displayed in gray, it indicates that the operation button is turned off on the touch panel LCD 16. That is, the operation button is not valid. On the other hand, when the operation button is displayed in white, it indicates that the operation button is lit on the touch panel LCD 16. That is, it indicates that the operation button is valid.

  In addition, the display mode of whether the operation button is valid is not limited to the above, and can be set as appropriate. For example, when an operation button is valid, the operation button may be displayed, and when the operation button is not valid, the operation button may not be displayed.

  On the top of the first screen, operation buttons “card lock” and “forward” are displayed. “Card lock” means that when a card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1, the card is not returned unless there is a predetermined release operation (for example, an operation for inputting a personal identification number set when the card is locked). And an operation button for invalidating a predetermined operation. “Forward” is an operation button for switching the display on the touch panel LCD 16 to a second screen described later. As will be described later in the description of FIG. 53, an operation button “entry start” or “entry end” described later is displayed at a location where the operation button “card lock” is displayed, depending on the situation.

  In addition, an operation button “return” is displayed in the lower part of the first screen. “Return” is an operation button for accepting the card return request operation from the player described above. In FIG. 44, since the card is not inserted and the bill is not inserted as described above, the “return” operation button is not effective (that is, turned off).

  Also, in the first display area 161 of the first screen, one of a plurality of “payout” operation buttons is selected based on the information corresponding to the ball information associated with the card inserted by the player. A “payout” operation button is displayed. In FIG. 44, since no card is inserted as described above, none of the “payout” operation buttons is displayed (that is, the light is turned off). The types of “payout” operation buttons will be described later.

  In the second display area 162 of the first screen, the operation buttons “cash lending”, “dividing money” and “counting money” are displayed. “Cash lending” is an operation button for accepting the aforementioned lending request operation from the player based on the remaining amount information according to the amount of the banknote when a banknote is inserted in the game medium handling device 1 It is. Further, the “ball split” is an operation button for receiving the ball split request operation described above for splitting the ball information held by the player. “Counting balls” is an operation button for accepting an operation (counting start requesting operation) for starting counting of game media by the counting device 107. In FIG. 44, since the card is not inserted and the bill is not inserted as described above, the “cash lending” and “divide money” operation buttons are not effective (that is, they are turned off). ing).

  FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a basic screen (second screen) of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1. More specifically, it is a diagram showing a display mode of the touch panel LCD 16 when the operation button “advance” is operated by the player when no card is inserted and no bill is inserted. The second screen includes an area (accepting part) where various operation buttons are displayed and an area (display part) where a message is displayed as shown. The area in which various operation buttons are displayed includes a third display area 163 in which the displayed operation buttons are changed, and a fourth display area 164 in which the displayed operation buttons are not changed.

  On the second screen, an operation button “return” is displayed at the top. “Return” is an operation button for switching the display on the touch panel LCD 16 to the first screen described above.

  Further, in the third display area 163 of the second screen, the first screen among the plurality of “payout” operation buttons based on the information corresponding to the possessed ball information associated with the card inserted by the player. Other “payout” operation buttons not displayed in the first display area 161 are displayed. In FIG. 45, since no card is inserted as described above, none of the “payout” operation buttons is displayed (that is, the light is turned off).

  In the fourth display area 164 of the second screen, operation buttons “various settings”, “moving the stored ball”, and “mobile interlocking” are displayed. “Various settings” is an operation button for receiving an operation (various setting instruction operation) for displaying the various setting screens shown in FIG. Further, “save ball movement” is a case where a membership card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1 and there is possession ball information to be held, an operation for storing the ball possession information (sap ball movement) This is an operation button for receiving (operation). “Mobile interlocking” is an operation for receiving an operation for receiving various services as described above (mobile interlocking service request operation) by holding the mobile terminal device over the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18. Button. In FIG. 45, since the card is not inserted and the bill is not inserted as described above, the “various settings” and “movement of the stored ball” operation buttons are not effective (that is, they are turned off). )

  46 to 48 are diagrams showing display examples (first screen) of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1. In these figures, a display example of the touch panel LCD 16b in the game medium handling device 1b corresponding to the pachislot machine 3b will be described.

  (A) of FIG. 46 is a figure which shows the example of a display of a 1st screen when the banknote is thrown into the game medium handling apparatus 1b. Compared with the basic screen (first screen) of FIG. 44, the operation buttons “cash lending” and “return” are valid (ie, lit). The player touches the operation button “cash lending” to pay out a predetermined number of game media (for example, 50 medals) in exchange for a predetermined amount of remaining amount information (for example, 1,000 yen). Can receive. Further, the player can receive a return of a card associated with unused balance information by touching the operation button “Return”.

  FIG. 46B is a diagram showing a display example of the first screen when a card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1b and the operation button “card lock” is operated. . Compared with the basic screen (first screen) of FIG. 44, the operation button “card lock” has changed to “locking”, and the display content of the display section has changed. The player can receive a card return by touching the operation button “locking” and then performing the predetermined release operation described above (that is, the operation button “return” is activated). ) In this figure, the case where the player holds the ball information at the 5-yen rate is described as an example, and the operation button “5-yen” is displayed in the first display area 161 of the first screen. “Mochitama payout” is displayed and enabled.

  In this way, the “payout” operation button is based on the information corresponding to the ball information associated with the card inserted by the player, specifically, the ball information held by the player is stored It is configured so that a plurality of displays are made based on whether it is information or counting ball information and its rate.

  For example, if the possessed ball information held by the player is the counting retained ball information and is based on the 5-yen rate, the operation button “5-yen coin payout” is displayed, and if it is based on the 20-yen rate. The operation button “20-yen coin payout” is displayed. Further, if the possessed ball information held by the player is stored ball information and is based on the 5-yen rate, the operation button “5-yen savings payout” is displayed. “20 yen savings payout” is displayed.

  Here, in this embodiment, regardless of whether the possessed ball information possessed by the player is accumulated ball information or counting retained ball information, it is possible to enter and replay, so these “payout” In some cases, it is necessary to display a plurality of operation buttons. Specifically, for example, when a player who is a member of a game store originally possessing a 5-yen and 20-yen storage ball counts his own balls at both 5 and 20 slots The player can use any possession information for the game as his own possession. For this reason, all of the operation buttons “5-yen coin withdrawal”, “20-yen coin withdrawal”, “5-yen coin withdrawal” and “20-yen coin withdrawal” are displayed for such a player. However, it is difficult to display all these operation buttons on the first screen of the touch panel LCD 16.

  Because the game medium handling device 1 is installed between the gaming machine 3 and the gaming machine 3, first, the gaming medium handling apparatus 1 may be thinner so as not to reduce the installation area of the island of the gaming store. This is because the touch panel LCD 16 needs to be miniaturized accordingly.

  As described above, since various information and other operation buttons must be displayed on the first screen of the touch panel LCD 16 in addition to the “payout” operation button, an area in which the “payout” operation button can be displayed. This is necessarily a limited area. Of course, it may be possible to display all information and operation buttons in a small size, but this would make it difficult for the player to understand the information and inconvenience in operation.

  Therefore, in the game medium handling device 1 according to the present embodiment, when it is necessary to display a plurality of “payout” operation buttons, the operation mode of the player is taken into consideration according to a predetermined priority order. The first screen of the touch panel LCD 16 is displayed with a “payout” operation button that is considered to be most likely to be used, and the other “payout” operation buttons are displayed on the second screen of the touch panel LCD 16. It is supposed to be displayed.

  By configuring in this way, a desired “payout” operation button can be displayed at a more appropriate position for the player (the first screen of the touch panel LCD 16), thus ensuring the visibility of the touch panel LCD 16, It is possible to improve the convenience of the touch operation including the player's operation of entering the ball. Each mode in which the “payout” operation button is preferentially displayed on the first screen of the touch panel LCD 16 will be described later in the description of FIGS. 51 and 52.

  FIG. 47 (c) shows a case where a card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1b and the operation button “5-yen coin payout” is displayed in the first display area 161. FIG. 47D is a diagram showing a display example of the screen, and FIG. 47D shows a case where a card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1b, and the operation button “20-yen coin payout” is displayed in the first display area. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the 1st screen in the case of being displayed on 161. FIG. FIG. 48E shows a case where a membership card is inserted in the game medium handling apparatus 1b, and the operation button “5-yen savings payout” is displayed in the first display area 161. 49 is a diagram showing a display example of the first screen. FIG. 48 (f) shows a case where a membership card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1b, and the operation button “20 yen savings payout” is the first. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the 1st screen in the case of being displayed on the display area 161. FIG.

  49 and 50 are diagrams showing a display example (second screen) of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling device 1. FIG. In these figures, a display example of the touch panel LCD 16b in the game medium handling device 1b corresponding to the pachislot machine 3b will be described.

  (A) of FIG. 49 is a figure which shows the example of a display of a 2nd screen when the banknote is thrown into the game medium handling apparatus 1b. Compared with the basic screen (second screen) in FIG. 45, the operation button “various settings” is valid (ie, lit). The player can display various setting screens shown in FIG. 54 by touching operation buttons “various settings”.

  FIG. 49B shows a case where a membership card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1b, and the game medium (medal) is counted by the counting device 107 of the game medium handling device 1b. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of 2 screens. Compared with (a) of FIG. 49, the operation button “moving the stored ball” is effective (that is, lit). The player can store the counted ball information as stored ball information by touching the operation button “transfer stored ball”.

  FIG. 50 (c) shows a case where a membership card is inserted into the game medium handling apparatus 1b, and the player holds, for example, a 5-yen coin and a 20-yen coin. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the 2nd screen in the case of being. In this figure, the operation button “20 yen savings payout” is displayed in the third display area 163 of the second screen. On the other hand, at this time, the operation button “5-yen coin payout” is displayed in the first display area 161 of the first screen.

  FIG. 50 (d) shows a case where a membership card is inserted in the game medium handling apparatus 1b, and the player has, for example, a 5-yen coin, a 20-yen coin, and a 5-yen coin. It is a figure which shows the example of a display of a 2nd screen in the case of holding the storage ball of 20 and the storage ball of 20 yen rate. In this figure, operation buttons “20-yen coin payout”, “5-yen savings payout” and “20-yen savings payout” are displayed in the third display area 163 of the second screen. On the other hand, at this time, the operation button “5-yen coin payout” is displayed in the first display area 161 of the first screen.

  FIG. 52 is a diagram illustrating a correspondence relationship between display contents displayed on the first screen and the second screen of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1. In the figure, the touch panel LCD 16b in the game medium handling device 1b corresponding to the pachislot machine 3b will be described as an example.

  FIG. 52 shows a correspondence relationship of which display mode the first screen and the second screen of the touch panel LCD 16b have when the player has which ball information. That is, on the touch panel LCD 16b, based on which possession information of the 5 yen rate possession ball, the 20 yen rate possession ball, the 5 yen rate accumulation ball, and the 20 yen rate accumulation ball is possessed. Correspondence relationship between which “payout” operation button is displayed in the first display area 161 of the first screen and which “payout” operation button is displayed in the third display area 163 of the second screen of the touch panel LCD 16b Is shown.

  In the present embodiment, in the game medium handling device 1b, the priority is set in the order of 5 yen rate holding balls, 20 yen rate holding balls, 5 yen rate storage balls, and 20 yen rate storage balls as predetermined priorities. It is configured to be high. That is, in the “mochitama information” column shown in FIG. 52, the priority is higher as it goes to the left. In the “touch panel display” column, the first screen and the Two screens are displayed.

  For example, if the player has a 5-yen rate ball and a 20-yen rate ball, the 5-yen rate ball has a higher priority, so the first display on the first screen In the area 161, as shown in FIG. 47 (c), the operation button “5-yen coin payout” is displayed. In the upper left part of the third display area 163 of the second screen, the operation button “c” in FIG. As shown, the operation button “20 yen savings payout” is displayed.

  Also, for example, when a player has a 5-yen rate ball, a 20-yen rate ball, a 5-yen rate ball, and a 20-yen rate ball, according to the above-mentioned priority order, In the first display area 161 of one screen, as shown in FIG. 47C, the operation button “5-yen coin payout” is displayed, and in the upper left part of the third display area 163 of the second screen, As shown in FIG. 50D, the operation button “20-yen coin payout” is displayed, and in the upper right part of the third display area 163 of the second screen, as shown in FIG. “5-yen savings payout” is displayed, and the operation button “20-yen savings payout” is displayed in the left middle portion of the third display area 163 of the second screen as shown in FIG.

  Also, for example, in FIG. 52, illustration is omitted due to the display of “*”, but if the player has a 20-yen coin and a 5-yen coin, Since the yen rate holding ball has a higher priority, the operation button “20 yen holding ball payout” is displayed in the first display area 161 of the first screen as shown in FIG. The operation button “5-yen savings payout” is displayed in the upper left of the third display area 163 of two screens.

  In this embodiment, the priority of the holding ball (5-yen rate holding ball, 20-yen rate holding ball) is higher than the holding ball (5-yen rate storage ball, 20-yen rate storage ball). This is because the player usually wants to use the held ball earlier than the stored ball because it is the ball information counted on the game day by the player. Also, the priority of the low rate holding information (5 yen rate holding ball, 5 yen rate storage ball) is higher than the high rate holding information (20 yen rate holding ball, 20 yen rate storage ball). , A player who has both low rate holding information and high rate holding information in an enterable game store wants to use the low rate holding information earlier than the high rate holding information. Because it is normal to think.

  Note that the gaming medium handling apparatus 1b according to the present embodiment is configured such that the priority order increases in the order of 5 yen rate holding balls, 20 yen rate holding balls, 5 yen rate storage balls, and 20 yen rate storage balls. However, the priority order is not limited to this. For example, the priority order increases in the order of 5 yen rate holding balls, 5 yen rate storage balls, 20 yen rate holding balls, 20 yen rate storage balls. It is good also as comprising.

  Moreover, it is good also as a structure which can set said priority in the game store side. By configuring in this way, it becomes possible to display the “payout” operation button in accordance with the operation of the game shop and in accordance with the player's intention, and it is possible to play more games while ensuring the visibility of the touch panel LCD 16. It is possible to improve the convenience of the touch operation including the operation of entering the user's holding ball.

  Moreover, it is good also as changing said priority according to the rate set to the game media handling apparatus 1. FIG. For example, when the rate set in the game medium handling device 1b is a 5-yen rate, a 5-yen-retained ball, a 5-yen-reserved ball, a 20-yen-retained ball, and a 20-yen-reserved ball in this order. If the priority is set higher and the rate set in the game medium handling device 1b is the 20 yen rate, the 20 yen rate holding ball, the 20 yen rate holding ball, and the 5 yen rate holding It is good also as setting so that a priority may become high in order of a ball and a 5-yen rate storage ball. That is, it is configured so that the priority of the holding ball information that does not require entry (the holding ball information that does not require the entry instruction and the consent instruction) is higher, so that the visibility of the touch panel LCD 16 is secured and the player's visibility is increased. It is possible to improve the convenience of the touch operation including the holding-in operation.

  Further, the “payout” operation button is displayed according to a predetermined priority order, but the priority order may be changed based on the player's operation mode. By configuring in this way, it becomes possible to display a “payout” operation button more in line with the player's intention, and to ensure the visibility of the touch panel LCD 16, and more to enter the player's holding ball operation The convenience of touch operations including can be improved.

  FIG. 51 is a diagram showing a display example of the touch panel LCD 16 after the payout instruction operation in the game medium handling device 1. In addition, in this figure, it demonstrates as a display example of touch panel LCD16b in the game media handling apparatus 1b corresponding to the pachislot machine 3b. For example, if the player has a 5-yen coin, a 20-yen coin, a 5-yen coin, and a 20-yen coin, the first screen is displayed according to the above-mentioned priority order. In the first display area 161, as shown in FIG. 47 (c), the operation button “5-yen coin payout” is displayed, and in the upper left of the third display area 163 of the second screen, As shown in FIG. 50D, the operation button “20 yen holding ball payout” is displayed, and in the upper right part of the third display area 163 of the second screen, the operation button “5 yen” is displayed as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 50 (d), the operation button “20 yen savings payout” is displayed in the middle left part of the third display area 163 of the second screen. After the operator operates the operation button “20 yen savings payout”, as shown in FIG. In the first display area 161, the operation button “20 yen savings payout” is displayed. In the upper left part of the third display area 163 of the second screen, the operation button “5-yen coin payout” is displayed. In the upper right part of the third display area 163, the operation button “20-yen coin payout” is displayed, and in the middle left part of the third display area 163 of the second screen, the operation button “5-yen coin payout” is displayed. It is good to do.

  That is, the “payout” operation button displayed in the first display area 161 of the first screen is changed based on the player's operation mode, and the other “payout” operation buttons are in accordance with a predetermined priority order. The display order may be lowered.

  In this case, in the card return processing described above with reference to FIG. 35, the changed priority order may be restored based on the return of the card, or based on the facial data described above. It is also possible to determine whether or not the player has changed, and to return the changed priority order to the original in response to determining that the player has changed.

  FIG. 53 is a diagram showing an example of switching of operation buttons displayed on a part of the first screen of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling device 1.

  FIG. 53 (a) shows that when a card is not inserted in the game medium handling device 1, a card is inserted. However, in the entrance determination process shown in FIG. 28 or 71, entry is possible. 31 or an example of a display of operation buttons displayed at the top of the first screen when it is not determined that the entry is possible (again) in the in-flight processing shown in FIG. It is. As described above, the operation button “card lock” is displayed at the top of the first screen of the touch panel LCD 16.

  FIG. 53 (b) shows a case where a card is inserted in the game medium handling apparatus 1, and it is determined that the boarding is possible in the boarding determination process shown in FIG. 28 or 71, or FIG. 5 is a display example of operation buttons displayed at the top of the first screen when it is determined that the entry is still possible (again). As shown in FIG. 53A, when it is determined that boarding is possible with the operation button “card lock” being displayed, a boarding instruction (boarding selection operation) can be accepted. In addition, the display of the operation button is switched from “card lock” to “entry start”. Further, as shown in FIG. 53C described later, it is assumed that this “entry end” is touched in a state where the operation button “entry end” is displayed, and the entry is still possible (again). When the determination is made, the display of the operation button is switched from “end of boarding” to “start of boarding” in order to be able to accept a boarding instruction (boarding selection operation) again.

  (C) in FIG. 53 is the first when a card is inserted in the game medium handling device 1 and a payout instruction (lending request operation) by boarding is accepted in the game medium lending process shown in FIG. It is an example of a display of the operation button displayed on the upper part of a screen. As shown in (b) of FIG. 53, a boarding instruction (boarding selection operation) is performed in a state where the operation button “boarding start” is displayed, and thereafter a boarding instruction (lending request operation) by boarding is accepted. Then, in order to be able to accept a boarding end instruction (boarding end request operation), the display of the operation button is switched to “boarding end”.

  In the present embodiment, one of a plurality of “payout” operation buttons is displayed in the first display area 161 of the touch panel LCD 16 according to the type of possession information held by the player. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and one “payout” operation button (for example, the operation button “replay”) may be displayed in the first display area 161 of the touch panel LCD 16.

  In this case, as shown in FIG. 53 (b), when the operation button “Starting boarding” is displayed at the top of the first screen of the touch panel LCD 16, the operation button “Replay” is set to a predetermined value. When displayed in a display mode (for example, “Replay” in yellow) and the operation button “End of entry” is displayed at the top of the first screen of the touch panel LCD 16 as shown in FIG. May be configured to display the operation button “replay” in a specific display mode different from the predetermined display mode (for example, “replay” in red). With this configuration, it is intuitively determined whether or not the user is in the boarding state based on whether or not the operation button “entry end” is displayed and the display mode of the operation button “replay”. It becomes possible to do.

  As described above, in this embodiment, when the user has not boarded, the operation button “Start boarding” is displayed, and when this operation button “Start boarding” is operated, the boarding and replaying can be performed immediately. If you are in a boarding, the operation button “End of boarding” is displayed, and the operation button “End of boarding” is operated to end the boarding and replay immediately. It is configured to be possible.

  With such a configuration, it is possible to improve convenience for a player who wants to frequently change whether or not to pay out game media by entering.

  Further, since the operation button “entry start” and the operation button “entry end” are selectively displayed on the first screen of the touch panel LCD 16, the convenience of the touch operation related to entry can be improved. .

  FIG. 54 is a diagram showing a display example of the touch panel LCD 16 after various setting instruction operations in the game medium handling device 1. Above the touch panel LCD 16 is displayed that various setting screens are displayed, and below that, an oval-shaped selection button capable of accepting the above-mentioned payout amount setting operation and the above-described consent condition changing operation can be accepted. An oval-shaped selection button is displayed. A player or a store clerk can perform a payout number setting operation or an agreement condition changing operation by touching a location where any selection button is displayed.

  FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a display example of the touch panel LCD 16 in the payout amount setting process (step S131) described above with reference to FIG. In the figure, the touch panel LCD 16b in the game medium handling device 1b corresponding to the pachislot machine 3b will be described as an example.

  When the above-mentioned payout amount setting operation is performed by the player or the store clerk of the game store, the currently set payout number is displayed above the touch panel LCD 16b as shown in the left side of FIG. Below that, an elliptical selection button for selecting whether or not to change the number of payouts is displayed.

  Here, when the player performs a selection operation for changing the number of payouts, as shown in the diagram on the right side of FIG. 55, an indication that the payout number changing process is being performed is displayed above the touch panel LCD 16b. Below that, the number of payouts to be set is displayed.

  Further below that, a triangular numerical increase / decrease button for setting the number of payouts and an elliptical decision button are displayed. The player or a store clerk of the game store can display the number of payouts by touching the location where the numerical value increase / decrease button is displayed, and can set the number of payouts by touching the location where the decision button is displayed.

  Although not shown in the drawing, as described above, when the first payout number, the second payout number, and the third payout number can be set individually, first, in the payout number setting operation, On the touch panel LCD 16b, a selection button for selecting whether to change the number of payouts based on the counting ball information, to change the number of payouts based on the stored ball information, or to change the number of payouts based on money information is displayed. Then, the player or the store clerk of the game shop touches the place where any one of the selection buttons is displayed, thereby performing the display shown in the left diagram of FIG. In this case, as described above, the number of payouts that can be set by the player is limited (for example, the player can set the first payout number, but the second payout number and the third payout number). A selection button for selecting whether to change the number of payouts based on the stored ball information and a selection button for selecting whether to change the number of payouts based on money information. It is good also as displaying so that it may not become effective, or making it non-display.

  FIG. 56 is a diagram showing a display example of the touch panel LCD 16 in the consent condition changing process (step S1046) of the boarding determination process described above in the description of FIG. 56 to 61, the touch panel LCD 16a in the game medium handling device 1a corresponding to the pachinko machine 3a will be described as an example.

  When the player performs the above-described consent condition changing operation, the currently set consent condition is displayed above the touch panel LCD 16a as shown in the diagram on the left side of FIG. An elliptical selection button for selecting whether or not to change the consent condition is displayed.

  Here, when the player performs a selection operation to change the consent condition, as shown in the right side of FIG. 56, an indication that the consent condition changing process is in progress is displayed above the touch panel LCD 16a. Below that, the number of agreement conditions to be set is displayed. Below that, an elliptical selection button for selecting that consent is not required only on the current day is displayed.

  Further below that, a triangular numerical value increase / decrease button and an elliptical decision button for setting the number of balls as a consent condition by the player are displayed. The player can change the consent condition by touching the location where the numerical value increase / decrease button is displayed to display the number of balls as the consent condition and touching the location where the decision button is displayed.

  FIG. 57 is a diagram showing a display example on the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1 during the entry instruction reception process (step S1044) of the entry determination process described above with reference to FIG.

  Above the touch panel LCD 16a, the lending rate set in the pachinko gaming unit is displayed, and below that, it is possible to enter the ball information at a rate different from the lending rate and Is displayed.

  Further below that, an oval selection button that can accept a player's entry selection operation is displayed. The player can perform a boarding selection operation by touching a location where any of the selection buttons is displayed.

  In addition, in the display example of FIG. 56, it is good also as displaying the number of balls of a boarding origin rate and the number of balls of a boarding destination rate on the touch panel LCD16a.

  FIG. 58 is a diagram showing a display example on the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1 during the payout selection instruction receiving process (step S1143) of the boarding source entry impossible determination process described above in the description of FIG.

  Above the touch panel LCD 16a, the lending rate set in the pachinko gaming unit is displayed, and below that, the holding balls that cannot be paid out at a rate different from the lending rate (that is, cannot be entered). It is displayed that there is a ball) and whether the ball is paid out.

  Further below that, an elliptical selection button that can accept a payout selection operation by the player is displayed. The player can perform a payout selection operation by touching a location where any of the selection buttons is displayed.

  FIG. 59 is a diagram showing a display example of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling device 1 during the split source rate designation receiving process (step S1201) of the holding ball split selection process described above with reference to FIG.

  Above the touch panel LCD 16a, a message indicating that the ball splitting process is in progress is displayed. Below that, the number of balls currently stored for each rate and from which rate the ball split is to be performed are displayed. it's shown.

  Further below that, an oval-shaped selection button that can accept a division source designation operation by the player is displayed. The player can perform a division source designation operation by touching a location where any of the selection buttons is displayed.

  FIG. 60 is a diagram showing a display example on the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1 during the divided ball number designation receiving process (step S1204) of the held ball division selection process described above with reference to FIG.

  Above the touch panel LCD 16a, it is displayed that the ball splitting process is being performed, and below that, the number of balls having the split source rate and the number of balls to be split are displayed.

  Further below that, a triangular numerical increase / decrease button and an elliptical determination button that can accept a division number designation operation by the player are displayed. The player can display the number of split balls by touching the location where the numerical value increase / decrease button is displayed and touch the location where the determination button is displayed to perform the division number designation operation.

  FIG. 61 is a diagram showing a display example of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1 during the division destination rate designation receiving process (step S1207) of the holding ball division selection process described above with reference to FIG.

  Above the touch panel LCD 16a, a message indicating that the ball splitting process is in progress is displayed, and below that, the split source rate, the number of split balls, and to which rate the ball split is performed are displayed. Yes.

  Further below that, an oval selection button that can accept a division destination designation operation by the player is displayed. The player can perform a division destination designation operation by touching a location where any of the selection buttons is displayed.

  Next, an example of a menu displayed on the display unit 250 of the server device 2 and an example of data output from the output unit 240 of the server device 2 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.

  FIG. 62 is a diagram illustrating an example of a main menu screen displayed on the display unit 250 of the server device 2. As main menus that can be managed using the input unit 230, the output unit 240, and the display unit 250 of the server device 2, "closed store", "card transaction", "card processing", "member management", "hall management" ”,“ Operation Settings ”, and“ Premium Management ”icons are displayed. Of course, these menus are examples, and the menus that can be managed by the server apparatus 2 are not limited to these. Further, below the icon, when a main menu is selected from the above icons, a sub screen and a window screen for displaying various information can be displayed in a superimposed manner.

  The main menu “Closed and Opened” is a store opening process for the possession management device 200, the member management device 210, the game information management device 220 and other devices (the island edge counting device 5, the payment device 6, and the prize management device 7). Or it is a menu for performing a closing process. That is, by performing a store opening process before the start of business, various functions performed by the possession management device 200, the member management device 210, the game information management device 220, and other devices are validated, and the store closing process is performed after the business ends. As a result, various functions of the possession management device 200, the membership management device 210, the game information management device 220, and other devices are invalidated, and the results of the possession information, sales information, game information, etc. on that day are carried forward. It is a menu to do.

  The main menu “card transaction” is a variety of items managed by the money management device 200, the member management device 210, the game information management device 220, and other devices (the island edge counting device 5, the payment device 6, and the prize management device 7). This is a menu for searching predetermined information (for example, sales information, card information, card usage history, etc.) related to card transactions based on the information. In other words, the number of cards issued and the number of payments, the amount of tickets issued and the amount of payment, the number of game media that have not been exchanged, etc., can be searched by card identification information, money type, table, or model and displayed on the display unit 250. It is a menu that can be.

  The main menu “card processing” is a menu for temporary issue of membership cards, suspension of use, change of possession information, and the like. Here, provisional issuance of a membership card means that the counting card can temporarily function as a membership card based on a password set by the provisional member.

  Main menu “Membership Management” is for member card issuance, registration information change, inquiry of specific points related to benefits other than possession given to members, member usage history search, gender, age, usage This is a menu for searching a game history by situation.

  The main menu “Hall Management” is a sub-menu “Hall Data Management” that allows real-time display of amusement store layout, each unit's operation information, each unit's sales information, etc., and each unit's abnormal data (for example, error history) 68. FIG. 68 and FIG. 69 are submenus for enabling real-time display of alert display when the payout rate exceeds a predetermined threshold and alert display when a suspicious person is seated using facial data. In order to call a submenu such as “form output” for outputting various forms described later in the description of FIG. 70 and a submenu “sales analysis” for displaying various sales analysis data described later in the description of FIG. It is a menu.

  The main menu “Operation Settings” is a submenu “Member Operation Settings” that allows you to set the usage conditions for savings balls, the usage conditions for replaying the stored balls, the conditions for giving specific points as described above, the consent conditions at boarding, Sub-menu “Entrance operation setting” that enables setting of the upper limit condition of entry at the time of entry, sub-menu “Unit setting” for performing various settings (for example, setting of the lending rate) in the game medium handling device 1, Registration of information on each model installed in the amusement store, registration of table layout data (for example, the unit number) in the layout map of the amusement store, sub-menu "registration of table data", etc. for updating model replacement information, etc. This is a menu for calling the submenu.

  The main menu “Premium Management” is a menu for performing registration of premium and exchanged game medium number management information, inventory management of premiums, management of cashier information, and the like.

  FIG. 63 is a diagram illustrating an example of a hall management menu screen displayed on the display unit 250 of the server device 2. That is, a display example of the display unit 250 when the main menu “Hall Management” is selected by an input operation to the input unit 230 is shown.

  In FIG. 63, the icon of the selected main menu “Hall management” is displayed in a display mode different from other icons (for example, the inside of the icon is displayed with diagonal lines), and the window screen below it is displayed. Is a submenu of the main menu “Hall Management”, and displays the icons of “Hall Data Management”, “Abnormal Data Management”, “Form Output”, and “Sales Analysis” described above.

  FIG. 64 is a diagram illustrating an example of a form output menu screen displayed on the display unit 250 of the server device 2. That is, a display example of the display unit 250 when the main menu “Hall management” is selected by the input operation to the input unit 230 and the submenu “Form output” is further selected is shown.

  In FIG. 64, the icon of the main menu is displayed in the same manner as in FIG. 63 described above, and the lower window screen is a submenu of the submenu “form output”, which is a submenu for outputting individual forms. An icon of menu “output by document” and an icon of sub-menu “output by model” that displays a model-specific report are displayed.

  Here, an example of the table data output from the output unit 240 of the server device 2 when the submenu “output a table” is selected by an input operation to the input unit 230 with reference to FIG. explain. In the figure, description will be made by taking as an example the table data of the pachislot machine 3b. Further, the output of the stand-by form data is not limited to that output from the output unit 240, and may be displayed on the display unit 250. In other words, it may be output by a method that can be managed and analyzed at the game store side.

  In the example of the table-specific form data shown in FIG. 68, the items are “unit number”, “model name”, “rate”, “out (sheets)”, “safe (sheets)”, “difference (sheets)”, “Risk rate (%)”, “Total sales (yen)”, “Investment sales (yen)”, “Replay (yen)”, “Total mobile sales (yen)”, “Movement 5 yen → 5 yen” , “Movement 20 yen → 5 yen”, “Movement 5 yen → 20 yen” and “Movement 20 yen → 20 yen” are provided, and are stored by the game information management device 220 for each table (each game machine). Or, the calculated numerical value is displayed.

  First, the “device number” indicates a unique identification number for each pachislot gaming unit set by the game medium handling device 1 or set by the server device 2. The “model name” indicates, for example, a unique name of the pachislot machine 3b registered by the submenu “register machine data” described above. The “rate” indicates a lending rate for each pachislot gaming unit set by the game medium handling device 1 or set by the server device 2.

  “Out” indicates the number of medals inserted into the pachislot machine 3b, and “safe” indicates the number of medals paid out from the pachislot machine 3b. It is. “Difference (sheets)” indicates the difference between “out (sheets)” and “safe (sheets)”. By subtracting “safe (sheets)” from “out (sheets)”. It is required. “Releasing rate (%)” indicates the ratio of “safe number (sheets)” to “out (sheets)”, and “safe (sheets)” is expressed as “out (sheets)”. "Is obtained by multiplying the value divided by" 100 ".

  In addition, “total sales (yen)” means that the medal (“safe”) paid out from the pachislot machine 3b is put into the pachislot machine 3b by means other than re-inserting into the pachislot machine 3b. (In the case of money, it may be the amount of money accepted), “Investment sales (yen)”, “Replay (yen) ”And“ Total mobile sales (yen) ”. In other words, “investment sales (yen)” is obtained by converting the number of medals inserted into the pachislot machine 3b into an amount equivalent to the amount based on the amount of money (for example, money information) received by the game medium handling device 1. "Replay (yen)" indicates the number of medals inserted into the pachislot machine 3b converted into an amount equivalent to the amount based on the stored ball information held by the player who is a member. “Total mobile sales (yen)” means that the number of medals inserted into the pachislot machine 3b is equivalent to the amount of money based on the counting ball information held by the player on the assumption that the table has been moved. Shown in terms of amount. “Total moving sales (yen)” is the sum of “moving 5 yen → 5 yen”, “moving 20 yen → 5 yen”, “moving 5 yen → 20 yen” and “moving 20 yen → 20 yen”. Desired.

  Then, the “moving 5 yen → 5 yen” is moved from the pachislot machine 3b with the entry source rate of 5 yen to the pachislot machine 3b with the entry rate of 5 yen, and is held by the player. The number of medals that have been inserted is converted into an equivalent amount based on the 5-yen-counted counting ball information. “Moving 20 yen → 5 yen” indicates that the entry source rate is the 20-yen rate. A pachislot machine 3b is moved to a pachislot machine 3b with a destination rate of 5 yen, and the number of medals inserted is equivalent to the amount based on the 20-yen-counted ball information held by the player. "Moving 5 yen → 20 yen" is transferred from the pachislot machine 3b with the entry rate of 5 yen to the pachislot machine 3b with the entry rate of 20 yen. Is a 5-yen-counted ball information held by the player. The number of medals inserted is converted into an amount equivalent to the amount of money, and “moving 20 yen → 20 yen” is obtained from the pachislot machine 3b whose entry source rate is the 20 yen rate. The table is moved to the pachislot machine 3b with a rate of 20 yen, and the number of inserted medals is converted into an amount equivalent based on the 20-yen-counted counting ball information held by the player. .

  That is, “moving 5 yen → 5 yen” and “moving 20 yen → 20 yen” indicate that medals have been lent by the above-described normal processing, and “moving 20 yen → 5 yen” and “moving 5 yen → 20 yen”. “Yen” indicates that a medal has been lent out by the aforementioned entry process.

  Subsequently, an example of model-specific form data output from the output unit 240 of the server device 2 when the submenu “output by model” is selected by an input operation to the input unit 230 with reference to FIG. explain. In this figure, the model-specific form data of the pachislot machine 3b will be described as an example. The output of the model-specific form data is not limited to that output from the output unit 240, and may be displayed on the display unit 250. In other words, it may be output by a method that can be managed and analyzed at the game store side.

  In the example of model data shown in FIG. 69, the items are “model name”, “rate”, “out average (sheets)”, “safe average (sheets)”, “difference average (sheets)”, “output”. Average yield (%), Average total sales (yen), Average investment sales (yen), Replay average (yen), Total moving sales average (yen), Moving average 5 yen → 5 yen ”,“ Moving average 20 yen → 5 yen ”,“ Moving average 5 yen → 20 yen ”and“ Moving average 20 yen → 20 yen ”are provided by the game information management device 220 for each model, Or the calculated numerical value is displayed.

  The “model name” and the “rate” are the same as those in FIG. 68, and the other items are calculated and displayed for each item described in FIG. For example, in FIG. 68, “1” to “5” are registered as “unit numbers” in the “A” model, and the average value in each item is the column of model name “A” in FIG. Is displayed.

  As described above, the server device 2 according to the present embodiment has the “total sales (yen)”, “investment sales (yen)”, “replay (yen)”, “total mobile sales (yen) for each table or model. ) ”,“ Movement 5 yen → 5 yen ”,“ Movement 20 yen → 5 yen ”,“ Movement 5 yen → 20 yen ”and“ Movement 20 yen → 20 yen ”can also output form data for each item. doing. In particular, for “total mobile sales (yen)”, whether or not the game media is lent out by the above-described normal processing (“moving 5 yen → 5 yen”, “moving 20 yen → 20 yen”), and by the entry process Lending of game media is configured so that the form data can be output so that it is possible to identify whether the game media is rented (“moving 20 yen → 5 yen”, “moving 20 yen → 20 yen”). As for the game store side, it is possible to properly grasp whether it is due to normal replay or due to entry replay, so that it is possible for the player to enter and replay highly convenient, The amusement store can appropriately manage sales and analyze sales.

  In the present embodiment, the rental of game media based on the stored ball information held by the player who is a member (“replay (yen)”) and the rental of game media based on the count held ball information held by the player The form data is output as a separate item ("total mobile sales (yen)"), but is not limited to this.

  For example, without distinguishing between the stored ball information held by the player who is a member and the count held ball information held by the player, the entry rate (for stored ball information, Based on the rate) and the destination rate, it can be selected from “Moving 5 yen → 5 yen”, “Moving 20 yen → 5 yen”, “Moving 5 yen → 20 yen” or “Moving 20 yen → 20 yen”. A numerical value may be recorded in any item.

  By configuring in this way, regardless of whether the player is a member or a non-member, whether or not the rental of game media is due to normal replay or entry replay Since the store can properly grasp, the amusement store can appropriately perform sales management and sales analysis from another viewpoint.

  Further, for example, it is possible to divide the game medium based on the stored ball information held by the player who is a member (“replay (yen)”) and further output the form data. Specifically, “replay (yen)” is set to “total replay (yen)”, and further items are “replay 5 yen → 5 yen”, “replay 20 yen → 5 yen”, “replay 5 “Yen → 20 yen” or “replay 20 yen → 20 yen” may be provided.

  In this case, “replay 5 yen → 5 yen” means that the number of medals inserted into the pachislot machine 3b at the 5-yen rate is converted into an amount equivalent to the amount based on the 5-yen accumulation information held by the player. "Replay 20 yen → 5 yen" is the amount equivalent to the number of medals inserted into the pachislot machine 3b at the 5-yen rate based on the 20-yen accumulated ball information held by the player. "Replay 5 yen → 20 yen" indicates the number of medals inserted into the pachislot machine 3b at the 20 yen rate based on the 5 yen rate storage information held by the player. "Replay 20 yen → 20 yen" is shown in terms of the amount equivalent to the amount of money. The medal inserted into the pachislot machine 3b with a 20-yen rate based on the 20-yen accumulated ball information held by the player Showing the number of sheets converted to the equivalent amount To.

  By structuring in this way, with regard to the lending of game media, whether it is due to normal replay with stored balls, whether it is due to replaying with storage balls, or due to normal replay with holding balls, Since it is possible for the amusement store to appropriately grasp whether it is due to the re-playing with the holding ball, the amusement store can perform sales management and sales analysis more appropriately.

  In addition, “Move 5 yen → 5 yen”, “Replay 5 yen → 5 yen”, “Move 20 yen → 5 yen”, “Replay 20 yen → 5 yen”, “Move 5 yen → 20 yen” “Replay 5 yen → 20 yen”, “movement 20 yen → 20 yen” and “replay 20 yen → 20 yen” may be added together and output as form data. With this configuration, the amusement store can appropriately perform sales management and sales analysis from a more diversified viewpoint.

  However, it goes without saying that each item of the form data to be output can be set as appropriate at the game store side. Only a part of each item described above may be displayed. By configuring in this way, only the most necessary information on the amusement store side can be output as form data, so that the amusement store can perform sales management and sales analysis more appropriately.

  FIG. 65 is a diagram illustrating an example of a sales analysis menu screen displayed on the display unit 250 of the server device 2. That is, a display example of the display unit 250 when the main menu “Hall management” is selected by the input operation to the input unit 230 and the sub menu “Sales analysis” is further selected is shown.

  In FIG. 65, the icon of the main menu is displayed in the same manner as in FIG. 63 described above, and the lower window screen is a submenu of the submenu “Sales Analysis”, which is a submenu for displaying daily sales data. An icon of the menu “business daily report” and an icon of a sub menu “model analysis” for displaying the model analysis result from various data are displayed.

  Here, an example of model analysis data displayed on the display unit 250 of the server device 2 when the submenu “model analysis” is selected by an input operation to the input unit 230 will be described with reference to FIG. To do. In this figure, the model-specific analysis data of the pachislot machine 3b will be described as an example. The display of model-specific analysis data is not limited to that displayed on the display unit 250, and may be output from the output unit 240. In other words, it may be displayed by a method that can be managed and analyzed at the game store side.

  In the example of model-specific analysis data shown in FIG. 70, “model name”, “trend”, “operation”, “introduction (week)”, “evaluation”, and “suggestion” are provided as items. An analysis result or the like based on a numerical value stored or calculated by the information management device 220 is displayed.

  First, the “model name” is the same as in FIGS. 68 and 69. Although not shown in the drawing, as shown in FIG. 69, the “A” to “G” models have 20 slots, and the “Y” and “Z” models have 5 slots.

  The “trend” refers to “total sales average (yen)”, “investment sales average (yen)”, “replay average (yen)”, “Total moving sales average (yen)”, “Moving average 5 yen → 5 yen”, “Moving average 20 yen → 5 yen”, “Moving average 5 yen → 20 yen” and “Moving average 20 yen → 20 yen” The analysis results based on numerical values are shown.

  For example, “Investment sales average (yen)”, “Replay average (yen)” and “Total mobile sales average (yen)” are all specified threshold values (an example is “Investment sales average (yen) ) ”Is“ 10000 ”or more,“ Replay Average (Yen) ”is“ 2500 ”or more, and“ Total Moving Sales Average (Yen) ”is“ 4000 ”or more). , “Average” is displayed as “trend”.

  In addition, for example, at 20 slots, the numerical value of “moving average 5 yen → 20 yen” is compared with other numerical values with respect to a predetermined threshold value (an example is “total sales average (yen)”). If the percentage of the value of “moving average 5 yen → 20 yen” has reached 40% or more), or in 5 slots, the value of “moving average 5 yen → 5 yen” is compared with other figures. , If the percentage of the value of “moving average 5 yen → 5 yen” is 40% or more of the numerical value of “total sales average (yen)” is an example, “Trend” is displayed as “maining from 5 yen”.

  Also, for example, at 20 slots, the numerical value of “moving average 20 yen → 20 yen” is compared with other numerical values with respect to a predetermined threshold value (an example is “total sales average (yen)”). When the ratio of the “moving average 20 yen → 20 yen” is 40% or more), or in 5 slots, the “moving average 20 yen → 5 yen” value is compared with other values. , If the percentage of the value of “moving average 20 yen → 5 yen” is 40% or more of the value of “total sales average (yen)” is an example, “Trend” is displayed as “maining from 20 yen”.

  In addition, for example, in comparison with other numerical values, the “investment sales average (yen)” is a predetermined threshold value (for example, the “total sales average (yen)” When the percentage of the numerical value of “yen)” has reached 60% or more), “cash investment main” is displayed as “trend”.

  Further, for example, in comparison with other numerical values, the value of “replay average (yen)” is a predetermined threshold (for example, “total replay average (yen)”, If the ratio of the numerical value of “yen)” reaches 60% or more), “replay main” is displayed as “trend”.

  “Operation” indicates an analysis result based on the numerical values of “out average (sheets)” and “safe average (sheets)”, which is referred to when the above-described model-specific form data is output. However, instead of these, or together with them, the analysis result based on the numerical value of “total sales average (yen)” may be shown.

  For example, the numerical value of “out average (sheet)” or “safe average (sheet)”, or “out average (sheet)” and “safe average (sheet)” is equal to or greater than a first threshold (which is an example, If the numerical value of “out average (sheets)” and “safe average (sheets)” is “20000” or more), “high” is displayed as “operation”, and the second is less than the first threshold, but the second If it is equal to or more than the threshold value (for example, the value of “out average (sheets)” and “safe average (sheets)” is less than “20000” but “10000” or more), “medium” is set as “operation”. If it is less than the second threshold (for example, the value of “out average (sheets)” and “safe average (sheets)” is less than “10000”), “low” is displayed as “operation”. The

  “Introduction (week)” indicates the week number since the game shop was installed.

  The “evaluation” is a comprehensive analysis of the analysis result of the above-mentioned “trend” and the analysis result of “operation”, and shows the result in an easy-to-understand manner to the store clerk of the game shop. For example, for the “D” model whose “trend” is “Cash investment main” but “Operation” is “High”, “Cash investment is main and the customer delinquency rate is good” is displayed. “F” models with “Medium” are displayed as “Cash investment main and the customer delinquency rate is normal”, and “G” models with “Low” operation are “Cash investment main and customer” "The stagnation rate is bad."

  “Proposal” refers to the analysis result of “trend”, the analysis result of “operation”, and “introduction (week)”, and analyzes the results, considering the increase / decrease of the platform, As a proposal such as an examination or examination of the loan rate, it is presented in an easy-to-understand manner to the store clerk of the amusement store. In particular, even if “trend” is “moving main from 5 yen” and “introduction (week)” is the “15th” week, “operation” is “medium” and “B” is 20 slots. "For models, display" consideration of moving to 5 yen "and analyze that if the lending rate is changed to 5 yen, the operation will be higher and the associated revenue (or customers) can be expected. Proposals can be made from the results. Also, “Y” model with “trend” as “moving main from 20 yen”, “introduction (week)” as “6th week”, “operation” as “high”, and 5 slots For, by suggesting from the analysis results that "Looking at moving to 20 yen" will be displayed, and if the lending rate is changed to 20 yen, the operation will be higher and the associated revenue (or attracting customers) can be expected. Is possible.

  As described above, the server device 2 in the present embodiment analyzes the model based on the numerical value of each item, which is referred to when the model-specific form data is output, and evaluates according to the analysis result. In accordance with whether the rental of game media is due to normal replay or entry replay, for example, evaluation of the rate set for that model, etc. Therefore, it is possible to conduct sales at a game store more suited to the preference of the player. Further, in the server device 2 in the present embodiment, the analysis is performed for each table based on the numerical value of each item that is referred to when the above-mentioned table data is output, and the evaluation according to the analysis result is performed. It may be configured to be executable. In this case, in addition to the above, for example, it can be evaluated whether or not each vehicle is installed in an amusement store.

  Note that the items referred to in the description of FIG. 70 are merely examples, and analysis by model is performed based on numerical values of all items or other items shown in the present embodiment, and evaluations according to the analysis results are performed. It goes without saying that can be configured to be executable. For example, in addition to the above items, the ratio (item “recovery rate”) that can be recovered by the accumulated total surplus (that is, the profit actually obtained) to the purchase price of the model to be analyzed is taken into account. Thus, it is also possible to carry out analysis by model. That is, even if the analysis results are the same, if the “recovery rate” has reached a predetermined threshold (for example, the ratio is 80% or more), “replacement review” is displayed as “suggestion”. If not, “maintenance” may be displayed as “suggestion”. By comprising in this way, it becomes possible to make the proposal according to the intention of the game store side more.

  FIG. 66 is a diagram illustrating an example of an operation setting menu screen displayed on the display unit 250 of the server device 2. That is, a display example of the display unit 250 when the main menu “operation setting” is selected by an input operation to the input unit 230 is shown.

  In FIG. 66, the icon of the selected main menu “operation setting” is displayed in a display form different from other icons (for example, the inside of the icon is displayed with diagonal lines), and the window screen below the icon is displayed. Is a submenu of the main menu “operation setting”, and displays the above-mentioned icons of “member operation setting”, “entrance operation setting”, “unit setting”, and “unit data setting”.

  FIG. 67 is a diagram illustrating an example of a boarding operation setting menu screen displayed on the display unit 250 of the server device 2. That is, a display example of the display unit 250 when the main menu “operation setting” is selected by the input operation to the input unit 230 and the submenu “entry operation setting” is further selected is shown.

  In FIG. 67, the main menu icon is displayed in the same manner as in FIG. 66 described above, and the lower window screen is a submenu of the submenu “entry operation setting”. The submenu “consent condition setting” icon and the submenu “entry upper limit setting” icon for setting the upper limit condition upon boarding are displayed.

  In the present embodiment, the server device 2 sets the consent condition or the entry upper limit condition. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the game medium handling device 1 performs these settings. It is good also as comprising so that a setting can be performed. In this case, the touch panel LCD 16 can be configured to display the above-described main menu and sub menu and perform various settings by touch operations on the touch panel LCD 16. Further, the server device 2 may be configured to perform the above-described consent condition determination process (step S143 in FIG. 33) and the entry upper limit determination process (step S141 in FIG. 33).

  Here, as an example of the agreement condition that can be set by the server device 2 when the submenu “consent condition setting” is selected by an input operation to the input unit 230, setting of the agreement condition according to the amount equivalent to the usage amount is set. Alternatively, the consent condition can be set according to the number of game media used. In the explanation of the example of the agreement conditions that can be set by the server device 2, a pachinko gaming unit set with a 4-yen rate and a pachinko gaming unit set with a 1-yen rate will be described as examples. The present invention is not limited, and the same applies to a pachislot gaming unit in which a 20 yen rate is set and a pachislot gaming unit in which a 5 yen rate is set. In addition, when applied to a pachislot gaming unit, the number of balls shown in each of the following consent conditions may be the number of medals corresponding to the same amount of money, or may be the number of medals corresponding to different amounts of money.

  For example, when the consent condition is set so that consent is obtained every time the amount equivalent to the usage amount reaches a predetermined amount (for example, equivalent to 10,000 yen), one of the following (A) to (C) is set: If so, it can be configured to require consent.

(A) When 2,500 balls are used in one pachi as 4 yen rate holding information.
(I) When 10,000 balls are used in 4 pachis as 1-yen coin holding information.
(C) When 1,250 balls are used in 1 pachi as 4 yen rate holding information, and 5,000 balls are used in 4 pachis as 1 yen rate holding information.

  Also, for example, when the consent condition is set so that consent is obtained every time the number of game media used reaches a predetermined number of game media (for example, 2,500 balls), the following (D) to (F) If either is satisfied, it can be configured to require consent.

(D) When 2,500 balls are used in 1 pachi as 4 yen rate holding information.
(E) When 2,500 balls are used in 4 pachis as 1-yen holding information.
(F) When 1,250 balls are used in 1 pachi as 4-yen holding information, and 1,250 balls are used in 4 pachis as 1-yen holding information.

  Further, instead of the number of used game media, it may be set so that consent is obtained every time the number of payout game media reaches a predetermined number of game media (for example, 2500 balls). In this case, when either of the following (ki) or (ku) is satisfied, it can be configured such that consent is required.

(Ki) When 625 balls (2,500 balls paid out) are used in 1 pachi as 4 yen rate holding information.
(H) When 2,500 balls (625 payouts) are used in 4 pachis as 1-yen coin holding information.

  In addition, it is needless to say that the above (c) and (f) are not limited to the above, but are described only as examples. In short, even if the use of the possession ball information by entering and crossing between multiple rates, the equivalent amount of money used, the number of used game media or the number of paid out game media is set as a constant as the consent condition. It is what.

  As described above, even if the use of the possession ball information by entering / leaving is spread between a plurality of rates, it is possible to set the amount equivalent to the use amount, the number of used game media, or the number of paid-out game media as a consent condition. Therefore, it is possible to indicate to the player the amount equivalent to the amount of money used for entry, the number of used game media, or the number of paid-out game media by obtaining their consent. Can be improved.

  Also, one or a plurality of combinations among the above (a) to (ku) may be settable. For example, combining only the consent conditions related to the 4-yen rate ((a), (e), (ki)) or only the agreement conditions related to the 1-yen rate ((a), (e), (ku)) It can also be set. By configuring in this way, it is possible to obtain consent only for entry at a predetermined entry source rate, and to suggest that there is a possibility of reaching the entrance limit described later. Convenience can be improved.

  In addition, as an example of the entry upper limit condition that can be set by the server device 2 when the submenu “entry upper limit setting” is selected by an input operation to the input unit 230, the entry according to the entry source rate is given as an example. Examples of the setting of the upper limit condition, the setting of the entrance upper limit condition according to the entrance destination rate, or the setting of the entrance upper limit condition according to the entrance source rate and the entrance destination rate can be given. In the description of the example of the entry upper limit condition that can be set by the server device 2, a pachinko gaming unit set with a 4-yen rate and a pachinko gaming unit set with a 1-yen rate will be described as examples. The present invention is not limited to this, and the same applies to a pachislot gaming unit in which a 20 yen rate is set and a pachislot gaming unit in which a 5 yen rate is set. In addition, when applied to a pachislot gaming unit, the number of balls shown in each of the following consent conditions may be the number of medals corresponding to the same amount of money, or may be the number of medals corresponding to different amounts of money.

  For example, when the upper limit of entrance is set according to the entrance source rate as the entrance upper limit condition, the upper limit of entrance is reached when any of the following (1) to (6) is satisfied. Can be configured.

(1) In the case of entering 10 times with the 4 yen rate as the entry source rate.
(2) When 1,000 balls are used in one pachi with a 4 yen rate as the entry source rate.
(3) When paying 2,000 balls in one pachi with a 4 yen rate as the entry source rate.
(4) In the case where the transfer is executed 5 times with the 1 yen rate as the entry source rate.
(5) When 2,000 balls are used in 4 pachis with a 1 yen rate as the entry source rate.
(6) When paying 1,000 balls in 4 pachis with a 1 yen rate as the entry source rate.

  For example, when the upper limit of entry is set according to the destination rate as the entry upper limit condition, the upper limit of entry is satisfied when any of the following (7) to (12) is satisfied Can be configured to reach.

(7) When entering 10 times with the 4 yen rate as the destination rate.
(8) When 1,000 balls are used in 4 pachis with a 4-yen rate as a destination rate.
(9) When paying 2,000 balls in 4 pachis with a 4-yen rate as a destination rate.
(10) In case of entering 5 times with 1 yen rate as the destination rate.
(11) When 1 yen rate is used as the destination rate and 2,000 balls are used in one pachi.
(12) When 1,000 yen is paid out in one pachi with a 1 yen rate as the destination rate.

  In addition, for example, when the upper limit of entry is set according to the entry source rate and the destination rate as the entry upper limit condition, when any of the following (13) to (18) is satisfied: The upper limit of entry can be reached.

(13) In the case where the entry is executed 10 times with the 4 yen rate as the entry source rate and the 1 yen rate as the entry destination rate.
(14) A case where 1,000 balls are used in one pachi with a 4-yen rate as the entry source rate and a 1-yen rate as the destination rate.
(15) When paying 2,000 balls in one pachi with the 4 yen rate as the entry source rate and the 1 yen rate as the destination rate.
(16) When the transfer is executed 5 times with the 1 yen rate as the entry source rate and the 4 yen rate as the destination rate.
(17) In the case where 2,000 balls are used in 4 pachis with a 1 yen rate as the entrance rate and a 4 yen rate as the destination rate.
(18) When paying 1,000 balls in 4 pachis with a 1 yen rate as the entry rate and a 4 yen rate as the destination rate.

  In addition, regarding the above (1) to (18), the number of times of execution, the used ball information (for the number of balls) and the number of balls paid out are not limited to the above, but are described as examples only Needless to say. In short, when setting the entry upper limit condition, it is possible to set only the entry source rate as a reference, it is possible to set only the entry rate, and the entry source rate and the entry rate are set as the reference. It is configured so that it can be set as a reference.

  Thus, in the present embodiment, the entrance upper limit condition can be set to an appropriate entrance upper limit condition in consideration of the operation of the own store and the tendency of the player on the game store side. Convenience regarding entry can be improved. In addition, it is preferable that the entry upper limit condition can be set based on the rate set in the game medium handling device 1.

  In the present embodiment, the entry upper limit condition is set based on the rate set in the game medium handling device 1, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, one day regardless of the rate The number of balls that can be entered per day or the amount that can be entered per day may be set as the entry upper limit condition.

  When the maximum number of balls that can be entered per day is adopted, the number of balls that can be replayed by boarding can be made constant. And a player who does not have a ball (that is, a player who plays a game by inserting cash) can be alleviated.

  For example, when 2,000 balls are set as the upper limit of the number of balls that can be entered per day, if a game is played in one pachi using the ball information for 125 balls as the ball information of the 4-yen rate In one pachi, 500 balls (125 balls × 4) will be paid out. In this case, the remaining number of balls that can be entered is 1,500 balls (2,000 balls-500 balls). After that, when a game is played in 4 pachis using 1,000 balls worth of ball information as 1-yen rate holding information, 250 balls (1,000 balls ÷ 4) are paid out in 4 pachis. It will be. In this case, the remaining number of balls that can be entered is 1,250 balls (1,500 balls-250 balls). Thus, even if boarding is performed in various ways, the number of balls that can be boarded per day can be made constant.

  In addition, when adopting a configuration that sets an upper limit for the amount of money that can be entered per day, the amount of money that can be replayed by boarding can be made constant, ensuring the convenience of boarding, Unfairness between a player who has a ball and a player who does not have a ball (that is, a player who is playing a game by inserting cash) can be alleviated.

  For example, when 10,000 yen is set as the upper limit of the amount that can be entered per day, a game is played in one pachi using the possession information for 1,000 balls as possession information at a 4-yen rate. In one pachi, 4,000 balls (1,000 balls × 4) will be paid out, and the amount corresponding to this will be 4,000 yen. In this case, the remaining boardable amount is 6,000 yen (10,000 yen-4,000 yen). After that, if a game is played in 4 pachis using the 6000 ball holding information as 1-yen money holding information, 1,500 balls (6,000 balls ÷ 4) are obtained in 4 pachis. The amount to be paid out will be 6,000 yen. In this case, the remaining amount that can be entered will be 0 yen (6,000 yen-6,000 yen), reaching the upper limit of the amount that can be entered, and further entry will be restricted. Become. Thus, even if boarding is performed in various modes, the amount of money that can be boarded per day can be made constant.

  Here, in the case of adopting a configuration in which an upper limit is set for the number of balls that can be entered or the amount that can be entered, whether or not the upper limit is reached is correlated with the card identification information in the server device 2. Although it will be discriminated, the card is a counting card, and when the holding ball information becomes 0, the card is not returned (collected). In this case, there is a possibility that the counting card is returned again in association with the possession information of another player. Then, another player may take over the upper limit of the player who used the counting card first.

  Therefore, in the case of adopting a configuration in which an upper limit is set for the number of balls that can be entered or the amount that can be entered, the facial data described above is used to determine whether or not the server device 2 reaches the upper limit value. It is good. That is, the server device 2 determines whether or not the facial data matches. If it is determined that the facial data matches, the server device 2 continues counting whether the facial data reaches the upper limit as it is and the facial data matches. If it is determined not to do so, the upper limit value may be reset. By comprising in this way, even if it is a case where the structure which sets an upper limit to the number of balls which can be entered or the amount which can be carried in is employable, it can be determined correctly whether the upper limit is reached. .

  Further, when the entry upper limit condition is set based on the rate set in the game medium handling device 1, the player can transfer the maximum number of balls that can be entered or the upper limit of the amount that can be entered. It is good also as a structure which can be selected (entrance upper limit transfer function). For example, taking the number of balls that can be entered as an example, if 10,000 balls have already been entered from the 1-yen holding information, the number of balls that can be entered at the 4-yen rate The upper limit may be transferred as the upper limit of the number of balls that can be entered at the 1-yen rate. In this case, 4,000 balls (1,000 balls x 4) of ball information can be loaded from the ball information at the rate of 1 yen, and the upper limit of the number of balls that can be loaded is set. Even in the store, the convenience of boarding can be further improved. Of course, the amusement store may be able to set whether to enable or disable the entry upper limit transfer function.

  Further, in the present embodiment, once the entry upper limit condition is reached, entry on that day is restricted. However, the present invention is not limited to this, for example, after the entry upper limit condition is reached. However, when a certain amount of money (for example, 10,000 yen) is inserted and a game medium is paid out according to the amount of money (for example, 2,500 balls are paid out in 4 pachis). May clear the entry upper limit condition. That is, when a predetermined amount of money is inserted and a game medium is paid out according to the amount of money, the player may be able to enter again. In this case, the game store may be able to set the fixed amount.

  With this configuration, it is possible to achieve a balance between a player who wishes to continue the game even after reaching the boarding upper limit condition, and a game store that has obtained a certain profit. It is possible to improve the convenience of entering the ball.

  As described above, the present embodiment has been described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 70. However, the present embodiment is not limited to this, and can be modified as appropriate. As an example, the following modifications will be described.

(Modification 1 of this embodiment)
FIG. 71 is a flowchart showing the processing procedure of the boarding determination process performed by the game medium handling device 1 according to the first modification of the present embodiment. As described above, in the game medium handling device 1 in the present embodiment, various conditions can be adopted as conditions for whether or not entry is possible. In the first modification, normal boarding is possible when a first condition, a second condition, and a third condition described later are satisfied. Further, even when the third condition is not satisfied, specific entry is possible when a specific condition described later is satisfied.

  First, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not the number of possessed balls is not 0 (step S1501). That is, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c (or 202c) is not zero. Here, in the game medium handling device 1 according to the first modification, the number of held balls is not 0 as a condition for enabling normal boarding (the operation button “Start boarding” is displayed on the touch panel LCD 16) ( The first condition is to have possession balls.

  When the game medium handling device 1 determines in the process of step S1501 that the number of possessed balls is 0, the game medium handling device 1 ends the boarding determination process according to the first modification (the operation button “Start boarding” is displayed on the touch panel). (Not displayed on LCD 16). On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of possessed balls is not 0, it is further determined whether or not the game medium handling apparatus 1 is set so that the game medium can be paid out by entering (step S1502). ). That is, in the game medium handling device 1 in the present embodiment, the game store side may be able to set the boarding mode, but the game medium handling device 1 can be boarded between a plurality of rates. It is determined whether or not it is set to be. Here, in the game medium handling device 1 of the first modification, in the game medium handling device 1 as a condition for enabling normal boarding (the operation button “start boarding” is displayed on the touch panel LCD 16), The second condition is that it is set so as to enable entry between a plurality of rates.

  If the game medium handling device 1 determines in the processing of step S1502 that the game medium handling device 1 is not set so as to be able to enter between a plurality of rates, the first modification 1 The boarding determination process is terminated (the operation button “Start boarding” is not displayed on the touch panel LCD 16). On the other hand, when it is determined that the game medium handling apparatus 1 is set to allow entry between a plurality of rates, the number of possessed balls at another rate (for example, 1 yen rate) is further increased. The conversion value of the lending rate (for example, 500 balls at the 1 yen rate (= 500 balls divided by 4 yen rate divided by 4 = 125 balls)) is the lower limit number of withdrawals of the lending rate (for example, 4 yen rate) ( For example, it is determined whether or not it is equal to or more than the above-mentioned number of rentable unit game media (125 balls). Here, in the game medium handling device 1 according to the first modification, another rate (for example, a one-yen rate) is set as a condition that enables normal boarding (the operation button “Start boarding” is displayed on the touch panel LCD 16). ) Is the lending rate (for example, 500 balls at a 1 yen rate (= 500 balls divided by 4 yen rate = 4 = 125 balls)), the lending rate (for example, 4 yen rate) It is the third condition that it is equal to or greater than the minimum payout limit (the number of lending unit game media described above, for example, 125 balls).

  In the process of step S1503, the game medium handling device 1 converts the number of balls held at another rate (for example, 1 yen rate) into a lending rate (for example, converts it to 500 balls at 1 yen rate (= 4 yen rate). 500 balls divided by 4 = 125 balls)) is determined to be equal to or greater than the lower limit of the lending rate (for example, the 4-yen rate) (for example, the number of lending unit gaming media described above, 125 balls). A boarding instruction reception process (step S1504) is performed, and the boarding determination process according to the first modification is terminated. In this boarding instruction reception process, the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16 is controlled so as to enable boarding instructions (boarding selection operation). Specifically, the operation button “start boarding” is displayed on the upper left of the touch panel LCD 16 (that is, activated). Then, when the operation button “start boarding” is pressed, for example, a display as shown in FIG. 57 is made, and normal boarding becomes possible.

  In addition, when the operation button “start boarding” is pressed, the display contents displayed on the touch panel LCD 16 include, for example, the number of balls in the lending rate (the boarding destination rate) and another rate (the boarding source rate). The number of balls in the game will be displayed, and “Please decide which rate to pay out” will be displayed, and the game media will be paid out by touching the location where the number of balls is displayed. It may be configured to be performed. With this configuration, it is possible to further improve the convenience of operation with respect to paying out game media including boarding.

  Further, in this case, the number of balls possessed by the lending rate (destination rate) and the number of balls possessed by another rate (entrance source rate) may be displayed in different colors. For example, if the number of balls held at the lending rate (destination rate) is displayed in red and the number of balls held at another rate (source rate) is displayed in white, the lending rate (boarding) It is possible to intuitively grasp the destination rate) and another rate (entrance rate). In addition, if there is a number of balls with different rates (entrance rate), the number of balls with one different rate (entrance rate) and other rates (entrance rate) The number may be displayed in a different color.

  On the other hand, in the processing of step S1503, the game medium handling apparatus 1 converts the number of balls with another rate (for example, 1 yen rate) into a loan rate (for example, 400 balls with a 1 yen rate (= 4 yen). (In terms of rate, 400 balls divided by 4 = 100 balls)) is not equal to or greater than the minimum payout limit (for example, the above-mentioned number of loanable unit game media, 125 balls) of the loan rate (for example, 4 yen rate) (for example, If it is determined that the number of balls in a 1-yen rate is less than 125 balls when converted to a 4-yen rate, then other rates (for example, other rates other than the 1-yen rate, By entering the number of balls held at the lending rate (including the 4 yen rate), the converted value of the number of held balls at another rate (for example, 1 yen rate) is the current rate payout. Lower limit number (eg To determine whether the lendable unit game medium count) or more (step S1505).

  Here, in the game medium handling device 1 according to the first modification, as a condition that enables specific entry (the operation button “start entry” is displayed on the touch panel LCD 16), other rates (for example, 1 yen) Lending of the number of possessions at another rate (for example, 1 yen rate) by entering the number of possessions of other rates other than the rate, including the 4-yen rate that is the lending rate (destination rate) A specific condition is that the converted value in the rate is equal to or greater than the lower limit number of payouts of the current rate (for example, the number of rentable unit game media described above).

  For example, when a player holds 400 balls as the number of balls with a 1-yen rate, which is a different rate, and 35 balls as the number of balls with a 4-yen rate, which is a loan rate, a 4-ball rate Of these, by entering (supplementing) 25 balls into the 1-yen rate, the number of balls held at the 1-yen rate is 500 balls (= 400 balls (1 yen rate) + 25 balls (4 yen rate) x 4 (= 100 balls) (Converted value at 1 yen rate)), if it becomes possible to get 1 yen rate holding balls (500 balls) into the lending rate (receiving 125 balls at 4 yen rate) In the game medium handling device 1 of the first modified example, assuming that a specific condition is satisfied, 25 balls out of 4 yen holding balls are loaded (supplemented) into the 1 yen rate, and the 1 yen rate after replenishment is increased. Lending rate (4 yen rate) NoIri identify multiply incoming instruction makes it possible to receive a payout and it is made possible to perform (specific multiplication input selection operation).

  In the process of step S1505, the game medium handling apparatus 1 has a ball of another rate (for example, a rate other than a 1-yen rate, including a 4-yen rate that is a lending rate (destination rate)). It is determined that the converted value of the number of balls with another rate (for example, 1 yen rate) is equal to or greater than the lower limit number (for example, the number of rentable unit game media) of the current rate by entering the number. In this case, a specific boarding instruction reception process (step S1506) is performed, and the boarding determination process according to the first modification is terminated. In the specific entry instruction reception process, the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16 is controlled so that a specific entry instruction (specific entry selection operation) is possible. More specifically, the operation button “start boarding” is displayed on the upper left of the touch panel LCD 16 (that is, activated), and the operation button “start boarding” is pressed, for example, as shown in FIG. Such a display is made, and specific boarding becomes possible.

  On the other hand, in the processing of step S1505, the game medium handling device 1 includes other rates (for example, rates other than the 1-yen rate, including a 4-yen rate that is a lending rate (destination rate)). Due to entering the number of possessed balls, the converted value of the number of possessed balls at another rate (for example, 1 yen rate) does not exceed the minimum payout limit (for example, the number of rentable unit game media described above) of the current rate. Is determined, the boarding determination process according to the first modification is terminated (the operation button “Start boarding” is not displayed on the touch panel LCD 16).

  FIG. 72 is a diagram showing a display example on the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling device 1 during the specific boarding instruction reception process (step S1506) of the boarding determination process described above with reference to FIG. In this figure, a pachinko gaming unit has been described as an example. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a similar display is also possible in a pachislot gaming unit.

  In the figure on the left side in FIG. 72, the machine number set in the pachinko gaming unit and the current rate (lending rate) are displayed above the touch panel LCD 16a, and below that lending rate (4-yen rate) ) And the number of balls with a different rate (1-yen rate).

  Furthermore, if 25 balls out of the 4 yen rate holding balls are put in (supplemented) at the 1 yen rate, the lending rate (4 yen) is calculated according to the number of retained 1 yen rate (500 balls) after the supplement. It is displayed that it is possible to get in and out of the rate, and a selection button for selecting whether or not to replenish is displayed. When the player selects to replenish (“Refill” is touched), the display is switched to the right diagram in FIG. 72.

  In the diagram on the right side in FIG. 72, the machine number set in the pachinko gaming unit and the current rate (lending rate) are displayed above the touch panel LCD 16a, and the lending rate after replenishment (4 The number of balls with (Yen rate) and the number of balls with another rate after replenishment (1 Yen rate) are displayed.

  Furthermore, below that, whether or not to receive a payout by putting the number of holdings of another rate after replenishment (1-yen rate) into the loan rate (4-yen rate) is displayed and received In this case, the number of possessed balls at the lending rate (4 yen rate) after paying out and the number of possessed balls at another rate (1 yen rate) after paying out are displayed.

  Further below that, the number of payouts at the lending rate (4-yen rate) (that is, the minimum number of payouts and the number of unit game media that can be lent as described above) is displayed, and whether or not to enter and payout A selection button for selecting is displayed. When the player chooses to get in and pay out ("Take in" is touched), the number of balls with a different rate (1-yen rate) is used, and a predetermined number at the lending rate The game media payout control is performed (that is, the payout lower limit number, the above-mentioned number of rentable unit game media).

  As described above, the game medium handling device 1 according to the first modification has the operation button “1” when the first condition, the second condition, and the third condition described in the first modification are satisfied. The operation button “entering start” is displayed (ie, validated), and the operation button “entering start” is not displayed (ie, invalidated) when the condition is not satisfied.

  By configuring in this way, it is possible to make the player intuitively recognize whether or not boarding is possible while improving the convenience of boarding.

  In addition, the game medium handling device 1 according to the first modification has a lower value of the entry source rate (for example, 1 yen rate) than the arrival rate (for example, 4 yen rate), and the entry If you have both a previous-rate holding ball and a visitor rate holding ball, if you replenish the landing rate holding ball to the holding-source rate holding ball, If the converted value at the passenger rate is equal to or greater than the minimum number of withdrawals at the passenger rate, replenish the balls at the passenger rate to the balls at the passenger rate, It is configured to be able to perform a specific entry for paying out game media according to the number of balls.

  By configuring in this way, it is possible to improve convenience for a player who wants to use up a relatively low value holding ball as much as possible.

  The specific boarding in the first modification is a payout unit in which the number of balls in the boarding destination rate (lending rate) is a predetermined payout unit (for example, a payout unit described later in the third modification of the present embodiment). In example 1, it may be performed when the payout unit is less than 50 balls as an example. By configuring in this way, it is possible to prevent a fraction from being generated in a relatively high value holding ball, or, if a fraction has occurred, to make effective use of the fraction. It is possible to improve the performance.

(Modification 2 of this embodiment)
FIG. 73 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of a boarding source boarding / impossibility determination process performed by the game medium handling device 1 according to the second modification of the present embodiment. The boarding origin inaccessibility determination process described with reference to FIGS. 35 and 36 is to be performed when the player gives a card return instruction. However, the boarding origin boarding described with reference to FIG. 73 is performed. The incompatibility determination process is performed in the game medium counting process described with reference to FIG.

  Specifically, based on the completion of the process of step S111 in FIG. 34, the entry source entry impossibility determination process is performed.

  First, the game medium handling device 1 performs the number-of-balls calculation process (step S1241) based on the counting result of the counting device 107. Since this is the same process as step S1141 in FIG. 36, the details are omitted.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether there is ball information that cannot be paid out at another rate based on the calculation result of the number-of-balls calculation process (that is, whether there is ball information that cannot be entered). Whether or not) is determined (step S1242). If it is determined that there is no possessed ball information that cannot be paid out at another rate (that is, there is no retained ball information that cannot be entered), the entry source entry impossibility determination process is terminated.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that there is a ball that cannot be paid out at another rate (that is, there is ball information that cannot be entered), a payout control timer is set (step S1243). For example, a value that can be measured for about 2 seconds is set as the value of the payout control timer.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 performs a timer update process (step S1244). For example, the timer value is updated (subtracted) by a scheduled interrupt process or the like.

  Next, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines whether or not the value of the payout control timer is 0 based on the update (subtraction) result of the timer update process (step S1245). When it is determined that the value of the payout control timer is not 0, the processing is waited.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the payout control timer is 0, the number of held balls is paid out based on the calculation result (step S1246). Since this is the same process as step S1145 in FIG. 36, the details are omitted.

  In addition, as a time measuring means, a value is set in the timer and a method of subtracting the set timer value is adopted. However, a method of adding the timer value may be adopted, and a game medium handling device It is also possible to employ a timekeeping method using an RTC built in 1 or attached externally.

  As described above, the game medium handling device 1 according to the second modification is counted by the counting device 107, and the game ball handling information stored in the game medium handling device 1 is set in the other game medium handling device 1. If there is retained ball information that cannot be paid out at the lending rate (that is, the retained ball information that cannot be entered), the retained ball information that remains after a predetermined time has elapsed since counting. It is configured to automatically pay out game media according to the game.

  By configuring in this way, a player who is trying to get in at another rate will be able to enter the game while storing the information on the ball that will be wasted. It is possible to prevent the trouble between the player and the amusement store.

  In this case, after the process of step S1246, it is possible to notify that the game medium corresponding to the remaining ball information has been paid out. For example, as a result of counting the game media by the counting device 107, the ball information of 1,003 balls is stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 103c of the game medium handling device 1 in one pachi. In addition, it may be displayed on the display unit of the touch panel LCD 16 of the game medium handling apparatus 1 that “three balls that cannot be paid out when moving to 4 pachis” have been paid out.

  By configuring in this way, it is possible to prevent the player from leaving the seat despite having a ball, and it is possible to prevent troubles between the player and the amusement store. Become.

(Modification 3 of this embodiment)
Next, Modification 3 which is another modification of the present embodiment will be described. In addition, in this modification, it demonstrates as an example the case where it is the game media handling apparatus 1a provided corresponding to the pachinko machine 3a, and the 4 yen rate is set.

  As described above, the game medium handling device 1a and the payout control unit 305 of the pachinko machine 3a are connected via the lending terminal board 307, and a ball lending button (not shown) provided on the pachinko machine 3a is provided. When pressed by the player (that is, when there is a payout instruction), a lending request signal is transmitted from the lending terminal board 307 to the game medium handling device 1a. When the game medium handling device 1a receives the lending request signal, As a control to pay out the number of balls corresponding to the lending request signal directly to the upper plate of the pachinko machine 3a from the part (not shown) via the supply passage (not shown) inside the pachinko machine 3a. Yes.

  Here, when paying out the number of balls according to the lending request signal directly to the pachinko machine 3a, it is normal that a single payout unit is predetermined, for example, as a single payout unit. 25 balls are predetermined.

  Also, at game stores, when renting game balls based on money information, it is normal that a minimum usable amount is predetermined, for example, 500 yen is predetermined as the minimum usable amount. Yes.

  Accordingly, in the 4-yen pachinko machine 3a, when the payout instruction from the player is based on money information, the number of rentable unit game media is set to 125 balls that is divisible by 25 payout units. Usually, 25 balls are dispensed five times, so that 125 balls are dispensed to the upper plate of the pachinko machine 3a.

  However, at the game store, it is possible to change only the number of rentable unit game media while keeping the minimum usable amount as it is. For example, although the minimum usable amount is 500 yen, as the number of rentable unit game media, the number of rentable unit game media that is not divisible by 25 balls (for example, 116 balls) may be set. Become.

  In this case, in the 4-yen pachinko machine 3a, when there is a payout instruction based on money information from the player, the game medium handling device 1a performs payout control of 25 balls, which is a payout unit, four times, Can be paid directly to the upper plate of the pachinko machine 3a, but the remaining 16 balls cannot be paid directly to the upper plate of the pachinko machine 3a by the same control.

  However, in the game medium handling device 1a of the present embodiment, the remaining 16 balls can be paid out by performing the same control as in step S1145 or step S1146 in the above-described entry source entry impossibility determination process. It is. Specifically, when the determinations in step S150 and step S151, which will be described later in the description of FIG. 74, are both Yes, the payout control of the remaining 16 balls may be automatically performed.

  By configuring in this way, even when the game store sets the number of rentable game media corresponding to the minimum available amount to a number of game media that is not an integral multiple of the payout unit, the resulting fraction Can be reliably supplied to the player.

  In the case of performing the above-described payout control, it is possible to pay out indirectly from the fraction payout outlet 21 to the payout tray 124, or payout from the ball payout outlet (for example, the ball payout outlet 23a). It is also possible to pay out indirectly through a nozzle that guides the played game ball to the upper plate of the pachinko machine 3a. Further, when viewed as a whole gaming system, the remaining 16 balls can be paid out indirectly by the island edge counting device 5.

  By the way, the game medium handling device 1a according to the third modification is devised so that the remaining 16 balls can be supplied to the player even if the game payout port 21 and the nozzle are not provided. Is. FIG. 74 is a flowchart showing a processing procedure of gaming medium lending processing performed by the gaming medium handling device 1 and the server device 2 according to the second modification of the present embodiment. In FIG. 74, for convenience of explanation, the processing from step S140 to step S144 described above in the explanation of FIG. 33 is omitted, but the same processing is assumed to be performed.

  First, when there is a payout instruction (a loan request operation to the reception unit of the touch panel LCD 16 or a press operation on a ball lending button provided in the pachinko machine 3a), the game medium handling device 1 displays the payout instruction as the remaining amount information. It is determined whether or not the payout instruction is based on (Step S150). That is, it is determined whether or not the payout instruction is based on money information from the player. If it is determined that the payout instruction is not based on the remaining amount information, the process proceeds to step S109.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the payout instruction is based on the remaining amount information, it is further determined whether or not a fraction is generated (step S151). That is, it is determined whether or not the number of loanable unit game media (for example, 116 balls) that is not divisible by the payout unit is set. If it is determined that no fraction occurs, the process proceeds to step S109.

  On the other hand, when it is determined that a fraction is generated, a ball information determination process (step S152) is performed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not there is possession information corresponding to the number of game media (125 balls-116 balls = 9 balls) that is insufficient with respect to the normal number of rentable unit game media (125 balls). To do.

  Next, the game medium handling apparatus 1 determines whether or not the fraction can be allocated based on the determination result of the possession ball information determination process (step S152) (step S153). Specifically, whether or not the number of game media (125 balls-116 balls = 9 balls) short of the normal number of rentable unit game media (125 balls) can be allocated from the holding ball information. Is determined. If it is determined that the fraction cannot be allocated, the process proceeds to step S109.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the fraction can be allocated, the game medium handling device 1 transmits the allocation request information to the server device 2, and the process proceeds to step S109. Here, the allocation request information includes information indicating that, in the game medium payout in step S110, the above-mentioned insufficient number of game media is allocated from the ball information and paid out.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 makes a lending request to the server device 2 (step S109), and transmits identification information, remaining amount information, rate information, and payout setting information to the server device 2. Here, the identification information, the balance information, the rate information, and the payout setting information have been described in the description of FIG.

  When the server device 2 receives the allocation request information, the identification information, the remaining amount information, the rate information and the payout setting information transmitted from the game medium handling device 1, the ball information stored in the rate-specific ball information storage unit 202c, Alternatively, the remaining amount information stored in the remaining amount information storage unit 202d is updated in association with the identification information (step S204), and the updated information is transmitted to the game medium handling apparatus 1. When the game medium handling apparatus 1 receives the update information transmitted from the server apparatus 2, the game medium handling apparatus 1 pays out the game medium (step S110).

  In step 110, if the allocation request information described above is transmitted from the game medium handling device 1 to the server device 2, the shortage of the normal number of rentable unit game media (125 balls). While the number of game media (125 balls-116 balls = 9 balls) is allocated from the holding ball information, the payout control of 25 balls as the payout unit is performed five times (that is, 125 balls are paid out), If the above allocation request information has not been transmitted, the payout control of 25 balls as the payout unit is performed four times (that is, 100 balls are paid out), and the remaining 16 balls are generated. Become.

  Next, the game medium handling device 1 determines whether or not a fraction has occurred (step S154). If it is determined that no fraction has occurred, the game medium lending process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that a fraction has occurred, a fraction remaining ball transfer process (step S155) is performed. Specifically, in order to store the remaining 16 balls as the ball information, the fractional ball movement information is transmitted to the server device 2.

  When the server device 2 receives the fraction possession ball transfer information, it updates the associated ball information stored in the rate-specific possession ball information storage unit 202c in association with the identification information (step S210), and updates the updated information to the game medium handling device. 1 to send. Thereby, the fraction (16 balls) that cannot be paid out from the pachinko machine 3a is stored as the holding ball information.

  In the third modification, the case where the payout unit is 25 balls, the minimum usable amount is 500 yen, and the number of loanable unit game media is 116 balls is described as an example in the 4-yen pachinko machine 3a. Not limited to this, the payout unit and minimum usable amount are the same as above, and the number of loanable unit game media exceeds the normal number of loanable unit game media (125 balls) and is not divisible by the payout unit. Needless to say, the invention according to the third modification can be applied even when the number is set (eg, 134 balls). Further, in the same correspondence relationship, the present invention can also be applied to a one-yen rate pachinko machine 3a. In addition, it can be applied to the pachislot machine 3b. For example, in a pachislot machine 3b with a 5-yen rate, when the payout unit is 50, the minimum usable amount is 1,000 yen, the number of rentable unit game media is 188 (usually 200), or 212 Even in this case, the invention according to the third modification can be applied. The same correspondence relationship is also applicable to the 20-yen pachislot machine 3b.

  Further, in the game medium handling device 1 according to the third modification, only the processing of step S154 and step S155 may be performed without performing the processing of step S150 to step S153, and conversely, the processing of step S154 and step S155 may be performed. Only the processing from step S150 to step S153 may be performed without performing the processing of S155.

  Further, in the game medium handling device 1 according to the third modification, when the fraction is transferred as the possession information, or when the insufficient number of game media is allocated, the touch panel LCD 16 informs that effect. You may comprise so that it may alert | report, and in addition, you may comprise so that the transferred fraction or the number of game media allocated may be alert | reported.

  With this configuration, even when the game store sets the number of rentable game media corresponding to the minimum available amount to a number of game media that is not an integral multiple of the payout unit, the player feels uncomfortable. It can be reduced.

  Furthermore, in the game medium handling device 1 according to the third modification, when the fraction is transferred as the possession information, if the fraction is the number of game media that can be paid out at other rates, that fact is indicated. You may comprise so that it may alert | report. For example, if a 4-yen rate is set and 16 balls are generated as a fraction, the 1-yen rate is worth 64 balls, so if the payout unit is 25 balls For example, the 1-yen pachinko machine 3a can receive two payouts.

  By configuring in this way, even when the game store sets the number of game media that can be lent corresponding to the minimum usable amount to the number of game media that cannot be divided by the payout unit, the convenience of the player is improved. be able to.

  As described above, the game medium handling apparatus 1 according to the third modified example allows the game store to lend corresponding to the minimum usable amount when the player uses the minimum usable amount to borrow the game medium. Even if the number of unit game media is set to a number that is not divisible by the payout unit unlike the conventional case, new equipment is required by shifting the resulting fraction as a ball. The fraction can be supplied to the player without doing so.

  In addition, the game medium handling apparatus 1 according to the third modification allows the game store to lend a unit game that can be rented corresponding to the minimum usable amount when the player uses the minimum usable amount to rent a game medium. Even if the number of media is set to a number that is not divisible by the payout unit, the payout of the number of rentable unit game media as before is allocated by allocating the resulting shortage from the holding balls. As a result, the fraction can be supplied to the player without the need for new equipment, and the player's uncomfortable feeling associated with the change in the number of rentable unit game media can be reduced. it can.

(Modification 4 of this embodiment)
Next, Modification 4 which is another modification of the present embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, the game media counted by the counting device 107 is stored as counting ball information, and when the card return instruction operation is performed and the card is returned, or when the storage ball moving operation is performed, this counting is performed. In this modification, the game medium counted by the counting device 107 is stored as the first counting ball information, and the card return instruction operation is performed. When the card is returned after being made, the first counting ball information is converted into second counting ball information and stored.

  Moreover, in this modification, when the card | curd matched with 2nd counting ball information is inserted, it is set as the structure which converts this 2nd counting ball information into 1st counting ball information, and memorize | stores it. In other words, in this modification, the counting ball information is managed as first counting ball information that can be used for games and second counting ball information that cannot be used for games. The game medium handling device 1 may perform the conversion from the first counting ball information to the second counting ball information and the conversion from the second counting ball information to the first counting ball information. It is good also as what the server apparatus 2 performs. Below, the case where the game medium handling apparatus 1 performs these via the server apparatus 2 (in cooperation) is demonstrated.

  FIGS. 75 and 76 are diagrams showing an outline of processing in the case of managing the holding ball information (counting holding ball information) as the first counting holding ball information and the second counting holding ball information. FIG. 76 shows an example of processing in the case of abnormality.

  First, when a player acquires game media with one gaming machine 3 and inputs the acquired game media into the counting device 107 (ball count), the game media handling device 1 and the server device 2 are shown in FIG. In the gaming medium counting process shown, the counting result is stored as first counting ball information in association with the card identification information.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 75, when normal processing is performed, a card return instruction operation (touch operation of the operation button “return”) is made by the player to end the game in the one gaming machine 3. When performed, the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2 convert the stored first counted ball information into the second counted ball information and store it in the card return processing shown in FIG. The card identification information and the second counting ball information are associated with each other and the card is returned (issued).

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 76, when normal processing is not performed (when abnormal processing is performed), a card return instruction operation (operation to end a game in the one gaming machine 3 is performed by the player. The button “return” touch operation) is performed, but some abnormality (for example, a failure of the game medium handling device 1 or the server device 2 or a communication interruption between the devices) occurs, or a card return instruction If the card has been removed by fraud without performing the operation (the touch operation of the “Return” operation button), the first counting ball information is stored in the card return process shown in FIG. The card is returned (issued) without being converted into the two-counting ball information and with the card identification information and the first counting ball information being associated with each other.

  As shown in FIG. 75, when a normal process is performed, when a player inserts a card into the game medium handling apparatus 1 to start a game with another game machine 3, the game medium handling apparatus 1 and the server The device 2 determines whether or not the second count holding ball information is associated with the identification information of the inserted card in the card return processing shown in FIG. If it is determined that a normally processed card has been inserted, the stored second counting ball information is converted into first counting ball information and stored, and the first counting ball information is stored. Permit lending (payout) of game media based on the above.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 76, when normal processing is not performed (when abnormal processing is performed), a player (or a cheating person) tries to start a game with another gaming machine 3. When the card is inserted into the handling device 1, the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2 associate the second counting ball information with the identification information of the inserted card in the card return processing shown in FIG. If the second counting ball information is not associated, it is determined that an abnormally processed card has been inserted, and the game medium handling device 1 is controlled to an error state, and the server A message to that effect is also sent to the device 2 to prohibit the rental (payout) of game media.

  As described above, in the game medium handling device 1 and the server device 2 according to the fourth modification, the counting ball information is managed as the first counting ball information and the second counting ball information. Here, when the card is returned, the first counting ball information is converted into the second holding ball information, and when the card is inserted, the second counting ball information is converted into the first holding ball information. Accordingly, since only the first counting ball information can always be used in the game, the server device 2 can easily obtain the sales data on that day if the change of the first counting ball information is grasped. It becomes possible to grasp.

  In addition, if the first counting ball information is associated and stored when the card is inserted, it can be assumed that some abnormality has occurred or that there has been an illegal act. The server device 2 can easily grasp the occurrence of an abnormality or the possibility of an illegal act.

(Modification 5 of this embodiment)
Next, Modification 5 which is another modification of the present embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, the rate information can be set by the information setting unit 100i of the game medium handling device 1 or the information setting unit 201e of the server device 2, but in this modification, in addition, the boarding itself It is possible to set whether to allow or not. In this case, from the viewpoint of convenience, a boarding permission switch is provided inside the game medium handling device 1, and when the boarding permission switch is turned on by an operation of a store clerk in the game shop, boarding is permitted. When it is turned off, entry may not be permitted, and the information setting unit 201e of the server device 2 may be set to allow or not allow entry. Also good.

  Further, when it is set that the entry is not permitted, and a card in which the ball information of another rate is stored is inserted, a predetermined operation (for example, to the contactless IC card reader / writer 18) is performed. The card may not be returned until there is a clerk card authentication operation), or the card is automatically returned and “Please pay once” is displayed on the display section of the touch panel LCD 16. Also good.

  By configuring in this way, it is possible to easily set whether or not to allow entry, and even if it is set not to allow entry, troubles between the player and the amusement store can be prevented. Can be prevented.

(Modification 6 of this embodiment)
Next, Modification 6 which is another modification of the present embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, description has been mainly made of the entrance between the 1-yen rate and the 4-yen rate in the pachinko machine 3a. However, in the fourth modification, the 1-yen rate, 2-yen rate, and 4-yen rate in the pachinko machine 3a are described. A modified example of entering between will be described.

  Specifically, in the game medium handling device 1 or the server device 2, it is possible to set a rate of 1 yen rate, 2 yen rate and 4 yen rate, and the rate-specific possession ball information storage units 103b and 202c support them. In the boarding determination process described with reference to FIG. 28, when the holding ball information to be stored is separately stored, the holding rate information of another rate is the lending rate set in the game medium handling device 1 ( When it is determined whether or not it is possible to enter the “destination rate” (step S1043), the holding information corresponding to the other two rates is added to the rate of the destination, It is configured to determine whether or not it can be entered.

  For example, when the destination rate is a 4 yen rate and it is possible to enter each ball, the ball information for 2 balls is stored as the ball information of the 1 yen rate, 2 If the ball information for one ball is stored as the ball information of the yen rate, it is determined that the balls can be put in by adding them together, and one ball can be paid out with 4 pachis. .

  By configuring in this way, it is possible to further improve the convenience of boarding at least at a game store in which three or more different rates are set.

  As described above, the modifications 1 to 6 of the present embodiment have been described. The inventions according to these modifications are combined, or the invention according to the present embodiment is combined with the invention described in each modification. Needless to say, the invention may be a separate invention.

  As described above, according to the game medium handling device according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling device can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A frame (for example, the frame 51), a control unit (for example, the control unit 100) is provided, a first unit (for example, the central unit 53) attached to a predetermined position of the frame, and a predetermined unit controlled by the control unit Equipment (for example, a building burr 105) is provided, is detachably attached above the first unit, and includes at least a second unit (for example, an upper unit 52) that fits and connects to the first unit. A game media handling device (eg, game media handling device 1) provided corresponding to a machine (eg, gaming machine 3) when attached to the predetermined position of the frame on the back of the first unit To be exposed from an opening provided at the predetermined position of the frame (for example, an opening provided in the vertical frame 51d). Connection units (for example, gaming machine connection unit 535, display device connection unit 536, and server device connection) for enabling connection with other devices (for example, server device 2, gaming machine 3, and display device 4) 537), a protruding portion (for example, a protruding portion 53c) is provided on the back side above the first unit, and the protruding portion is fitted on the back side below the second unit. A notch fitting portion (for example, a notch fitting portion 52c) to be mated is provided, and a first connector (for example, the first connector 533) is planted on the surface of the protruding portion facing the front side of the first unit. The second connector (for example, the second connector 523) connected to the first connector is planted on a surface of the notch fitting portion facing the back side of the second unit. Game media handling device.

  According to the above game medium handling device, the first unit and the second unit are configured to be fitted and connected to each other simply by attaching the second unit to the first unit. Can be easily connected and maintainability can be improved.

  Moreover, according to said game medium handling apparatus, since it becomes unnecessary to ensure the space which provides a connector in the back surface of a 2nd unit, a game medium handling apparatus can be reduced in size.

  Further, according to the above game medium handling device, the connection line between the first unit and the second unit is influenced by necessary parts other than these units (for example, a bellows carrying a game ball) (interference). Therefore, it is possible to prevent unexpected troubles from occurring.

  Further, according to the above game medium handling device, the projecting portion provided on the back side above the first unit and the notch fitting portion provided on the back side below the second unit are fitted, Since the first unit cannot be removed unless the second unit is removed, it is possible to prevent the first unit provided with the control unit from being easily removed.

  In the game medium handling device described above, a first guide member (for example, a guide rail 531) or a first guided member (for example, an upper portion) may be formed on the upper surface of the first unit, except for the protruding portion. Guide ribs 522) provided on the lower surface portion 52b of the unit 52 are provided, and the first guided member or the first guide member is provided on the lower surface of the second unit except for the notch fitting portion. A game media handling device characterized by the above.

  According to the above game medium handling device, it is possible to prevent the second unit from being erroneously attached to the first unit.

  In the game medium handling device described above, the frame may be a first horizontal frame (for example, a central horizontal frame 51b) that guides a lower surface of the first unit in order to attach the first unit to the predetermined position. And a second horizontal frame (for example, the upper horizontal frame 51a) disposed above the first horizontal frame, wherein the notch fitting portion of the second unit is the second horizontal frame. A game medium handling apparatus, wherein the game medium handling apparatus is disposed at a position for guiding the upper surface of the second unit so as to be fitted to the projecting portion of the first unit.

  According to the above game medium handling device, when the second unit is attached to the first unit, the upper surface of the second unit is guided by the second horizontal frame, so the first unit, the second unit, The mounting direction of the second unit can be recognized correctly only by trying to fit and connect the two units.

  In the game medium handling device described above, a second guide member (for example, a guide rail provided on the upper surface of the central lateral frame 51b) or a second guided member (for example, the upper surface of the first lateral frame) A guide rib 532 provided on the lower surface portion 53b of the central unit 53 is provided, and the second guided member or the second guide member is provided on the lower surface of the first unit. .

  According to the above game media handling device, it is possible to prevent the first unit from being erroneously attached to the first horizontal frame.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  Information (for example, identification information) for specifying a player's possession information, which is a game medium handling device (for example, the game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3) Storage medium storage means (for example, card reader / writer 104) that can store a storage medium for storing the storage medium, and storage medium number storage means (for example, storage unit 103) that can store the number of storage media stored in the storage medium storage means ), A storage medium return means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of returning the storage medium stored in the storage medium storage means based on a return instruction from the player, and a payout instruction from the player The game medium payout means (for example, the payout device 106) for executing the game medium payout control and the first control state in which the game medium payout control by the game medium payout means can be executed ( For example, during opening of the store) and a second control state (for example, during closing) in which execution of the game medium payout control by the game medium payout means is impossible, and a control state in which the control state can be switched. Based on the switching means (for example, the control unit 100), the number of storage media stored by the storage medium number storage means, and the control state switched by the control state switching means, notification is performed in a predetermined display mode. Notification means (for example, status indicator lamp 13), wherein the notification means is the control state switched by the control state switching means is the first control state, and is stored by the storage medium number storage means. When the number of storage media is less than the first number (for example, three) or more than the second number (for example, ten) more than the first number, the first mode (for example, blinking) is used. The notification is performed in the first color (for example, blue), the control state switched by the control state switching unit is the first control state, and the number of storage media stored by the storage medium number storage unit is the first control state. When the number is one or more or less than the second number, notification is made in the first color in a second mode (for example, lighting) different from the first mode, and the control state switching unit switches the notification. When the control state is the second control state and the number of storage media stored by the storage medium number storage means is less than the first number or more than the second number, the first mode Notification is performed in a second color (for example, white) different from the first color, and the control state switched by the control state switching unit is the second control state, and is stored by the storage medium number storage unit. Memory When the number of media is equal to or greater than the first number or less than the second number, the game medium handling device performs notification in the second color according to the second aspect.

  According to the above game medium handling device, information indicating the number of stored storage media (for example, the number of remaining cards) and information indicating the control state (for example, being opened or closed) are notified. Since the store clerk can perform an appropriate response according to the control state, the smoothness of the operation of the amusement store can be improved.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the control state switching means can be further switched to a third control state (for example, during the activation process) during the activation process of the game medium handling apparatus, and the notification The game medium handling apparatus according to claim 1, wherein when the control state switched by the control state switching unit is the third control state, the notification is performed in the second color according to the first aspect.

  According to the above game medium handling device, for example, when notification is performed in the second color (for example, white) according to the first mode (for example, blinking), the second mode (for example, lighting) is performed thereafter. When the notification is to be performed in the first color (for example, blue), it is possible to recognize that the first control state (for example, the startup process is being performed), and the first mode (for example, When the notification is made in the second color (for example, blue) by flashing), it is possible to recognize that it is necessary to replenish or collect the storage medium, and forcibly color-code it. The third control state (for example, during startup processing) that is a control state other than the first control state (for example, during opening of the store) or the second control state (for example, during closing of the store) can be notified.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the control state switching means can switch a control state based on an instruction from a server device (for example, server device 2) that manages the game medium handling device, When being switched to the first control state by the control state switching means and when being switched to the second control state by the control state switching means, it is stored in the server device by the storage medium number storage means. A game medium handling apparatus that transmits information indicating the number of storage media (for example, remaining card number information).

  According to the above game medium handling device, the server device (for example, whether the control state of the game medium handling device is set to the first control state (for example, opening a store) or the second control state (for example, closing) In the case of being controlled by the server device 2), information indicating the number of stored storage media (for example, card remaining number information) is transmitted to the server device, so that the server device also stores the information. It is possible to display information indicating the number of stored storage media.

  Further, according to the game medium handling device and the game system according to the present embodiment and the modified example of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling device and game system can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment). .

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which is a currency processing means (for example, a bill validator 105) capable of receiving, storing and discharging money. ), And a game medium payout means (for example, a payout device 106) that enables game medium payout control based on the receipt of money by the money handling means, and a money storage state by the money handling means is detected. Currency detection means (for example, banknote detection sensor) and operation reception means (for example, touch panel LCD 16) capable of receiving an operation by an operator, wherein the money processing means is capable of receiving money, It is possible to change between a first state (for example, a closed state) that allows the accepted money to be accommodated and a second state (for example, an open state) that allows the accommodated money to be discharged. The operation accepting means accepts a first operation (for example, an individual opening operation) for changing the money handling means from the first state to the second state regardless of the detection result of the money detecting means. And enabling the money handling means to move to the second state based on the fact that the money detection means detects that no money is received after the money handling means has changed from the first state to the second state. A game medium handling device characterized in that a second operation (for example, individual closing operation) for changing from a state to the first state can be accepted.

  According to the above game medium handling device, there is a possibility that fraudulent acts such as withdrawal of banknotes have occurred, and there is a possibility that a defect has occurred in the money handling means (for example, the shutter mechanism 105f in the bill burr 105). It can be made easy to recognize that there is a sex.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the money processing means may be configured to perform the operation when the detection result of the money detection means does not change for a predetermined time after changing from the first state to the second state. A game medium handling device that changes from the second state to the first state without receiving the second operation by the receiving means.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, when the money handling means is detected by the money detection means that no money is stored before transitioning from the first state to the second state. The first state is changed from the second state to the first state without the second operation being received by the operation receiving means based on the elapse of a predetermined time after the transition from the first state to the second state. A game medium handling device characterized by being transferred to

  According to the above game medium handling device, even when the second operation (for example, individual closing operation) is not performed, the bill processing means (for example, the shutter mechanism 105f in the bill burr 105) is within a range that does not affect. Since forgetting to close can be prevented, the safety and work efficiency of banknote collection can be improved.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, first information indicating that the money handling means has changed from the first state to the second state, and the money handling means is changed from the second state to the first state. A game medium handling apparatus, further comprising: information transmission means for transmitting to the outside second information indicating that a change has been made, and third information indicating a detection result of the money detection means.

  A gaming system comprising the above game medium handling device and a server device and / or a display device capable of receiving the first to third information transmitted by the information transmitting means.

  According to the above game medium handling device and game system, the server device (for example, the server device 2) and / or the display device (for example, the display device 4) may have performed fraud such as withdrawal of banknotes. It can be recognized that there is a possibility that there is a malfunction in the money handling means (for example, the shutter mechanism 105f in the bill burr 105).

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which is a currency processing means (for example, a bill validator 105) capable of receiving, storing and discharging money. ), A game medium payout means (for example, a payout device 106) that enables game medium payout control based on the receipt of money by the money handling means, and a game medium payout control by the game medium payout means. At least a first control state (for example, during opening of a store) and a second control state (for example, during closing) in which execution of the game medium payout control by the game medium payout means is impossible. The control state switching means (for example, the control unit 100) that can switch the control state, the operation reception means (for example, the touch panel LCD 16) that can accept the operation by the operator, and the operation described above. Authority setting means (for example, control unit 100) capable of setting a person's authority (for example, authentication class), and the money processing means is capable of accepting money and accommodating received money. Between the closed state and the open state allowing the stored money to be discharged, and the operation accepting means is independent of the control state switched by the control state switching means. When it is possible to accept an individual opening operation for changing the money handling means in the game medium handling device from the closed state to the open state, and the control state switched by the control state switching means is the second control state And accepting a collective opening operation for changing the money handling means in the plurality of game medium handling devices from the closed state to the open state, and setting the authority The stage can set different authorities depending on the authority for performing the individual opening operation (for example, classes 1 to 3) and the authority for performing the collective opening operation (for example, class 2 or more). Handling equipment.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the operation accepting unit is configured to move the money handling unit in one game medium handling device from the open state regardless of the control state switched by the control state switching unit. When the individual closing operation for changing to the closed state can be accepted and the control state switched by the control state switching means is the second control state, the money handling means in a plurality of game medium handling devices is It is possible to accept a collective closing operation for changing from the open state to the closed state, and the authority setting means has an authority to perform the individual closing operation (for example, classes 1 to 3) and an authority to perform the collective closing operation ( For example, it is possible to set different authority for class 2 or higher).

  According to the above game medium handling device, for example, when the control state is the first control state (for example, during opening of a store), any store clerk of the game store may use money handling means (for example, bill validator) for the purpose of maintenance or the like. 105) can be opened and closed individually, and when the control state is the second control state (for example, closing a store), a specific store clerk (for example, a store manager) uses a money handling means (for example, a bill validator 105 for the purpose of collecting banknotes). ) Can be opened and closed in a lump, making it easy to collect money such as banknotes, and enabling flexible responses in certain situations (for example, when an abnormality occurs during opening), and And security can be secured.

  In the game medium handling device described above, the authority setting unit has a predetermined authority (for example, class 2 or higher) that can be switched from the first control state to the second control state by the control state switching unit. The operation accepting means is capable of accepting the collective opening operation and / or the collective closing operation when the predetermined authority is set by the authority setting means. Medium handling device.

  According to the above game medium handling device, the authority to change the control state of the game medium handling device and the authority to perform the collective release operation and / or the collective release operation can be linked, so that depending on the operation of the game store It is possible to grant appropriate authority.

  The game medium handling device described above further includes money detecting means (for example, a banknote detection sensor) for detecting a money storage state by the money processing means, and the collective opening operation is received by the operation receiving means. If at least one of the plurality of game medium handling devices becomes a target for the money handling means to change from the closed state to the opened state by the collective opening operation, the money detection means When it is detected that money is not accommodated, the game medium handling device does not change the money processing means from the closed state to the open state for the plurality of game medium handling devices.

  The game medium handling device described above further includes money detecting means (for example, a banknote detection sensor) for detecting a money storage state by the money processing means, and the collective opening operation is received by the operation receiving means. Among the plurality of game medium handling devices to be changed from the closed state to the opened state by the collective opening operation, the money detecting unit detects that no money is stored. As for the game medium handling device, the game medium handling device does not change the money handling means from the closed state to the open state.

  According to the above game medium handling device, it is possible to prevent the money processing means (for example, the bill burr 105) of the game medium handling device that does not require collection of money such as banknotes from being opened by the collective opening operation, Work efficiency can be improved.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling device and the server device according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling device and the server device can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment). .

  Game medium counting means for counting game media (for example, counting device 107) and information for identifying the player's possession information including the number of game media counted by the game medium counting means (for example, identification information) A storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving and returning a storage medium for storing the game medium, and a game medium capable of controlling the payout of the game medium based on the information for specifying the ball information A game medium handling device (for example, the game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, the gaming machine 3), comprising the payout means (for example, the gaming device 106), When the game medium is counted by the game medium counting means, the counted number of game media is specified as first holding ball information (for example, first counting holding ball information), and the storage medium processing means records When returning the medium in a normal operation, the first holding information is converted into second holding information (for example, second counting holding information) different from the first holding information and specified. And when the storage medium processing means accepts the storage medium and the information for specifying the second holding ball information is stored in the storage medium, the second holding ball information is The game medium payout means is converted into first possession ball information and specified, and the game medium payout means enables game medium payout control based on information for specifying the first possession ball information, and the storage medium processing When information for specifying the first holding information is stored in the storage medium accepted by the means, an error state control means for controlling to a predetermined error state (for example, an error state according to Modification 4) And a control unit 100) for controlling That game medium handling apparatus.

  Game medium counting means for counting game media (for example, counting device 107) and information for identifying the player's possession information including the number of game media counted by the game medium counting means (for example, identification information) A storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving and returning a storage medium for storing the game medium, and a game medium capable of controlling the payout of the game medium based on the information for specifying the ball information A server device (e.g., a game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (e.g., gaming machine 3). Server device 2), when the game medium is counted by the game medium counting means, the server apparatus calculates the number of game media counted as first holding ball information (for example, first counting holding ball). When the storage medium processing means returns the storage medium in a normal operation, the first holding information is different from the first holding information (second holding information ( For example, when the storage medium processing means accepts the storage medium by converting the information into the second counting ball information), information for specifying the second ball information is stored in the storage medium. If it is, the second holding ball information is converted into the first holding ball information and stored, and the first holding ball information is specified in the storage medium received by the storage medium processing means. If the information for storing is stored, error state control means for controlling the game medium handling device to a predetermined error state (for example, a server that causes the control unit 100 to control the error state according to the fourth modification) Provided with a device 2) Server equipment.

  According to the above game medium handling device and server device, the possession information is the first possession information (for example, the first counting possession information) and the second possession information (for example, the second counting possession information). It is managed as. Here, when the storage medium is returned, the first holding information is converted into the second holding information, and when the storage medium is received, the second holding information is converted into the first holding information. Yes. Therefore, since only the first holding ball information can always be used in the game, the server device can easily grasp the sales data on that day if the change of the first holding ball information is grasped. It becomes possible to do.

  Further, according to the above game medium handling device and server device, when information for specifying the first holding ball information is stored at the time of receiving the storage medium, an abnormality has occurred, or Since it can be assumed that there has been a fraudulent act (for example, an act of removing a storage medium without a normal return operation), it is possible to easily grasp the occurrence of an abnormality or the existence of a fraudulent act It becomes.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 100h) capable of setting a 4-yen rate of 4 yen and a 1-yen rate of 1 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting Storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving a storage medium for storing information (for example, identification information) for specifying the player's possession information for each rate that can be set by the means; An operation accepting means (for example, touch panel LCD 16) capable of accepting an operation by the player, and a game medium payout system based on the possession information based on the rate set by the rate setting means The first payout control (for example, game ball payout control with a 4-yen holding ball when the 4-yen rate is set) and a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means A second payout control (for example, a game ball payout control with a 1-yen coin when a 4-yen rate is set) that can execute a game medium payout control based on the possessed ball information can be executed. A game medium payout means (for example, a payout device 106), and the operation accepting means accepts a boarding selection operation for causing the game medium payout means to execute the second payout control. Means (for example, an operation button “start entry”) and a boarding end operation receiving means (for example, an operation button) for receiving a boarding end operation for ending the second payout control by the game medium payout means. (“End of boarding”) and payout instruction operation accepting means (for example, payout instruction operation accepting means for executing payout of game media by the first payout control or payout of game media by the second payout control (for example, The game medium payout means when the boarding selection operation is accepted by the boarding selection operation accepting means and the second payout control is being executed. When the payout instruction operation is accepted by the payout instruction operation accepting unit, at least until the entry end operation is accepted by the entry end operation accepting unit, the game medium is paid out by the second payout control. A game medium handling device characterized by that.

  According to the above game medium handling device, when the vehicle is not boarded (that is, when the first payout control is executed), the boarding selection operation accepting means (for example, the operation button “start boarding”). Is operated, it is possible to immediately start entering and replaying (that is, paying out the game medium by the second payout control), and the boarding (that is, the second payout control is executed). In this case, it is possible to immediately end the boarding replay by operating the boarding end operation accepting means (for example, the operation button “end boarding”). Therefore, in particular, it is possible to improve convenience for a player who wants to frequently change whether or not to pay out game media by entering.

  In the game medium handling device described above, the operation accepting unit is a touch panel, and the entry selection operation accepting unit, the entry end operation accepting unit, and the payout instruction operation accepting unit are displayed on the touch panel. A game medium handling device, wherein the entry selection operation accepting means and the entry end operation accepting means are selectively displayed on the touch panel.

  According to the above game medium handling device, it is possible to improve the convenience of touch operation related to boarding.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the payout instruction operation accepting unit is configured to display a predetermined display mode (for example, yellow) when the first payout control is executed by the game medium payout unit. When the second payout control is executed by the game medium payout means (display of “replay”), a specific display mode different from the predetermined display mode (for example, A game medium handling device which is displayed on the touch panel in red (display of “replay”).

  According to the above game medium handling device, whether or not the entry / exit operation accepting means (for example, the operation button “end entry”) is displayed on the touch panel (eg, touch panel LCD 16), and the payout instruction operation accepting means (eg And the display mode of the operation button “replay”), it is possible to intuitively grasp whether or not the vehicle is being boarded.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 100h) capable of setting a 4-yen rate of 4 yen and a 1-yen rate of 1 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting Storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving and returning a storage medium for storing information for specifying the player's possession information for each rate settable by the means, and the rate setting First payout control for executing payout control of game media based on the ball information of the rate set by the means (for example, a game with a 4-yen rate ball when a 4-yen rate is set) Payout control), and second payout control (for example, a 4-yen rate is set) that executes payout control of game media based on the ball information of a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means Game ball payout control with a one-yen rate holding ball when there is a game medium according to a player's payout instruction (for example, a payout device 106) and the game medium payout means Control information storage means (for example, storage unit 103) for storing predetermined control information (for example, in-flight flag) and a server device for managing the game medium handling device (when the payout control is executed) For example, when an offline state occurs with the server apparatus 2), offline state control means (for example, by the control unit 100) executes control in the offline state. The offline state control means includes a member storage medium in which the storage medium processing means stores information corresponding to the possession information of the members of the amusement store (FIG. 41). For example, if the offline state occurs when the second payout control is being executed by the game medium payout means, the game medium payout means The game medium payout by the first payout control and the game medium payout by the second payout control are prohibited, and the predetermined control information stored by the control information storage means is Clear, start timing, and if the offline state continues even after timing for a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds), before accepting by the storage medium processing means A game medium handling apparatus for discharging a member storage medium.

  In the game medium handling device described above, when the offline state control means recovers from the offline state before counting the predetermined time, the predetermined control information is stored again in the control information storage means. And allowing the game medium payout means to allow the game medium payout according to the first payout control and the game medium payout according to the second payout control to be executed. .

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 100h) capable of setting a 4-yen rate of 4 yen and a 1-yen rate of 1 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting Storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving and returning a storage medium for storing information for specifying the player's possession information for each rate settable by the means, and the rate setting First payout control for executing payout control of game media based on the ball information of the rate set by the means (for example, a game with a 4-yen rate ball when a 4-yen rate is set) Payout control), and second payout control (for example, a 4-yen rate is set) that executes payout control of game media based on the ball information of a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means Game ball payout control with a one-yen rate holding ball when there is a game medium according to a player's payout instruction (for example, a payout device 106) and the game medium payout means Control information storage means (for example, storage unit 103) for storing predetermined control information (for example, in-flight flag) and a server device for managing the game medium handling device (when the payout control is executed) For example, when an offline state occurs with the server apparatus 2), offline state control means (for example, by the control unit 100) executes control in the offline state. The offline state control means includes a member storage medium in which the storage medium processing means stores information corresponding to the possession information of the members of the amusement store (FIG. 41). For example, if the offline state occurs when the second payout control is being executed by the game medium payout means, the game medium payout means The game medium payout by the first payout control and the game medium payout by the second payout control are prohibited from being executed, the time measurement is started, and the time is measured for a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds). If the offline state continues, the predetermined control information stored by the control information storage means is cleared and accepted by the storage medium processing means When the member storage medium is ejected and recovered from the off-line state before the predetermined time is counted, the game medium payout means discharges the game medium by the first payout control, and the second payout A game medium handling apparatus that permits a game medium to be paid out by control.

  According to the above game medium handling device, when a member storage medium (for example, a member card) is inserted, the player can get in, and even if an offline state occurs, the player holds Valuable value (for example, money holding information and balance information) can be managed appropriately.

  Further, according to the above game medium handling device, when a member storage medium (for example, a member card) is inserted, the influence on the player due to the occurrence of the offline state can be minimized. It is possible to prevent a trouble from occurring between the player and the amusement store.

  In the game medium handling apparatus described above, the offline state control means includes information transmission means for transmitting information indicating that the offline state has occurred to the gaming machine. apparatus.

  According to the above game medium handling device, it is possible to notify the gaming machine (for example, pachinko machine 3a) that an offline state has occurred in the game medium handling device (for example, the game medium handling device 1). .

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 100h) capable of setting a 4-yen rate of 4 yen and a 1-yen rate of 1 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting Storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving and returning a storage medium that stores information (for example, identification information) for specifying the player's possession information for each rate that can be set by the means. ) And the first payout control (for example, the 4-yen rate when the 4-yen rate is set) that executes the payout control of the game medium based on the possession information of the rate set by the rate setting means Game ball payout control by holding balls) and second payout control (for example, executing payout control of game media based on the ball information of a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means (for example, A game medium payout means (for example, a payout device 106) capable of executing a game ball payout control with a 1 yen rate holding ball when a 4-yen rate is set; and the game When the second payout control is executed by the medium payout means, control information storage means (for example, the storage unit 103) that stores predetermined control information (for example, in-flight flag), and the game medium handling When an offline state occurs with a server device that manages the device (for example, the server device 2), an offline state control unit (for example, executes control in the offline state) 42, the offline state control means is for the storage medium processing means to identify the possession information of the non-member who is not a member of the game store. The offline state occurs when a non-member storage medium (for example, a counting card) in which the above information is stored is accepted and the second payout control is executed by the game medium payout means. In this case, the game medium payout means prohibits the game medium payout by the second payout control and clears the predetermined control information stored by the control information storage means. A game medium handling device characterized by that.

  In the game medium handling device described above, the offline state control unit starts timing when the offline state occurs, and recovers from the offline state before timing for a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds). In this case, the predetermined control information is stored again in the control information storage means, and the game medium payout means permits the game medium payout by the second payout control to be executed. A game media handling device.

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 100h) capable of setting a 4-yen rate of 4 yen and a 1-yen rate of 1 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting Storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving and returning a storage medium that stores information (for example, identification information) for specifying the player's possession information for each rate that can be set by the means. ) And the first payout control (for example, the 4-yen rate when the 4-yen rate is set) that executes the payout control of the game medium based on the possession information of the rate set by the rate setting means Game ball payout control by holding balls) and second payout control (for example, executing payout control of game media based on the ball information of a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means (for example, A game medium payout means (for example, a payout device 106) capable of executing a game ball payout control with a 1 yen rate holding ball when a 4-yen rate is set; and the game When the second payout control is executed by the medium payout means, control information storage means (for example, the storage unit 103) that stores predetermined control information (for example, in-flight flag), and the game medium handling When an offline state occurs with a server device that manages the device (for example, the server device 2), an offline state control unit (for example, executes control in the offline state) 42, the offline state control means is for the storage medium processing means to identify the possession information of the non-member who is not a member of the game store. The offline state occurs when a non-member storage medium (for example, a counting card) in which the above information is stored is accepted and the second payout control is executed by the game medium payout means. In such a case, the game medium payout means prohibits the game medium payout by the second payout control from being executed, and starts counting time, even if timed for a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds). When the offline state continues, the predetermined control information stored by the control information storage means is cleared, and the offline state is determined before the predetermined time is counted. When the game medium is recovered, the game medium handling device permits the game medium payout means to execute the payout of the game medium by the second payout control.

  According to the above game medium handling apparatus, even when a non-member storage medium (for example, a counting card) is inserted, even if an off-line state occurs while allowing entry, the player possesses It is possible to appropriately manage the valuable value (for example, possession information and remaining amount information).

  In addition, according to the above game medium handling device, when a non-member storage medium (for example, a counting card) is inserted, the influence on the player due to the occurrence of the offline state can be minimized, It is possible to prevent a trouble from occurring between the player and the amusement store.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 100h) capable of setting a 4-yen rate of 4 yen and a 1-yen rate of 1 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting Storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving and returning a storage medium that stores information (for example, identification information) for specifying the player's possession information for each rate that can be set by the means. ) And the first payout control (for example, the 4-yen rate when the 4-yen rate is set) that executes the payout control of the game medium based on the possession information of the rate set by the rate setting means Game ball payout control by holding balls) and second payout control (for example, executing payout control of game media based on the ball information of a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means (for example, A game medium payout means (for example, a payout device 106) capable of executing a game ball payout control with a 1 yen rate holding ball when a 4-yen rate is set; and the game When the second payout control is executed by the medium payout means, control information storage means (for example, the storage unit 103) that stores predetermined control information (for example, in-flight flag), and the game medium handling When an offline state occurs with a server device that manages the device (for example, the server device 2), an offline state control unit (for example, executes control in the offline state) 41, offline processing during insertion of the membership card shown in FIG. 41 and offline processing during insertion of the counting card shown in FIG. 42, and the offline state control means includes the offline state control means, When the storage medium processing means accepts a member storage medium (for example, a membership card) in which information for specifying the possession information of the members of the game store is received, the game medium payout means allows the second If the offline state occurs when the payout control is executed, the game medium payout means pays out the game medium according to the first payout control and the game medium according to the second payout control. Is prohibited from being executed, the predetermined control information stored by the control information storage means is cleared, time measurement is started, and a predetermined time (eg, For example, if the offline state continues even after timing, the member storage medium received by the storage medium processing means is discharged, and the storage medium processing means is not a member of the amusement store. In the case of accepting a non-member storage medium (for example, a counting card) in which information for specifying a member's possession information is stored, the second payout control is executed by the game medium payout means. When the offline state occurs, the game medium payout means executes the game medium payout by the first payout control and the game medium payout by the second payout control. A game medium handling device characterized by not prohibiting the game.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the offline state control means is a case where the storage medium processing means accepts the member storage medium and recovers from the offline state before the predetermined time is counted. In this case, the control information storage means stores the predetermined control information again, and the game medium payout means causes the game medium payout by the first payout control and the game medium by the second payout control. A game medium handling device that allows a payout of a game to be executed.

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 100h) capable of setting a 4-yen rate of 4 yen and a 1-yen rate of 1 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting Storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving and returning a storage medium that stores information (for example, identification information) for specifying the player's possession information for each rate that can be set by the means. ) And the first payout control (for example, the 4-yen rate when the 4-yen rate is set) that executes the payout control of the game medium based on the possession information of the rate set by the rate setting means Game ball payout control by holding balls) and second payout control (for example, executing payout control of game media based on the ball information of a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means (for example, A game medium payout means (for example, a payout device 106) capable of executing a game ball payout control with a 1 yen rate holding ball when a 4-yen rate is set; and the game When the second payout control is executed by the medium payout means, control information storage means (for example, the storage unit 103) that stores predetermined control information (for example, in-flight flag), and the game medium handling When an offline state occurs with a server device that manages the device (for example, the server device 2), an offline state control unit (for example, executes control in the offline state) 41, offline processing during insertion of the membership card shown in FIG. 41 and offline processing during insertion of the counting card shown in FIG. 42, and the offline state control means includes the offline state control means, When the storage medium processing means accepts a member storage medium (for example, a membership card) in which information for specifying the possession information of the members of the game store is received, the game medium payout means allows the second If the offline state occurs when the payout control is executed, the game medium payout means pays out the game medium according to the first payout control and the game medium according to the second payout control. If the offline state continues even after timing for a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds), When the predetermined control information stored by the control information storage means is cleared, the member storage medium received by the storage medium processing means is ejected, and the offline state is recovered before the predetermined time is counted The game medium payout means permits the game medium payout according to the first payout control and the game medium payout according to the second payout control to be executed, and the storage medium processing means performs the game. A non-member storage medium (for example, a counting card) in which information for specifying non-member holding information of a non-member who is not a member of the store is received, and the second payout by the game medium payout means When the offline state occurs while the control is being executed, the game medium payout means allows the game medium to be paid out according to the first payout control. Game medium handling apparatus characterized by not prohibit the payout of the second dispensing control by the game medium is performed.

  According to the above game media handling device, in both cases where a member storage medium (for example, a membership card) is inserted and a non-member storage medium (for example, a counting card) is inserted, Even if an offline state occurs while enabling entry, it is possible to appropriately manage the valuable value (for example, possession information and balance information) possessed by the player.

  Also, in game stores, the coin information (for example, stored-ball information) stored in association with a member storage medium (for example, a membership card) is usually valid from the next day, whereas a non-member storage medium. Since the ball information (for example, counting ball information) stored in association with (for example, counting card) is valid only on the day in principle, according to the above game medium handling device, the member storage medium (for example, For the ball information (for example, stored ball information) stored in association with a member card, priority is given to maintenance, and the ball information (for example, stored in association with a non-member storage medium (for example, a counting card)) Since it is possible to give priority to the use of the counting ball information), it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged as much as possible according to the type of the ball when an offline state occurs. To do Kill.

  Further, according to the above game medium handling device, when a member storage medium (for example, a member card) is inserted, the influence on the player due to the occurrence of the offline state can be minimized. It is possible to prevent a trouble from occurring between the player and the amusement store.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 100h) capable of setting a 4-yen rate of 4 yen and a 1-yen rate of 1 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting Storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving a storage medium for storing information (for example, identification information) for specifying the player's possession information for each rate that can be set by the means; The operation receiving means (for example, the touch panel LCD 16) capable of receiving an operation by the player and the payout control of the game medium based on the possession information of the rate set by the rate setting means. The first payout control to be performed (for example, payout control of a game ball by a 4-yen rate holding ball when the 4-yen rate is set) and a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means A game capable of executing a second payout control (for example, a payout control of a game ball with a 1-yen ball when a 4-yen rate is set) that executes a payout control of game media based on the possessed ball information The medium payout means (for example, the payout device 106) and the game medium payout means can execute the first payout control, or the first payout control and the second payout control can be executed. Payout control setting means (for example, setting of a boarding mode by the control unit 100), the operation accepting means is a touch panel, and the game medium payout means has the second Withdrawal A boarding selection operation button (for example, an operation button “starting boarding”) for receiving a boarding selection operation for executing the control, and a payout of a game medium by the first payout control, or by the second payout control. A payout instruction operation button (for example, an operation button “replay”) that accepts a payout instruction operation for executing a game medium payout can be displayed, and the entry selection operation button specifies the holding ball information The first condition is that there is possession information specified by the information to do (for example, the determination result of S1501 in the entry determination process shown in FIG. 71 is Yes), and the payout control setting means It is set that execution of the first payout control and the second payout control is possible (for example, the determination result of S1502 in the entry determination process shown in FIG. 71 is Yes) )) Is a second condition, and the number of possessed balls based on the possessed ball information at a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means is determined by the game medium paying means by the second payout control. The third condition is that the number is equal to or greater than the lower limit number of payouts when the payout is made (for example, the determination result of S1503 in the entry determination process shown in FIG. 71 is Yes). A game medium handling device displayed on the touch panel when a condition is satisfied.

  According to the above game medium handling device, it is possible to make the player intuitively recognize whether or not entry is possible while improving the convenience of entry.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, when the entry selection operation is accepted by the entry selection operation button, the touch panel has a holding information based on the rate holding information set by the rate setting means. The number of balls and the number of balls based on the ball information of a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means are displayed in different colors, and the display functions as the payout instruction operation button. To play game media.

  According to the above game medium handling device, the convenience of operation can be further improved with respect to the payout of game media including boarding.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 100h) capable of setting a 4-yen rate of 4 yen and a 1-yen rate of 1 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting Storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving a storage medium for storing information (for example, identification information) for specifying the player's possession information for each rate that can be set by the means; The operation receiving means (for example, the touch panel LCD 16) capable of receiving an operation by the player and the payout control of the game medium based on the possession information of the rate set by the rate setting means. The first payout control to be performed (for example, payout control of a game ball by a 4-yen rate holding ball when the 4-yen rate is set) and a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means A game capable of executing a second payout control (for example, a payout control of a game ball with a 1-yen ball when a 4-yen rate is set) that executes a payout control of game media based on the possessed ball information A medium payout unit (for example, a payout device 106), and the rate setting unit includes a first rate (for example, a 4-yen rate) and a second rate (for example, a value lower than the first rate) 1 yen rate), and the operation accepting unit can determine the number of balls based on the ball information of the second rate when the first rate is set by the rate setting unit. Is the game medium When the game medium is paid out by the second payout control by the payout means, it is less than the payout lower limit number (for example, 125 balls) (for example, the number of balls in the 1 yen rate is 400 balls (= 4 yen rate) Is equivalent to 400 balls divided by 4 = 100 balls)), but the number of balls based on the ball information of the first rate is converted to the second rate and replenished. The number of possessed balls based on the retained ball information at the rate of 2 is equal to or greater than the lower limit number of payouts when the game medium is paid out by the second payout control (for example, the number of held balls at the 1 yen rate is 500 balls ( = 500 yen divided by 4 yen rate (4 = 120 balls)), after the replenishment, the game medium payout means causes the game medium to be paid out by the second payout control. Specific entry selection operation for Game medium handling apparatus according to claim and.

  According to the above game medium handling device, it is possible to improve the convenience for a player who wants to use up a relatively low value holding ball as much as possible.

  In the game medium handling device described above, the operation accepting unit may determine whether the number of balls based on the ball information of the first rate is a predetermined payout unit (for example, a pachinko machine according to a lending request signal). When the game ball is paid directly to the machine 3a, the specific entry selection operation can be accepted when the ball is less than a unit of the number of balls paid out by one payout control). Medium handling device.

  According to the above game medium handling device, it is possible to prevent a fraction from being produced in a relatively high value holding ball, or if a fraction has occurred, the fraction can be effectively utilized. Furthermore, convenience can be improved.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), a game medium counting means (for example, counting device 107) for counting game media; Storage medium processing means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving and returning a storage medium for storing information for specifying the player's possession information including the number of game media counted by the game medium counting means A game medium payout means (for example, a payout device 106) that enables game medium payout control based on the information for specifying the ball information, and a ball that can divide the player's ball information. Division processing means (for example, possession ball division control unit 100d), player operation accepting means (for example, touch panel LCD 16) capable of accepting the player's operation, and store clerk capable of accepting the operation of the store clerk of the game store When the operation accepting means (for example, the touch panel LCD 16 and the non-contact IC card reader / writer 18) and the storage medium processing means accept the storage medium, the player operation accepting means performs a predetermined lock operation (for example, card lock When the request operation is accepted, it is invalid that at least an operation for returning the storage medium accepted by the storage medium processing means (for example, a card return instruction operation) is accepted by the player operation acceptance means Lock state control means (for example, card lock processing shown in FIG. 30 by the control unit 100) for controlling to a locked state (for example, card lock state), Based on the operation (for example, operation of splitting ball service) for splitting the ball information by the accepting means. The holding ball information can be divided (for example, division of the holding ball information by the IC card processing for the clerk shown in FIG. 25), and the clerk operation receiving means is controlled to the locked state by the lock state control means. The game medium handling device is capable of accepting an operation for dividing the possessed ball information even when the game is held.

  In the game medium handling device described above, the possession ball division processing unit has performed an operation (for example, possession ball division operation) for dividing the possession ball information by the player operation accepting unit. Based on this, it is possible to divide the ball information according to the first mode (for example, the division of the ball information by the processing at the time of ball splitting shown in FIG. 37) and to divide the ball information by the store clerk operation reception means. Divide the ball information according to the second mode different from the first mode (for example, the IC card for the clerk shown in FIG. 25) based on the operation (for example, the ball split service operation) for (The division of the ball information by processing) is possible, and in the locked state, the lock state control means performs an operation (for example, a ball division operation) for dividing the ball information by the ball division processing means. , Invalidating the acceptance by the player operation accepting means, the first aspect is characterized in that the storage medium storing information for identifying the ball information divided by the ball division processing means is the memory This is a mode returned by the medium processing means (for example, a mode in which a split card is issued in the processing at the time of splitting the ball shown in FIG. 37). In the second mode, the storage medium is not returned by the storage medium processing means. A game medium handling device characterized in that it is in a mode (for example, a mode in which the ball split information is held in the clerk IC card process shown in FIG. 25).

  In the game medium handling device described above, the store clerk operation receiving unit is an authentication medium receiving unit (for example, a non-contact IC card) capable of receiving an authentication medium (for example, an IC card for store clerk) for a store clerk in a game store. The authentication medium for the store clerk is capable of storing information (for example, identification information) for specifying the ball information divided by the ball division processing means, and the second writer 18) A mode is a mode in which the ball information divided by the ball division processing means can be moved using the authentication medium for the store clerk (for example, the divided ball allocation service operation in the IC card processing for the clerk shown in FIG. 26) A game medium handling device characterized in that it is a mode that enables movement of holding ball information based on the game.

  According to the above game medium handling device, it is possible to further improve the convenience of the player with respect to the splitting of the holding balls while ensuring the crime prevention by the card lock.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), wherein a game medium (for example, gaming ball) is paid out (for example, a dispensing port) 43), a guide passage (for example, the ball guide unit 20) for guiding the game medium paid out from the payout outlet to the gaming machine, a supply port (for example, the supply port 27) to which the game medium is supplied, A transport passage (for example, a ball transport base 31) for transporting the game medium replenished from the replenishment port to the payout outlet side, and a lifting means for lifting the game medium transported from the transport passage to the payout outlet ( For example, a screw 36), a driving means (for example, a screw motor 34) for driving the lifting means, a detecting means (for example, an outlet sensor 43) for detecting that a game medium is paid out from the payout opening, and a predetermined Based on the fact that the payout condition is satisfied (for example, on the basis of a payout instruction from the player), the control means (for example, control) for executing the game medium payout control by driving the driving means. Part 100), and the transport passage includes a first bottom surface part (for example, a transport bottom surface 44) and a second bottom surface part (for example, a stepped part 48) from the replenishing port side toward the discharge port side. And at least the first bottom surface portion and the second bottom surface portion are provided so as to be inclined downward from the replenishing port side toward the payout port side, and the inclination angle of the second bottom surface portion is the first angle A game medium handling device characterized by being larger than the inclination angle of the bottom surface.

  According to the above game medium handling device, it is possible to position the game medium payout port and the guide passage attached to the payout port regardless of the position of the supply port to which the game medium is replenished, and as a result of the positioning Accordingly, since the other devices can be arranged at the optimum positions, the convenience of the player and the store clerk of the game store can be ensured.

  Further, according to the above game medium handling device, when the first bottom surface portion on the upstream side of the transport passage and the second bottom surface portion on the midstream side are provided so as to have at least a downward inclination, the inclination of the second bottom surface portion. Since the angle is configured to be larger than the inclination angle of the first bottom surface portion, the game medium can enter the downstream lifting means at an appropriate speed, and the game medium is lifted by the lifting means. Can be executed smoothly.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the control means can execute a predetermined number (for example, 125 balls) of game medium payout control based on the establishment of the predetermined payout condition. When a predetermined control condition is satisfied (for example, the number of payout requests is 1) before the detection means starts detecting the payout of a specific number (for example, 125 balls) of game media less than the predetermined number. Control) (for example, the process of step S1310 in the screw motor control process shown in FIG. 39) for reducing the drive rate of the drive means, and the detection means When the detection of payout is started (for example, when the processing result of step S1311 in the screw motor control processing shown in FIG. 39 is Yes). Control (for example, step S1312 in the screw motor control process shown in FIG. 39) to stop the drive of said drive means game medium handling apparatus characterized by performing a.

  According to the above game medium handling device, when the predetermined control condition is satisfied before the detection means starts detecting the payout of a specific number (for example, 125 balls) of game media, the drive means When the detection means starts detecting the payout of a specific number of game media, the drive means is stopped so that the game means exceeds the required number (for example, 125 balls) by the lifting means. It is possible to appropriately execute payout control of a required number (for example, 125 balls) of game media according to the inertial force while preventing the game from being lifted.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the detection means is a sensor, and detects the payout of the game medium when the game medium passes over the sensor (for example, the exit sensor 43). The control means performs a specific process (for example, about 2 seconds) after the predetermined payout condition is satisfied, based on the fact that the time during which the detection of the game medium is not detected by the detecting means is a predetermined time (for example, about 2 seconds). For example, when the payout error process shown in FIG. 40 is executed, it is determined in the specific process whether there is a game medium on the sensor, and it is determined that there is a game medium on the sensor (for example, When the determination result of step S1358 in the payout error process shown in FIG. 40 is Yes), the driving of the driving means is interrupted until the game medium passes over the sensor. Your (for example, step S1359 in payout error process shown in FIG. 40) game media handling apparatus characterized by performing a.

  According to the above game medium handling device, when a time during which no payout of the game medium is detected by the sensor reaches a predetermined time (for example, about 2 seconds), it is further determined whether or not there is a game medium on the sensor. If it is determined that there is a game medium on the sensor, the game medium is not guided (for example, the game medium is clogged in the nozzle) on the downstream side of the sensor (for example, the ball guide portion including the nozzle). The game medium is not guided because the drive of the drive means is suspended (waiting) until the player or the store clerk clears the state. Even when this occurs, the state can be appropriately eliminated without overloading the driving means.

  In the gaming medium handling apparatus described above, the driving means is a motor, and the feeding means is driven by rotating the motor in the forward direction so that the gaming medium conveyed from the conveying path is discharged. It is one that is lifted to the outlet (for example, screw motor 34), and the detection means is a sensor that detects the payout of the game medium when the game medium passes over the sensor (for example, the outlet sensor 43). The control means is based on the fact that after the predetermined payout condition is established, the time when the detection of the game medium is not detected by the detecting means is a predetermined time (for example, about 2 seconds). A specific process (for example, a payout error process shown in FIG. 40) is executed, and in the specific process, it is determined whether or not there is a game medium on the sensor. When it is determined that there is no game medium (for example, when the determination result of step S1358 in the payout error process shown in FIG. 40 is No), the motor is rotated reversely (for example, in the payout error process shown in FIG. 40). A game medium handling device characterized by executing the processing of step S1361).

  According to the above game medium handling device, when a time during which no payout of the game medium is detected by the sensor reaches a predetermined time (for example, about 2 seconds), it is further determined whether or not there is a game medium on the sensor. When it is determined that there is no gaming medium on the sensor, the gaming medium is not transported or lifted upstream of the sensor (for example, the ball transport base 31 or the screw 36) (for example, the gaming medium is not (The state of being bitten by the screw 36) has occurred, and the motor is rotated in the reverse direction. Can be quickly resolved.

  In the game medium handling device described above, the present invention is also characterized in that the transport passage is at least a side wall (for example, a transport side wall 45) provided on both sides of the first bottom surface (for example, the transport bottom surface 44). ), And at least a part of the side wall is formed in a meandering shape in the cross-sectional direction (for example, a meandering portion 31b).

  According to the above game medium handling device, when at least a part of the side wall of the transport passage is formed in a meandering shape in the cross-sectional direction, the game medium replenished from the replenishment port is transported by its own weight. It becomes possible to prevent the vehicle from entering the lifting means by accelerating more than necessary.

  Further, according to the server device and the game medium handling device according to this embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following server device and game medium handling device can be provided (particularly, refer to this embodiment). .

  A server device (for example, server device 2) that manages a gaming medium handling device (for example, gaming media handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), and the value per unit gaming medium Rate settings that can be set in accordance with the game medium handling device at different rates (for example, a 5 yen rate with a value of 5 yen per piece, a 20 yen rate with a value of 20 yen per piece) Settable by means (for example, information setting unit 201e), identification information management unit (for example, card information storage unit 202a) for managing identification information of a storage medium accepted by the game medium handling device, and rate setting unit For each rate, the possession information storage means (for example, rate-specific possession information storage unit 202c) capable of storing the player's possession information in association with the identification information, and the game medium If the handling device accepts the storage medium and there is a payout instruction from the player, the ball information stored in the ball information storage means in association with the identification information of the storage medium Based on the control result by the game medium payout control means (for example, the ball management device 200) for executing the game medium payout control by the game medium handling device, and at least based on the control result by the game medium payout control means, Data output means (for example, output unit 240) capable of outputting predetermined sales data generated for each gaming machine or for each type of gaming machine, and the gaming medium payout control means includes the storage When the ball information stored in the ball information storage unit in association with the medium identification information is the ball information based on the rate set by the rate setting unit. Based on the rate, a normal processing means for enabling normal processing to execute game medium payout control by the game medium handling device (for example, when a 20 yen rate is set, The game information lending process based on the possession information of the 20 yen rate) and the possession information stored in the possession information storage means in association with the identification information of the storage medium are set by the rate setting means. The game medium payout control by the game medium handling device is executed by converting into the ball information of the rate set by the rate setting means when the ball information is at a rate different from the current rate. Entering processing means that enables entry processing (for example, a game based on the possession information of the 5-yen rate by the possession management device 200 when the 20-yen rate is set) The predetermined sales data is generated based on at least the processing result by the normal processing means and the processing result by the boarding processing means (for example, the table shown in FIG. 68). A server device characterized by: separate form data (model-specific form data shown in FIG. 69).

  Further, in the server device described above, based on the predetermined sales data, evaluation execution means (for example, shown in FIG. 70 by the display unit 250) capable of executing evaluation for each gaming machine or each type of gaming machine. A server apparatus, further comprising: display of model-specific analysis data).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3) and connected to a server device (for example, server device 2) that manages information related to the game. Thus, a rate with a different value per unit gaming medium (for example, a 5-yen rate with a value of 5 yen per piece, a 20-yen rate with a value of 20 yen per piece) is made to correspond to the gaming machine. Rate setting means (for example, the information updating unit 100c) that can be set by the player, and for each rate that can be set by the rate setting means, the ball information storage means that can store the player's possession information (for example, rate-specific possession) The ball information storage unit 103c), the storage medium receiving means (for example, the card reader / writer 104) capable of receiving the storage medium storing the information corresponding to the ball information, and the payout instruction from the player. A game medium payout unit (for example, control of the payout device 106 by the control unit 100) for executing game medium payout control, an information transmission unit (for example, the information transmission unit 100b) for transmitting information to the server device, The storage medium receiving means includes the storage medium even when information corresponding to the ball information at a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means is stored in the storage medium. The medium can be received, and the game medium payout means stores information corresponding to the ball information according to the rate set by the rate setting means in the storage medium received by the storage medium receiving means. In this case, the normal processing (for example, when the 20 yen rate is set, the game unit payout control is executed based on the rate. Game media lending process based on the possession information of 20 yen rate by 00) and the possession information at a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means in the storage medium received by the storage medium receiving means Is stored, for example, a 20-yen rate is set. And the information transmission means includes information on the processing result of the normal processing, and the boarding operation. Information is transmitted so that the information related to the processing result by the processing can be identified in the server device (for example, transmission of rate information to the server device 2). A game medium handling device characterized by that.

  According to the above server device and game medium handling device, it is possible for the game store to appropriately grasp whether the game medium is rented by normal replay or by entering replay. The game store can appropriately perform sales management and sales analysis while making it possible for the player to enter and replay with high convenience.

  Further, according to the above server device, depending on whether the lending of the game medium is based on normal replay or on-board replay, for example, the rate set for the model is evaluated. By making it possible to execute, it becomes possible to conduct sales at a game store more suited to the player's preference.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling device and the server device according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling device and the server device can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment). .

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, the information updating unit 100c) capable of setting a 1 yen rate of 1 yen and a 4 yen rate having a value of 4 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting For each rate that can be set by the means, a possession information storage means (for example, a rate-specific possession information storage unit 103c) capable of storing the player's possession information, and a storage medium for storing information corresponding to the possession information Storage medium receiving means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of accepting the game medium, and game medium payout means (for example, by the control unit 100) that executes game medium payout control in accordance with a payout instruction from the player. Control of the payout device 106) and the game medium payout control by the game medium payout means, the holding information stored in the holding ball information storage means is based on the rate set by the rate setting means. Possession ball information update means for updating the ball information (for example, update of the rate-specific possession ball information storage unit 103c by the control unit 100), and the storage medium receiving means is connected to the storage medium by the rate setting means. Even if the information corresponding to the ball information at a rate different from the set rate is stored, the storage medium can be received, and the game medium payout means can be received by the storage medium receiving means. If the received storage medium stores information corresponding to the ball information according to the rate set by the rate setting means, the rate Based on normal processing (for example, processing at the time of lending game media based on 4-ball rate holding information when the 4-yen rate is set), the game medium payout control is executed, and If the storage medium received by the storage medium receiving means stores information corresponding to the ball information at a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means, the information is set by the rate setting means. Entry processing (for example, when a 4-yen rate is set, a game based on one-yen rate holding information by the control unit 100) Medium lending processing), and when the game medium payout control is executed by the entry processing of the game medium payout means, the holding information update means When the result of updating the ball information satisfies a predetermined agreement condition, an agreement request means (for example, agreement condition determination process shown in FIG. 33) for requesting consent from the player during the entry process, and the predetermined agreement A game medium handling device, further comprising consent condition setting means (for example, consent condition setting by the game medium handling device 1) capable of setting conditions.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the consent condition setting means has the possession information updating means according to the processing result of the entry processing of the game medium payout means as the predetermined consent condition. A game medium handling apparatus characterized in that an amount equivalent to the amount of money used can be set based on the update result of the ball information (for example, setting of consent conditions (a) to (c)).

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the consent condition setting means has the possession information updating means according to the processing result of the entry processing of the game medium payout means as the predetermined consent condition. A game medium handling apparatus characterized in that the number of game media used or the number of payout game media can be set based on the update result of ball information (for example, setting of consent conditions (d) to (g)).

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, consent condition changing means for enabling the player to change the predetermined consent condition set by the consent condition setting means (for example, the consent condition changing process shown in FIG. 28). ) Is further provided.

  A server device (for example, game medium handling device 2) that manages a game medium handling device (for example, game media handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), Can be set according to the game medium handling device, for example, a rate of 1 yen with a value of 1 yen per ball, and a 4 yen rate with a value of 4 yen per ball. Set by rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 201e), identification information management means (for example, card information storage unit 202a) for managing identification information of a storage medium accepted by the game medium handling device, and the rate setting means For each possible rate, a ball information storage unit (for example, a rate-specific ball information storage unit 202c) capable of storing the player's ball information in association with the identification information, and the game When the body handling apparatus accepts the storage medium, and when there is a payout instruction from the player, the internal ball stored in the internal ball information storage means in association with the identification information of the storage medium Based on the information, game medium payout control means (for example, a ball management device 200) for executing game medium payout control by the game medium handling device, and the game medium handling device in accordance with a payout instruction from the player When the game medium payout control is executed, the ball information that updates the ball information stored in the ball information storage unit in association with the identification information based on the rate set by the rate setting unit Updating means (e.g., a ball management device 200), and the game medium payout control means is stored in association with the identification information of the storage medium and stored by the ball information storage means. When the possessed ball information is the retained ball information according to the rate set by the rate setting means, the normal processing that allows the game medium handling device to execute the game medium payout control based on the rate is possible. And a normal processing means (for example, when a 4-yen rate is set, processing at the time of lending game media based on 4-yen rate possession information by the possession management device 200), and the identification information of the storage medium In addition, when the ball information stored by the ball information storage unit is the ball information at a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting unit, it is set by the rate setting unit. A boarding processing means (for example, a 4-yen race) that enables boarding processing to execute game media payout control by the game media handling device in terms of rate holding information. Game media lending control based on 1-yen rate possession information by the possession management device 200), and game medium payout control by the entry processing means is executed. An agreement request for requesting the player to give consent in the game medium handling device when the boarding process is performed when the result of updating the possession information by the possession ball information updating means satisfies a predetermined agreement condition. Means (for example, agreement condition determination processing by the server device 2) and agreement condition setting means (for example, agreement condition setting by the server device 2) capable of setting the predetermined agreement condition. Server device.

  According to the above game medium handling device and server device, the game store side can set appropriate consent conditions in consideration of the operation of the store and the tendency of the player, so that it is possible to reenter and play. Therefore, it is possible to obtain an appropriate agreement between the player side and the amusement store side, and it is possible to improve the convenience of entry.

  In addition, according to the above game medium handling device, even if the use of the possession ball information by entering is across multiple rates, as the consent condition, the amount equivalent to the amount used, the number of game media used or the payout game media By making it possible to set the number to be constant, it is possible to suggest to the player the amount equivalent to the use amount related to entry, the number of used game media, or the number of paid-out game media by obtaining their consent. It is possible to improve the convenience of entering the holding ball.

  In addition, according to the above game medium handling device, the consent condition set on the game store side can be changed on the player side, so that the player can enter in accordance with his / her intention. Therefore, the convenience related to entering the ball can be improved.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling device and the server device according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling device and the server device can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment). .

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), which has a different rate per unit gaming medium (for example, a value per ball) Rate setting means (for example, the information updating unit 100c) capable of setting a 1 yen rate of 1 yen and a 4 yen rate having a value of 4 yen per ball) corresponding to the gaming machine, and the rate setting For each rate that can be set by the means, a possession information storage means (for example, a rate-specific possession information storage unit 103c) capable of storing the player's possession information, and a storage medium for storing information corresponding to the possession information Storage medium receiving means (for example, card reader / writer 104) capable of accepting the game medium, and game medium payout means (for example, by the control unit 100) that executes game medium payout control in accordance with a payout instruction from the player. Control of the payout device 106) and the game medium payout control by the game medium payout means, the holding information stored in the holding ball information storage means is based on the rate set by the rate setting means. Possession ball information update means for updating the ball information (for example, update of the rate-specific possession ball information storage unit 103c by the control unit 100), and the storage medium receiving means is connected to the storage medium by the rate setting means. Even if the information corresponding to the ball information at a rate different from the set rate is stored, the storage medium can be received, and the game medium payout means can be received by the storage medium receiving means. If the received storage medium stores information corresponding to the ball information according to the rate set by the rate setting means, the rate Based on normal processing (for example, processing at the time of lending game media based on 4-ball rate holding information when the 4-yen rate is set), the game medium payout control is executed, and If the storage medium received by the storage medium receiving means stores information corresponding to the ball information at a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means, the information is set by the rate setting means. Entry processing (for example, when a 4-yen rate is set, a game based on one-yen rate holding information by the control unit 100) Medium rental processing), and when a predetermined entry upper limit condition is satisfied, entry restriction means for restricting execution of game medium payout control by the entry process (for example, FIG. 3). 3) and an entry upper limit condition setting means (for example, entry upper limit condition setting by the game medium handling device 1) capable of setting the predetermined entry upper limit condition. A game media handling device characterized by the above.

  In the game medium handling device described above, the entrance upper limit condition setting unit may set the predetermined entrance upper limit condition to a rate different from a rate set by the rate setting unit (for example, an entrance source). The game medium handling device can be set based on (rate) (for example, setting of entrance upper limit conditions (1) to (6)).

  In the game medium handling device described above, the entry upper limit condition setting unit may determine the predetermined entry upper limit condition based on a rate (for example, a destination rate) set by the rate setting unit. The game medium handling device can be set (for example, setting of entrance upper limit conditions (7) to (12)).

  In the game medium handling device described above, the entrance upper limit condition setting unit may set the predetermined entrance upper limit condition to a rate different from a rate set by the rate setting unit (for example, an entrance source). Rate) and a rate set by the rate setting means (for example, a destination rate) (for example, setting of entrance upper limit conditions (13) to (18)) To play game media.

  In the gaming medium handling apparatus described above, the entry upper limit condition setting unit may determine the number of executions of the entry process (for example, the entry upper limit condition (1), (4) as the predetermined entry upper limit condition. ), (7), (10), (13), (16)), or the result of updating the possession information by the possession information updating means according to the processing result of the entry processing of the game medium payout means. Based on the number of used game media (for example, entrance upper limit conditions (2), (5), (8), (11), (14), (17)) or the number of payout game media (eg, entrance upper limit conditions (3 ), (6), (9), (12), (15), (18)). One or more conditions can be set.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, a money accepting means (for example, a bill validator 105) capable of accepting money, and a remaining amount information storing means (for example, storing remaining amount information corresponding to the money accepted by the money accepting means) The rate set by the rate setting means when the game media payout control is executed by the game medium payout means according to the balance information stored in the balance information storage means 103d) and the balance information storage means And a remaining amount information updating unit (for example, an information updating unit 100c) for updating the remaining amount information stored in the remaining amount information storage unit, wherein the entry restriction unit includes the predetermined entry upper limit condition. Even if the above information is satisfied, if the remaining amount information is updated by the remaining amount information updating means (for example, a fixed amount of 10,000 A game medium handling device which releases the restriction when a yen amount of coins is inserted and 2,500 balls are paid out in 4 pachis according to the 10,000 yen amount of money) .

  The game medium handling apparatus described above further includes entry restriction release condition setting means (for example, setting the fixed amount on the game store side) capable of setting the predetermined remaining amount information. A game media handling device.

  A server device (for example, game medium handling device 2) that manages a game medium handling device (for example, game media handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3), Can be set according to the game medium handling device, for example, a rate of 1 yen with a value of 1 yen per ball, and a 4 yen rate with a value of 4 yen per ball. Set by rate setting means (for example, information setting unit 201e), identification information management means (for example, card information storage unit 202a) for managing identification information of a storage medium accepted by the game medium handling device, and the rate setting means For each possible rate, a ball information storage unit (for example, a rate-specific ball information storage unit 202c) capable of storing the player's ball information in association with the identification information, and the game When the body handling apparatus accepts the storage medium, and when there is a payout instruction from the player, the internal ball stored in the internal ball information storage means in association with the identification information of the storage medium Based on the information, game medium payout control means (for example, a ball management device 200) for executing game medium payout control by the game medium handling device, and the game medium handling device in accordance with a payout instruction from the player When the game medium payout control is executed, the ball information that updates the ball information stored in the ball information storage unit in association with the identification information based on the rate set by the rate setting unit Updating means (e.g., a ball management device 200), and the game medium payout control means is stored in association with the identification information of the storage medium and stored by the ball information storage means. When the possessed ball information is the retained ball information according to the rate set by the rate setting means, the normal processing that allows the game medium handling device to execute the game medium payout control based on the rate is possible. And a normal processing means (for example, when a 4-yen rate is set, processing at the time of lending game media based on 4-yen rate possession information by the possession management device 200), and the identification information of the storage medium In addition, when the ball information stored by the ball information storage unit is the ball information at a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting unit, it is set by the rate setting unit. A boarding processing means (for example, a 4-yen race) that enables boarding processing to execute game media payout control by the game media handling device in terms of rate holding information. And when the predetermined entry upper limit condition is satisfied, the boarding process is performed when the game management apparatus 200 is set. A boarding restriction means (for example, boarding upper limit determination processing by the server device 2) for restricting execution of the game medium payout control by the game machine, and a boarding upper limit condition setting means (for example, a setting of the predetermined boarding upper limit condition) And a server apparatus 2 for setting the upper limit of entry).

  According to the above game medium handling device and server device, the game store side can set an appropriate entry upper limit condition in consideration of the operation of the store and the tendency of the player, so it is possible to reenter and play. In addition, it is possible to set an appropriate entrance upper limit that achieves an equitable balance between the player side and the game store side, and the convenience of entry can be improved.

  In addition, according to the above game medium handling device, a certain amount of money is inserted and the game medium is paid out according to the amount of money even after the upper limit of entry is reached and entry is restricted. If done, the restrictions on entry will be lifted. The fixed amount can be set at the game store side. For this reason, it is possible to achieve a balance between players who wish to continue playing after reaching the upper limit of entry and a game shop that has earned a certain amount of profit. Can be improved.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game medium handling device (for example, game medium handling device 1) provided in correspondence with a gaming machine (for example, gaming machine 3) in a game store, and capable of counting game media (for example, counting) Device 107), possession information storage means (for example, rate-specific possession information storage unit 103c) for storing player's possession information, and an operation unit (for example, a touch panel) that can accept a payout request operation from the player LCD 16), game medium payout control means (for example, control part 100) for controlling the payout of game media based on the ball information stored by the ball information storage means and the payout request operation to the operation part. ), And the ball information storage means stores first ball information storage means (for example, rate-specific holdings) for storing first ball information based on the number of game media counted by the game media counting means. ball 2nd ball information storage means (for example, rate-specific ball information storage) that stores second ball information different from the first ball information, Storing the stored ball information in the section 103c), and the game medium payout control means performs the payout request operation when only the first held ball information is stored in the held ball information storage means. If it is performed, the payout request operation is executed when the game medium is paid out based on the first holding ball information, and only the second holding ball information is stored by the holding ball information storage means. Is performed, the payout of the game medium is executed based on the second ball information, and the first ball information and the second ball information are stored by the ball information storage means. If the payout request operation is performed, the first holding Based on the information or the second holding ball information, the game medium payout is executed, and when the game medium payout control means executes the game medium payout, the first based on the first holding ball information A payout game medium number setting means (for example, a payout game medium number setting means capable of setting the number of payout game media and the second payout game medium number based on the second possession ball information to different payout game medium numbers by setting on the game store side) A game medium handling device further comprising a payout amount setting function realized by the game medium handling device 1 or the server device.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the payout game medium number setting means sets the first payout game medium number to at least a specific prize in the game store where the game medium handling device is installed. The number of game media that can be exchanged (for example, the number of game media that need to be exchanged for special prizes), an integral multiple of the number of exchangeable game media, or a number that can be divided by the number of exchangeable game media To play game media.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, a money receiving means (for example, a bill validator 105) capable of receiving money, and a money information storage means for storing money information corresponding to the money amount received by the money receiving means. (For example, remaining amount information storage unit 103d), a lending operation unit (for example, touch panel LCD 16) capable of accepting a lending request operation based on money information stored in the money information storage means from the player, and at least the game Communicates with a management server (for example, server device 2) that manages the number of payout game media controlled by the medium payout control means for each type of the first holding ball information, the second holding ball information, and the money information. Communication means (for example, information transmission unit 100b), and the game medium payout control means stores a predetermined money in the money information storage means. When the money information according to (for example, 1,000 yen) is stored, when the lending request operation is performed, the number of third payout game media is the same as the number of the second payout game media. A payout (for example, payout of 50 medals) is executed, and the payout game medium number setting means at least sets the second payout game medium number or the third payout game medium number to the game medium handling device. The number of unit game media that can be lent corresponding to the predetermined monetary amount at the game store where the game machine is installed (for example, the number of unit game media lent in response to a loan request per time based on money information) (for example, The number of medals corresponding to 1,000 yen), and the communication means is when the payout of the first payout game medium number is executed by the game medium payout control means. ,Previous Predetermined information (for example, payout result information) as information different between when the payout of the second payout game medium number is executed and when the payout of the third payout game medium number is executed is the management server A game medium handling device, wherein

  According to the above game medium handling device, it is possible to make the number of game balls as many as the number of game media desired by the player by simply paying out the game media according to the set number of payouts. While making it possible to prevent a fraction of game media from being generated, it is possible to reduce the management effort and improve convenience.

  In addition, according to the above game media handling device, when a player wishes to exchange his / her own counting ball information with only a specific prize, the player can simply receive a game media payout according to the set number of payouts. Therefore, with a simple configuration, it is possible to prevent a fraction of the game media from being generated, and to further reduce the management effort and improve convenience.

  In addition, according to the above game medium handling device, for example, even at an unequal exchange store, by simply paying out the game medium according to the set number of payouts, the game information can be obtained as much as the number of game media desired by the player. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the time and effort of management and improve convenience while making it possible to prevent a fraction of game media from being generated with a simple configuration. It will also contribute to operational management and smooth sales management.

  In addition, according to the game medium handling apparatus according to the present embodiment and the modification of the present embodiment, the following game medium handling apparatus can be provided (particularly, refer to the present embodiment).

  A game media handling device (eg, game media handling device 1) provided corresponding to a gaming machine (eg, gaming machine 3), which can display predetermined information and accept operations from the player The touch panel (for example, the touch panel LCD 16) is different from the rate per unit game medium (for example, the 5 yen rate with a value of 5 yen per sheet, the 20 yen rate with a value of 20 yen per sheet) ) For each rate that can be set by the rate setting means (for example, the information updating unit 100c) and the rate setting means that can be set in correspondence with the gaming machine. Information storage means (for example, rate-specific possession ball information storage unit 103c) and storage medium receiving means (for example, a card reader) capable of receiving a storage medium for storing information corresponding to the possession ball information Ita 104), game medium payout means (for example, control of the payout device 106 by the control unit 100) for executing game medium payout control in accordance with a payout instruction operation from the player to the touch panel, and display on the touch panel Display content control means (for example, display control unit 100g) for controlling the displayed content, and the storage medium receiving means has a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means on the storage medium. Even if the information corresponding to the ball information by is stored, the storage medium can be accepted, and the game medium payout means can store the rate on the storage medium received by the storage medium reception means. When information corresponding to the ball information by the rate set by the setting means is stored, based on the rate, Normal processing (for example, processing at the time of gaming medium lending based on the possession information of the 20 yen rate by the control unit 100 when the 20 yen rate is set) that executes the payout control of the technical medium, and the storage medium acceptance If the information corresponding to the ball information at a rate different from the rate set by the rate setting means is stored in the storage medium accepted by the means, the rate set by the rate setting means A boarding process for executing game medium payout control in terms of possession information (for example, when a 20 yen rate is set, when the game unit is lent based on the possession information at the 5-yen rate by the control unit 100) The display content control means controls the display content displayed on the touch panel in accordance with the ball information stored by the ball information storage means. A game medium handling device characterized by performing (for example, payout display control processing shown in FIG. 28).

  In the game medium handling device described above, the display content control means includes a first screen that is normally displayed on the touch panel, and a switching instruction operation from the player to the touch panel (an operation button by the player “Proceed”). The first screen display content control means for controlling the display content displayed on the first screen, and the second screen displayed by switching to the second screen displayed according to “ Second screen display content control means for controlling the display content displayed on the two screens, and the first screen includes the payout instruction operation based on the possessed ball information stored in the retained ball information storing means. A first display area (for example, the first display area 161) that displays acceptable payout operation display sections (for example, “payout” operation buttons) and a game operation display section that can accept other operations are displayed. A second display area (for example, a second display area 162), and the first screen display content control means is configured to control the first display area according to the ball information stored by the ball information storage means. 28. A game medium handling device that controls display contents of the payout operation display unit displayed on the display (for example, payout display control processing shown in FIG. 28).

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the possession ball information storage unit varies the possession ball information according to the type of the storage medium (for example, the count possession ball stored in association with the card). Information can be stored differently from the stored ball information stored in association with the membership card, and the payout operation display unit stores the rate set by the rate setting unit and the retained ball information storage unit. A plurality of coins are provided according to the type of coin information to be performed (for example, the operation buttons “5-yen coin withdrawal”, “20-yen coin withdrawal”, “5-yen coin withdrawal” and “20-yen coin withdrawal”), The second screen is provided with a third display area (for example, a third display area 163) for displaying the payout operation display unit, and the first screen display content control means is a rate set by the rate setting means. (For example, 5 yen rate, 52) and a priority order (for example, shown in FIG. 52) determined in advance according to the type of the ball information stored in the ball information storage means (for example, the type of counting ball information or the type of stored ball information). The display content of the payout operation display unit displayed in the first display area is controlled according to the correspondence relationship between the display contents displayed on the first screen and the second screen), and the second screen display content control means The game medium handling device controls to display the payout operation display part other than the payout operation display part displayed in the first display area in the third display area according to the priority order. .

  In the game medium handling device described above, the rate setting means includes at least a first rate (for example, a 20 yen rate) and a second rate (for example, 5 yen) lower than the first rate. Rate), and the predetermined priority order is different between the first rate and the second rate (for example, in the case of a 5-yen rate, Priorities are set in the order of 5 yen rate storage balls, 20 yen rate holding balls, 20 yen rate storage balls in order of priority, and in the case of 20 yen rate, 20 yen rate holding balls, 20 yen The game medium handling device is characterized in that the priority is set in the order of rate storage balls, 5 yen rate holding balls, and 5 yen rate storage balls.

  Further, in the game medium handling device described above, the predetermined priority is changed so that the payout operation display unit on which the payout instruction operation is performed by the player has the highest priority (for example, the first priority is changed). 47 (c) is displayed on the screen, and when (d) of FIG. 50 is displayed on the second screen, the display mode of FIG. 35 is changed by the player's payout instruction operation) A game medium handling apparatus, further comprising a changing means (for example, a display control unit 100g).

  According to the above game medium handling device, the display mode of the touch panel can be changed by switching the display mode of the touch panel in accordance with the state of the holding ball associated with the storage medium inserted by the player while enabling entry and replay. It is possible to improve the convenience of the touch operation including the player's operation to enter the holding ball while ensuring the visibility.

  Further, according to the above game medium handling device, the “payout” operation button that is considered to be most likely to be used is displayed on the normally displayed first screen, while ensuring the visibility of the touch panel. Thus, it is possible to improve the convenience of the touch operation including the player's operation for entering the ball.

  Further, according to the above game medium handling device, when it is necessary to display a plurality of “payout” operation buttons, the “payout” that is considered most likely to be used on the first screen that is normally displayed. Operation buttons are displayed, and other “payout” operation buttons are displayed on the second screen that is displayed by the switching instruction operation, thereby ensuring the visibility of the touch panel and more allowing the player to enter the ball. The convenience of touch operations including can be improved.

  Further, according to the above game medium handling device, when it is necessary to display a plurality of “payout” operation buttons, it is most usable on the first screen that is normally displayed according to a predetermined priority order. By displaying the “payout” operation button that is considered to be highly reliable and displaying other “payout” operation buttons on the second screen displayed by the switching instruction operation, while ensuring the visibility of the touch panel, It is possible to improve the convenience of touch operations including a player's operation of entering a ball with no control burden.

  In addition, according to the above game medium handling device, by changing the predetermined priority order according to the set rate information, for example, the priority order of the ball information that does not require entry is increased. It is also possible to improve the convenience of touch operation including the player's operation to enter the ball.

  In addition, according to the above game medium handling device, even if a predetermined priority order is set, by enabling the player to change the priority order according to the player's operation mode, The “payout” operation button can be displayed in accordance with the intention, and the convenience of the touch operation including the player's operation of entering the ball can be improved.

  In addition, in this embodiment and the modification of this embodiment, the game medium handling device 1 has a game medium lending function, a game medium counting function, a holding ball entering function, and a holding ball dividing function. Although described as a premise, the present invention and the game medium handling apparatus 1 that does not have a part of these functions are applicable without departing from the spirit of the invention according to the modification of the present embodiment. be able to.

  Further, in the present embodiment and the modified example of the present embodiment, various types of information set in the game medium handling device 1 are not limited to the specific cases, and the gist of the invention according to the present embodiment and the modified example of the present embodiment. In the range which does not deviate from this, it can be set also in the server apparatus 2, and the various information set in the server apparatus 2 is not limited to the case where it shows in particular, The invention which concerns on this embodiment and the modification of this embodiment It can be set also in the game medium handling device 1 without departing from the spirit of the above.

  Further, in the present embodiment and the modified example of the present embodiment, the touch panel LCD 16 is adopted as means for receiving various operations from the player, but the present invention is not limited to this, and operations from the player are received. If possible, other operation receiving means (for example, a mechanical operation switch) may be employed. Further, for some operations (for example, a payout request operation based on holding information), the touch panel LCD 16 accepts the operation, and for some or all operations (for example, a lending request operation based on money information) The operation may be received by other operation receiving means. In short, the specific means is not limited as long as various operations from the player can be accepted.

  Further, in the case where the gaming machine 3 is a gaming machine with a specification (so-called enclosed gaming machine) in which the player cannot be directly involved in the insertion and withdrawal of gaming media, this embodiment and this embodiment A gaming unit related to an enclosed game machine that does not depart from the spirit of the invention according to the modified example of the invention, and performs a game in the enclosed game machine by transmitting and receiving various signals in place of the insertion and withdrawal of game media. It can also be applied to game units to be played.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 (1a, 1b) Game media handling apparatus 2 Server apparatus 3 (3a, 3b) Game machine 4 Display apparatus 5 Island edge counting apparatus 6 Checkout apparatus 7 Premium management apparatus 8 Island controller 9 HUB
11 (11a, 11b) Front part 12 (12a, 12b) Case 13 (13a, 13b) Status indicator lamp 14 (14a, 14b) Card insertion slot 15 (15a, 15b) Bill insertion slot 16 (16a, 16b) Touch panel LCD
17 (17a, 17b) Camera unit 18 (18a, 18b) Non-contact IC card reader / writer 19 (19a, 19b) Speaker cover 20 Ball guide part 21 Nozzle 21a Nozzle base 21b Dish guide part 22 First rotating part 23 First Rotating part upper cover 24 First rotating part lower cover 25 Second rotating part 26 Sphere receiving part 27 Supply port 30 Sphere conveying unit 31 Sphere conveying base 31a Linear part 31b Meandering part 31c Lifting part 32 Sphere conveying base cover 33 Attaching Plate 34 Screw motor 35 Screw gear 36 Screw 37 Screw base 38 Screw shaft 39 Screw shaft base 40 Screw cover 41 Ball shutter 42 Entrance sensor (upstream path sensor)
43 Exit sensor (downstream path sensor), discharge outlet 44 Conveyance bottom (first bottom)
45 (45a, 45b) Conveying side wall 46 Lifting bottom surface (third bottom surface portion)
47 Lifting side wall 48 Step part (second bottom part)
51 frame 51a upper horizontal frame 51b central horizontal frame 51c lower horizontal frame 51d vertical frame 51e support 52 upper unit 52a upper surface (upper unit)
52b Bottom surface (upper unit)
52c Notch fitting part 52d Keyhole (upper unit)
53 Central unit 53a Top surface (central unit)
53b Bottom surface (central unit)
53c Projecting part 54 Lower unit 54a Upper surface part (lower unit)
54b Bottom surface (lower unit)
54c Keyhole (lower unit)
62 front panel 63 medal payout port 64 medal counting input port 65 medal guide member 66 medal payout unit 100, 201, 211 control unit
101 Main CPU
102 ROM
103, 202, 212 Storage unit 104 Card reader / writer 105 Bill validator 106 Dispensing device 107 Counting device 108 Speaker 161 First display region 162 Second display region 163 Third display region 164 Fourth display region 301 (301a, 301b) Main control unit 302 (302a, 302b) Sub control unit 303 (303a, 303b) Main device group 304 (304a, 304b) Sub device group 305 Delivery control unit 306 Delivery device group 307 Rental terminal board 308 (308a, 308b) External terminal board 521 Notch Guide part 522 Guide rib (upper unit)
523 Second connector 531 Guide rail 532 Guide rib (central unit)
533 First connector 534 Screw hole 535 Game machine connection section 536 Display device connection section 537 Server apparatus connection section 541 Stop section 542 Rail

Claims (4)

A game medium handling device provided with a game medium payout means provided corresponding to a gaming machine and capable of executing payout control based on information on multiple balls having different rates per unit game medium, and the game medium handling A gaming system including at least a management device for managing the device,
When an offline state occurs between the game medium handling device and the management device, the device includes an offline state control means for executing control in the offline state,
The offline state control means includes:
A non-member storage medium in which information for specifying the ball information of a non-member who is not a member of the amusement store is received, and a second rate different from the set first rate If the offline state occurs when the payout control is enabled based on the holding ball information,
The game medium payout means executes payout of game media based on payout control based on the ball information of the first rate and payout of game media based on payout control based on the ball information of the second rate. Does not prohibit
In the case where a member storage medium storing information for specifying the ball information of the members of the amusement store is received, payout control can be executed based on the ball information of the second rate If the offline state occurs,
A gaming system for prohibiting the game medium payout means from executing payout of game media based on payout control based on the possession information of the second rate . When the non-member storage medium is received and the predetermined processing is executed in the gaming medium handling device in the offline state, the time when the predetermined processing is executed is stored, and the gaming medium handling device and game according to claim 1, wherein when the communication with the management device is restored, the time together with the information corresponding to the non-member storage medium to the management device from said game medium handling apparatus, characterized in that it is transmitted system. A game medium handling device provided corresponding to a gaming machine,
Game medium payout means capable of executing payout control based on possession information of a plurality of rates having different values per unit game medium;
An offline state control means for executing control in the offline state when an offline state occurs between the gaming medium handling device and a management device that manages the gaming medium handling device,
The offline state control means includes:
A non-member storage medium in which information for specifying the ball information of a non-member who is not a member of the amusement store is received, and a second rate different from the set first rate If the offline state occurs when the payout control is enabled based on the holding ball information,
The game medium payout means executes payout of game media based on payout control based on the ball information of the first rate and payout of game media based on payout control based on the ball information of the second rate. Does not prohibit
In the case where a member storage medium storing information for specifying the ball information of the members of the amusement store is received, payout control can be executed based on the ball information of the second rate If the offline state occurs,
A game medium handling apparatus for prohibiting the game medium payout means from executing payout of game media by payout control based on the possession information of the second rate . When the non-member storage medium is received and the predetermined processing is executed in the gaming medium handling device in the offline state, the time when the predetermined processing is executed is stored, and the gaming medium handling device and 4. The game according to claim 3, wherein when the communication with the management device is recovered, the game time is transmitted from the game medium handling device to the management device together with information corresponding to the non-member storage medium. Medium handling device.

Images